SGP.02 v3.1 PDF

GSM Association Non-confidential
Official Document SGP.02 - Remote Provisioning Architecture for Embedded UICC Technical
Specification
Remote Provisioning Architecture for Embedded UICC

Technical Specification
Version 3.1
27 May 2016
This is a Non-binding Permanent Reference Document of the GSMA
Security Classification: Non-confidential

Access to and distribution of this document is restricted to the persons permitted by the security classification. This document is confidential to the
Association and is subject to copyright protection. This document is to be used only for the purposes for which it has been supplied and
information contained in it must not be disclosed or in any other way made available, in whole or in part, to persons other than those permitted
under the security classification without the prior written approval of the Association.
Copyright Notice
Copyright © 2016 GSM Association
Disclaimer
The GSM Association (“Association”) makes no representation, warranty or undertaking (express or implied) with respect to and does not accept
any responsibility for, and hereby disclaims liability for the accuracy or completeness or timeliness of the information contained in this document.
The information contained in this document may be subject to change without prior notice.
Antitrust Notice
The information contain herein is in full compliance with the GSM Association’s antitrust compliance policy.
V3.1 Page 1 of 297

Remote Provisioning Architecture for Embedded UICC Technical Specification
Table of Contents
1 Introduction 7
1.1 Overview 7
1.2 Scope 7
1.3 Document Purpose 7
1.4 Intended Audience 7
1.5 Definition of Terms 7
1.6 Abbreviations 10
1.7 References 12
2 General Parts of the Technical Specification 14
2.1 General Architecture 14
2.2 eUICC Architecture 16
2.2.1 Security Domains 16
2.2.2 Identification of eUICC: EID 20
2.2.3 Identification of Security Domains: AID and TAR 21
2.2.4 Profile Structure 22
2.2.5 Secure Channel on Interfaces 23
2.3 Security Overview 24
2.3.1 Certificate Issuer Role 25
2.3.2 Certification Chains 26
2.3.3 General Consideration on Algorithm and Key Length 27
2.4 OTA Communication on ES5 (SM-SR-eUICC) 27
2.4.1 General OTA Requirements 27
2.4.2 Void 28
2.4.3 SMS 28
2.4.4 HTTPS 29
2.5 Communication on ES8 (SM-DP) - eUICC 33
2.6 SM-DP to SM-SR Link Establishment (ES3) 34
2.7 OTA Platform Communication on ES6 (MNO-eUICC) 34
3 Detailed Procedure Specifications 34
3.1 Profile Download and Installation 35
3.1.1 ISD-P Creation 35
3.1.2 Key Establishment with Scenario#3-Mutual Authentication 37
3.1.3 Download and Installation of the Profile 40
3.1.4 Error Management Sub-Routine 43
3.2 Profile Enabling 43
3.2.1 Normal Case 44
3.2.2 Connectivity Failure Case 46
3.3 Profile Enabling Via SM-DP 48
3.3.1 Normal Case 48
3.3.2 Connectivity Failure Case 50
3.4 Profile Disabling 51
3.5 Profile Disabling Via SM-DP 53
3.6 Profile and ISD-P Deletion 55
V3.0 Page 2 of 297

3.7 Profile and ISD-P Deletion Via SM-DP 56

3.8 SM-SR Change 58
3.9 eUICC Registration at SM-SR: Register a New EIS 62
3.10 Master Delete Procedure 62
3.11 POL2 Update Via SM-DP 64
3.12 POL1Update by MNO 65
3.13 Connectivity Parameters Update by MNO 66
3.14 Connectivity Parameters Update Using SCP03 66
3.15 Default Notification Procedure 67
3.15.1 Notification Using SMS 68
3.15.2 Notification Using HTTPS 70
3.16 Fall-Back Activation Procedure 71
4 eUICC Interface Descriptions 74
4.1 Functions Description 75
4.1.1 ES5 (SM-SR–eUICC) Interface Description 75
4.1.2 ES6 (MNO-eUICC) Interface Description 104
4.1.3 ES8 (SM-DP-eUICC) Interface Description 108
5 Off-Card Interface Descriptions 123
5.1 Function Commonalities 125
5.1.1 Common Data Types 125
5.1.2 Request-Response Function 135
5.1.3 Notification Handler function 137
5.1.4 Functions Input Header 138
5.1.5 Functions Output Header 139
5.1.6 Status Code 140
5.2 ES1 (EUM – SM-SR) Interface Description 144
5.2.1 Register EIS 144
5.3 ES2 (MN0 – SM-DP) Interface Description 145
5.3.1 Getting eUICC Information 145
5.3.2 Download a Profile 146
5.3.3 Updating the Policy Rules of a Profile 148
5.3.4 Updating eUICC Information 149
5.3.5 Profile Enabling 150
5.3.6 Profile Disabling 152
5.3.7 Delete a Profile 153
5.3.8 Notify a Profile is Disabled 154
5.3.9 Notify a Profile Enabling 154
5.3.10 Notify a SM-SR Change 155
5.3.11 Notify a Profile Deletion 156
5.4 ES3 (SM-DP – SM-SR) Interface Description 157
5.4.2 Auditing eUICC Information 158
5.4.3 Create a New ISD-P in an eUICC 159
5.4.4 Download a New Profile 161
V3.0 Page 3 of 297

5.4.5 Indicating the Profile Download is Completed 163

5.4.10 Delete an ISD-P 170
5.4.11 Update Connectivity Parameters 172
5.4.14 Notify an SM-SR Change 175
5.5 ES4 (MNO – SM-SR) Interface Description 177
5.5.4 Auditing eUICC Information 179
5.5.7 Delete a Profile 183
5.5.8 Prepare SM-SR Change 185
 A ‘Function execution status’ with ‘Expired’ with a status code as defined in
section 5.1.6.4 (Note: This Status is under validation by WI4 to be
definitively included) 186
5.5.9 SM-SR Change 186
5.5.12 Notify a SM-SR Change 189
5.6 ES7 (SM-SR – SM-SR) Interface Description 190
5.6.1 Create Additional Key Set 190
5.6.2 Handover eUICC Information 192
5.6.3 Authenticate SM-SR 193
Annex A Mapping of Functions into Messages (Normative) 194
A.1 Namespaces and Schema References 194
A.2 Message: <rps:RPSMessage> 195
A.2.1 Message Header: <rps:RPSHeader> 196
A.2.2 Message Body: <rps:RPSBody> 198
A.3 Common Types 199
A.3.1 Request Base Type 199
A.3.2 Void 199
A.3.3 Response Base Type 199
A.3.4 Simple Types Mapping 203
A.3.5 Complex Type Mapping 205
A.4 The ES1 Interface Functions 220
A.4.1 The “ES1.RegisterEIS” Function 220
V3.0 Page 4 of 297


A.5.1 The “ES2.GetEIS” Function 221
A.5.2 The “ES2.DownloadProfile” Function 222
A.5.3 The “ES2.UpdatePolicyRules” Function 223
A.5.4 The “ES2.UpdateSubscriptionAddress” Function 224
A.5.5 The “ES2. EnableProfile” Function 225
A.5.6 The “ES2.DisableProfile” Function 226
A.5.7 The “ES2.DeleteProfile” Function 226
A.5.8 The “ES2.HandleProfileDisabledNotification” Function 227
A.5.9 The “ES2.HandleProfileEnabledNotification” Function 228
A.5.10 The “ES2.HandleSMSRChangedNotification” Function 229
A.5.11 The “ES2.HandleProfileDeletedNotification” Function 229
A.6.2 The “ES3.AuditEIS” Function 231
A.6.3 The “ES3.CreateISDP” Function 231
A.6.4 The “ES3.SendData” Function 233
A.6.5 The “ES3.ProfileDownloadCompleted” Function 234
A.6.7 The “ES3.UpdateSubscriptionAddress” Function 235
A.6.8 The “ES3.EnableProfile” Function 236
A.6.10 The “ES3.DeleteISDP” Function 238
A.6.11 The “ES3. UpdateConnectivityParameters” Function 239
A.6.14 The “ES3.HandleSMSRChangeNotification ” Function 241
A.6.15 The “ES3. HandleProfileDeletedNotification” Function 242
A.7.3 The “ES4. UpdateSubscriptionAddress” Function 244
A.7.4 The “ES4.AuditEIS” Function 245
A.7.5 The “ES4.EnableProfile” Function 246
A.7.7 The “ES4.DeleteProfile” Function 247
A.7.8 The “ES4.PrepareSMSRChange ” Function 248
A.7.9 The “ES4.SMSRChange” Function 249
A.7.12 The “ES4.HandleSMSRChangedNotification” Function 252
A.7.13 The “ES4. HandleProfileDeletedNotification” Function 252
A.8.1 The “ES7.CreateAdditionalKeySet” Function 253
A.8.2 The “ES7.HandoverEUICC” Function 254
V3.0 Page 5 of 297

A.8.3 The “ES7.AuthenticateSMSR” Function 255

Annex B Binding to SOA Environment (Normative) 256
B.1 General Recommendations 256
B.2 SOAP Binding 256
B.2.1 Message Binding 257
B.2.2 Security 264
B.2.3 Message Exchange Pattern (MEPs) – HTTPS Binding 265
B.2.4 Binding Examples 269
B.3 Function Binding 272
B.3.1 ES1 272
B.3.2 ES2 272
B.3.3 ES3 274
B.3.4 ES4 276
B.3.5 ES7 278
B.4 Web Service Definition Language (WSDL) 278
Annex C Use of GlobalPlatform Privileges 279
Annex D Data Definitions 285
Annex E EIS Usage in Functions 285
Annex F Key Check Values 287
Annex G Device Requirements 288
Annex H Coding of the PIX for ‘Embedded UICC Remote Provisioning and
Management’ (Normative) 289
Annex I List of Identifiers (Normative) 290
Annex J Verification of EID 291
Annex K Document Management 292
K.1 Document History 292
K.2 Other Information 294
V3.0 Page 6 of 297

1 Introduction
1.1 Overview
This document provides a technical description of the GSMA’s ‘Remote Provisioning
Architecture for Embedded UICC’ ‎[1].
1.2 Scope
This specification provides a technical description of:
 The eUICC Architecture

 The interfaces used within the Remote Provisioning Architecture and
 The security functions used within the Remote Provisioning Architecture
1.3 Document Purpose

The aim of this document is to define a technical solution for the remote provisioning and
management of the Embedded UICC (eUICC) in machine-to-machine Devices which are not
easily reachable. The adoption of this technical solution will provide the basis for ensuring
global interoperability between potentially different MNO deployment scenarios, different
makes of network equipment (for example SM-DP, SM-SR) and different makes of eUICC
platforms.
1.4 Intended Audience

Technical experts working within MNOs, SIM solution providers, machine to machine Device
vendors, standards organisations, network infrastructure vendors, Service Providers and
other industry bodies.
1.5 Definition of Terms
Term Description
Physical entity (person, company or organisation) that can
assume a Role in the functional architecture. It is possible for an
Actor
Actor to assume multiple Roles in the same functional
architecture.
This term refers to a link of an application, an Executable Load
Associated (with) / File or a security domain to (another) security domain, which
Association provides services to the former as defined in GlobalPlatform
Card Specification [6] section 7.2.
A set of data (for example SMSC address) required by the
Connectivity Parameters eUICC to open a communication channel (for example SMS,
HTTPS) on a dedicated network.
A paying party, in particular a legally responsible juridical person
Customer
or entity.
V3.0 Page 7 of 297

Equipment into which an Embedded UICC and a communication

Device module are inserted during assembly. Examples include Utility
meter, car and camera.
The state of a Profile where all files and applications (for
Disabled (Profile) example NAA) present in the Profile are not selectable over the
eUICC-Terminal interface.
A UICC which is not easily accessible or replaceable, is not
Embedded UICC intended to be removed or replaced in the Device, and enables
the secure changing of Profiles.
The state of a Profile when its files and/or applications (for
Enabled (Profile)
example, NAA) are selectable over the UICC-Terminal interface.
An on-card container of one or more application's executable
Executable Load File
code as defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification [6].
The on-card executable code of a single application present
Executable Module within an Executable Load File as defined in GlobalPlatform
Card Specification [6].
A certificate issued by the EUM for a specific eUICC.
eUICC Certificate
This certificate can be verified using the EUM Certificate.
Supplier of the eUICCs and resident software (for example
eUICC Manufacturer
firmware and operating system).
A certificate issued to a GSMA accredited EUM which can be
EUM Certificate used to verify eUICC Certificates.
This certificate can be verified using the Root Certificate.
Unique number to identify a Profile in an eUICC.
Integrated Circuit Card ID Note: the ICCID throughout this specification is used to identify
the Profile.
Unique identifier owned and issued by Mobile operators to
International Mobile
(U)SIM applications to enable Devices to attach to a network
Subscriber Identity
and use services.
A security domain on the UICC as defined by GlobalPlatform
Issuer Security Domain
Card Specification [6].
An entity providing access capability and communication
Mobile Network Operator services to its Customers through a mobile network
infrastructure.
Security domain part of the Profile, owned by the MNO,
providing the Secured Channel to the MNO’s OTA Platform. It is
MNO-SD
used to manage the content of a Profile once the Profile is
enabled.
An application residing on a UICC which provides authorisation
Network Access Application
to access a network for example a USIM application.
A Profile whose Policy Rules have become unmanageable, for
Orphaned Profile example due to the termination of the Customer’s contract with
the MNO.
The credentials included in the Profile, used in conjunction with
OTA Keys
OTA Platforms.
V3.0 Page 8 of 297

An MNO platform for remote management of UICCs and the

OTA Platform
content of Enabled MNO Profiles on eUICCs.
Proprietary application Identifier eXtension, the value of which is
PIX
part of the AID.
A set of functions related to the enabling, disabling and deletion
of a Profile on and the transport of Profile Management functions
to an eUICC. Platform Management actions are protected by
Platform Management
Platform Management Credentials shared between the SM-SR
and the ISD-R. Platform Management does not affect the
content of a Profile.
A Profile Component is an element of the Profile and may be
one of the following:
An element of the file system like an MF, EF or DF
Profile Component
An Application, including NAA and Security Domain
POL1
MNO-SD.
Data required within an eUICC so that a secured communication
Platform Management can be set up between an external entity and the eUICC in order
Credentials to enable, disable and delete Profiles on the eUICC and to
transport Profile Management functions.
Principles reflected in a set of rules that governs the behaviour
Policy of eUICC and/or entities involved in the remote management of
the eUICC.
Defines the atomic action of a Policy and the conditions under
Policy Rule
which it is executed.
Combination of a file structure, data and applications to be
provisioned onto, or present on, an eUICC and which allows,
Profile
when enabled, the access to a specific mobile network
infrastructure.
A set of functions related to the downloading, installation and
content update of a Profile in a dedicated ISD-P on the eUICC.
Profile Management
Download and installation are protected by Profile Management
Credentials shared between the SM-DP and the ISD-P.
Data required within an eUICC so that a Profile downloaded
Profile Management
from an external entity can be decrypted and installed on the
Credentials
eUICC.
Registered Application Provider IDentifier, the value of which is
RID
part of the AID.
Roles Roles are representing a logical grouping of functions.
Self-signed certificate of the CI, used to authenticate certificates
Root Certificate
issued to other entities.
An entity (associated with one or more users) that is engaged in
a Subscription with a Telecommunication Service Provider. The
Subscriber is allowed to subscribe and unsubscribe to services,
Subscriber
to register a user or a list of users authorised to use those
services, and also to set the limits relative to the use that
associated users make of those services.
V3.0 Page 9 of 297

Describes the commercial relationship between the Subscriber

Subscription
and the Telecommunication Service Provider.
A unique network address, such as MSISDN, IMSI or SIP-URI,
Subscription Address of a mobile Subscription within a mobile network. It is used to
route messages, for example SMS, to the eUICC.
Subscription Manager Data Role that prepares the Profiles and manages the secure
Preparation download and installation of these Profiles onto the eUICC.
Subscription Manager Role that securely performs functions of Platform Management
Secure Routing commands and the transport of Profile Management commands.
The organization through which the Subscriber obtains PLMN
Telecommunication Service
telecommunication services. This is usually the network operator
Provider
or possibly a separate body.
1.6 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Description
AID Application Identifier
AES Advanced Encryption Standard
CASD Controlling Authority Security Domain
CBC Cipher Block Chaining
CC Cryptographic Checksum
CERT.DP.ECDSA Certificate of the SM-DP for its ECDSA key
CERT.SR.ECDSA Certificate of the SM-SR for its ECDSA key
CERT.ECASD.ECKA Certificate of the ECASD for its ECKA key
CI Certificate Issuer
CMAC Cipher-based Message Authentication Code
ECASD eUICC Controlling Authority Security Domain
ECDSA Elliptic Curve cryptography Digital Signature Algorithm
ECKA Elliptic Curve cryptography Key Agreement algorithm
DAP Data Authentication Pattern
DR Derivation Random
EUM eUICC Manufacturer
EID eUICC-ID
EIS eUICC Information Set
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
ePK.DP.ECKA ephemeral Public Key of the SM-DP used for ECKA
ePK.SR.ECKA ephemeral Public Key of the SM-SR used for ECKA
eSK.DP.ECKA ephemeral Private Key of the SM-DP used for ECKA
eSK.SR.ECKA ephemeral Private Key of the SM-SR used for ECKA
eUICC Embedded UICC
GP GlobalPlatform
GSMA GSM Association
V3.0 Page 10 of 297

ICCID Integrated Circuit Card ID

IMS IP Multimedia Subsystem
IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
ISD Issuer Security Domain
ISD-P Issuer Security Domain Profile
ISD-R Issuer Security Domain Root
ISO International Standards Organisation
ITU International Telecommunications Union
LTE Long Term Evolution
MEP Message Exchange Pattern
MNO Mobile Network Operator
MO Mobile Originated
MOC Mandatory, Optional or Conditional
MT Mobile Terminated
NAA Network Access Application
OTA Over The Air
PIX Proprietary application Identifier eXtension
Public Key of the CI in the ECASD for verifying certificate
PK.CI.ECDSA
signatures
Public Key of the SM-DP, part of the CERT.DP.ECDSA, for
PK.DP.ECDSA
verifying his signatures
PK.ECASD.ECKA Public Key of the ECASD used for ECKA
Public Key of the SM-SR part of the CERT.SR.ECDSA, for
PK.SR.ECDSA
verifying his signatures
POL1 Policy Rules within the Profile
Policy Rules associated to a Profile and stored in the relevant
POL2
EIS at the SM-SR
PoR Proof of Receipt
SCP Secure Channel Protocol
SD Security Domain
ShS Shared Secret
SK.DP.ECDSA Private Key of the of SM-DP for creating signatures
SK.ECASD.ECKA Private Key of the ECASD used for ECKA
SK.SR.ECDSA Private Key of the SM-SR for creating signatures
SK.CI.ECDSA Private key of the CI for signing certificates
SM Subscription Manager
SM-DP Subscription Manager Data Preparation
SM-SR Subscription Manager Secure Routing
SOA Service-oriented Architecture
SOAP Simple Object Access Protocol
V3.0 Page 11 of 297

TAR Toolkit Application Reference

TLS Transport Layer Security
URI Uniform Resource Identifier
URL Uniform Resource locator
USIM Universal Subscriber Identity Module
XML Extensible Markup Language
W3C World Wide Web Consortium
1.7 References
Document
Ref Title
Number
GSMA ‘Remote Provisioning Architecture for Embedded UICC’
[1] SGP.01
Version 1.1
Smart Cards; ETSI numbering system for telecommunication
[2] ETSI TS 101 220
application providers; Release 9
[3] ETSI TS 102 223 Smart Cards; Card Application Toolkit (CAT) ; Release 9
Secured packet structure for UICC based applications; Release
[4] ETSI TS 102 225
12
[5] ETSI TS 102 226 Remote APDU structure for UICC based applications; Release 9
[6] GPC_SPE_034 GlobalPlatform Card Specification v.2.2.1
GlobalPlatform Card Specification v.2.2.1 UICC Configuration
[7] GPC_GUI_010
v1.0.1
GlobalPlatform Card Specification v.2.2 Amendment B: Remote
[8] GPC_SPE_011
Application Management over HTTP v1.1.3
GlobalPlatform Card Specification v.2.2 Amendment C:
[9] GPC_SPE_025
Contactless Services v1.1.1
GlobalPlatform Card Specification v.2.2 Amendment D: Secure
[10] GPC_SPE_014
Channel Protocol 03 v1.1.1
GlobalPlatform Card Specification v.2.2 Amendment E: Security
[11] GPC_SPE_042
Upgrade for Card Content Management v1.0.1
The international identification plan for public networks and
[12] ITU E.212
Subscriptions
Secured packet structure for (Universal) Subscriber Identity
[13] 3GPP TS 31.115
Module (U)SIM Toolkit applications Release 11
OMA Smartcard-
[14] OMA-TS-Smartcard_Web_Server-V1_0-20080421-A
Web-Server v1.0
[15] RFC 5246 The TLS Protocol – Version 1.2
Pre-Shared Key Cipher suites for Transport Layer Security
[16] RFC 4279
(TLS)
Pre-Shared Key Cipher Suites for TLS with SHA-256/384 and
[17] RFC 5487
AES Galois Counter Mode
[18] RFC 3629 Unicode Transformation Format 8-bit
[19] ISO/IEC 7812 Identification Cards; Identification of issuers
V3.0 Page 12 of 297

Mobile radio interface Layer 3 specification; Core network

[20] ETSI TS 124 008
protocols; Release 9
[21] ITU E.118 The international telecommunication charge card
[22] ITU E.164 International Public Telecommunication Numbering Plan
”GlobalPlatform System”: Messaging Specification for
[23] GPS_SPE_002
Management of Mobile NFC Services, Version 1.1.2
[24] RFC 4051 Additional XML Security Uniform Resource Identifiers (URIs)
[25] ETSI TS 102 127 Transport protocol for CAT applications; Release 6
[26] XML DSIG-CORE W3C XML Signature Syntax and Processing (Second Edition)
Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM) Application Toolkit
[27] 3GPP TS 31.111
(USAT) ; Release 9
Remote APDU Structure for (U)SIM Toolkit applications;
[28] 3GPP TS 31.116
Release 9
3GPP TS 24.341
[29] Support of SMS over IP networks; Release 9
GSMA Security GSMA Doc Reference: Security Principles Related to Handset

[30] Principles Related to Theft 3.0.0
Handset Theft EICTA CCIG Doc Reference: EICTA Doc: 04cc100
Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS);
[31] ETSI TS 123 003
Numbering, addressing and identification; Release 9
[32] RFC 768 User Datagram Protocol, Aug 1980.
Transmission Control Protocol, DARPA Internet Program,
[33] RFC 793
Protocol specification, Sept 1981.
GlobalPlatform Card, Secure Element Configuration Version 1.0,
[34] GPC_GUI_049
October 2012
3GPP TS 27.007 Technical Specification Group Core Network and Terminals;
[35]
AT command set for User Equipment (UE) ; Release 9
NIST SP 800-57 Part NIST Special Publication 800-57: Recommendation for Key
[36]
1 Management – Part 1: General (Revision 3), July 2012
BSI – Technische Richtlinie: Kryptographische Verfahren:
[37] BSI TR-02102
Empfehlungen und Schlüssellängen, Version: 2013.02
[38] GSMA PRD IR.92 GSMA PRD IR.92: IMS Profile for Voice and SMS
Technical Specification Group Core Network and Terminals;
[39] 3GPP TS 23.040
Technical realisation of the Short Message Service (SMS)
SOAP Version 1.2 Part 1: Messaging Framework (Second
[40] SOAP
Edition) http://www.w3.org/TR/soap12-part1/
Web Services Addressing 1.0, Core , 9th of May 2006
[41] WS-Addressing
http://www.w3.org/TR/ws-addr-core/
WS-Addressing- Web Services Addressing 1.0 - SOAP Binding, 9th of May 2006
[42]
SOAP-Binding http://www.w3.org/TR/2006/REC-ws-addr-soap-20060509/
Web Services Make Connection (WS-MakeConnection), 2nd
[43] WS-MakeConnection February 2009, http://docs.oasis-open.org/ws-
rx/wsmc/200702/wsmc-1.1-spec-os.html
V3.0 Page 13 of 297

WSS- Web Services Security: SOAP Message Security 1.1 (WS-

[44] SOAPMessageSecur Security 2004), 1 February 2006,
ity http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/v1.1/
WSS-
Web Services Security UsernameToken Profile 1.1, February
[45] UserNameTokenProf
2006, http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/v1.1/
ile
WSS- Web Services Security X.509 Certificate Token Profile 1.1,
[46]
X509TokenProfile February 2006, http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/v1.1/
Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0, W3C Recommendation
[47] XML
10-Feb-98, REC-xml-19980210
XML Signature Syntax and Processing (Second Edition),W3C
[48] XML Signature Recommendation
http://www.w3.org/TR/2008/REC-xmldsig-core-20080610/
BSI Technical Guideline TR-03111: Elliptic Curve Cryptography,
[49] BSI TR-03111
Version 2.0
NIST Special Publication SP 800-56A: Recommendation for
[50] NIST SP 800-56A Pair-Wise Key Establishment Schemes Using Discrete
Logarithm Cryptography (Revision 2), May 2013
Avis relatif aux paramètres de courbes elliptiques définis par
ANSSI ECC
[51] l'Etat français. JORF n°0241 du 16 octobre 2011 page 17533.
FRP256V1
texte n° 30. 2011
Characteristics of the Universal Subscriber Identity Module
[52] 3GPP TS 31.102
(USIM) application, Release 9
SIMalliance: eUICC Profile Package - Interoperable Format
[53] SIMAPP Technical Specification V2.0
http://simalliance.org/euicc/euicc-technical-releases/
GlobalPlatform Card Specification v.2.2 Amendment A:
[54] GPC_SPE_007
Confidential Card Content Management v1.0.1
NIST Special Publication 800-56C Recommendation for Key
[55] NIST SP 800-56C
Derivation through Extraction-then-Expansion
2 General Parts of the Technical Specification

This section contains a technical description and architecture of the Remote Provisioning
System for the Embedded UICC. It shall be compliant with the Remote Provisioning
Architecture for Embedded UICC ‎[1]. In addition, the statements in this section define the
basic characteristics that need to be taken into account when realising this specification.
2.1 General Architecture

This section further specifies the Roles and interfaces associated with the Remote
Provisioning and Management of the eUICC, building on GSMA Remote Provisioning
Architecture for Embedded UICC ‎[1].
V3.0 Page 14 of 297

ES2
SM-DP
ES3
MNO
ES7*
CI ES4
SM-SR
ES1 ES6
ES8 ES5
EUM eUICC
Off-card interface
eUICC interface
Not covered by this specification
* Interface between two SM-SR entities for the change of SM-SR
Figure 1: eUICC Remote Provisioning System
The above figure provides the complete description of the eUICC Remote Provisioning and
Management system.
The ES5, ES6 and ES8 interfaces are described in section ‎4.
The ES1, ES2, ES3, ES4 and ES7 interfaces are described in section ‎5.
NOTE: Functions of the ES2 interface related to Profile ordering and master delete
are considered out of the scope of this specification as these functions may
be based upon pre-existing MNO processes.
NOTE: The interface between the SM-DP and EUM and the related function for
Profile Creation is out of the scope of this specification as this function is
based upon proprietary mechanisms.
NOTE: The ES6 interface is based on the RAM and RFM mechanisms described in
ETSI TS 102 225 ‎[4] and ETSI TS 102 226 ‎[5].
NOTE: As defined in GSMA Remote Provisioning Architecture for Embedded

UICC ‎[1], the Initiator Role is assumed to be played by the MNO and
functions related to this Role are specified in the ES4 interface.
V3.0 Page 15 of 297

2.2 eUICC Architecture

This section focuses on the eUICC architecture which widely leverages current
telecommunication standards, as well as GlobalPlatform standards that are especially well
adapted to establish Role separation and data isolation. In particular, each entity will have a
dedicated Security Domain with different privileges and configuration.
2.2.1 Security Domains

The eUICC architecture comprises the following Security Domains for the purpose of
Platform and Profile Management:
 The ISD-R is the representative of the off-card entity SM-SR

 The ECASD is the representative of the off-card entity CI
 An ISD-P is the representative of an off-card entity SM-DP. An eUICC can contain
more than one ISD-P
ISD-R ECASD
AM AM
ISD-P 1 ISD-P n
Profile … Profile
Figure 2: Security Domain Architecture Overview
An ISD, as specified in GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6], does not exist in the
architecture of the eUICC.
2.2.1.1 ISD-R
There shall be only one ISD-R on an eUICC.
The ISD-R shall be installed and first personalized by the EUM during eUICC manufacturing.
The ISD-R shall be Associated with itself.
After eUICC manufacturing, the ISD-R shall be in life-cycle state PERSONALIZED as

defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6], section 5.3. The LOCKED state shall not be
supported by the ISD-R.
The ISD-R privileges shall be granted according to Annex C.
The ISD-R shall only be able to perform Platform Management functions on ISD-Ps.
2.2.1.2 ECASD
There shall be only one ECASD on an eUICC.
V3.0 Page 16 of 297

The ECASD shall be installed and personalized by the EUM during the eUICC
manufacturing. The ECASD shall be Associated with the ISD-R.
After eUICC manufacturing, the ECASD shall be in life-cycle state PERSONALIZED as

defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6], section 5.3.
The ECASD is involved in the following functions:
 SM-DP key set establishment for Profile Download and Installation

 SM-SR key set establishment for SM-SR Change
The ECASD shall be personalized by the EUM during eUICC manufacturing with:
 PK.CI.ECDSA
 SK.ECASD.ECKA
 CERT.ECASD.ECKA for eUICC Authentication and key establishment
 EUM key set for key renewal
 EID
The ECASD shall comply with the requirements defined for the CASD in GlobalPlatform
Card Specification UICC configuration ‎[7] except:
 AIDs and TAR shall be allocated as defined in section ‎2.2.3

 Support of SCP 02 is not required
 Only the ISD-R and ISD-Ps shall be able to use the ECASD services
2.2.1.3 ISD-P
An ISD-P hosts a unique Profile.
Only one ISD-P shall be enabled on an eUICC at any point in time.
An ISD-P shall be installed by the ISD-R and then personalized by its related SM-DP (see
section ‎3.1.1). At least one ISD-P with a Profile shall be installed and first personalized by
the EUM during eUICC manufacturing to allow future eUICC connectivity.
No component outside the ISD-P shall have visibility or access to any Profile component
with the exception of the ISD-R, which shall have read access to POL1.
A Profile Component shall not have any visibility of, or access to, components outside its
ISD-P. An ISD-P shall not have any visibility of, or access to, any other ISD-P.
It shall be possible to allocate the same AID within different Profiles. A Profile Component
shall not use the reserved ISD-R, ISD-P and ECASD AIDs.
It shall be possible to allocate the same TAR within distinct Profiles. A Profile Component
shall not use the reserved ISD-R, ISD-P and ECASD TARs.
An ISD-P shall remain associated to the ISD-R during all its life time in order for the ISD-R to
be able to perform the Platform Management functions:
V3.0 Page 17 of 297

 ISD-P Creation: the Association between the ISD-R and an ISD-P shall be created at
that time
 ISD-P Deletion and Master Delete
 Profile Enabling and Disabling
 Fall-back Attribute setting
 Transport function: The Association shall allow SCP03/SCP03t establishment
between the SM-DP and the ISD-P.
ISD-P shall follow the life-cycle illustrated in the ‎Figure 3, based on the Security Domain life-
cycle defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6], section 5.3.
1
SELECTABLE delete
PERSONALIZED 1
delete
(Profile creation)
1
DISABLED delete
Transitions triggered by:

1 – ISD-R 1 3
2 - The ISD-P itself
3 - Fall-back mechanism
ENABLED
Figure 3: ISD-P Life-Cycle State Transitions
After execution of the procedure described in section ‎3.1.1, the ISD-P shall be in
SELECTABLE state. After execution of the procedure described in section ‎3.1.2, the ISD-P
shall be in PERSONALIZED state.
NOTE: The INSTALLED state for security domains defined in GlobalPlatform Card
Specification ‎[6] is skipped by the command for ISD-P creation defined in
section ‎4.1.1.1.
After execution of the procedure described in section ‎3.1.3 or ‎3.4, the ISD-P shall be in the
DISABLED state. The ISD-P can also transition to the DISABLED state as the result of the
enabling of another ISD-P as described in section ‎3.2, or the activation of the fall-back
mechanism.
After execution of the procedure described in section ‎3.2, the ISD-P shall be in the
ENABLED state. The ISD-P can also transition to the ENABLED state as the result of the
activation of the fall-back mechanism.
Deletion removes the ISD-P with its Profile from the eUICC.
V3.0 Page 18 of 297

The LOCKED state shall not be supported by an ISD-P.
For coding the states, table 11-5 of GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] is modified as
follows:
b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 Meaning
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 (INSTALLED)
0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 SELECTABLE
PERSONALIZED (Profile
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
creation)
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 DISABLED
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 ENABLED
Table 1: ISD-P Coding States
These states can be mapped to the architectural states defined in GSMA Remote
Provisioning Architecture ‎[1] as shown below:
State (as defined in ‎[1]) State (as defined above)

(INSTALLED)
Created SELECTABLE
PERSONALIZED
Disabled DISABLED
Enabled ENABLED
Deleted No explicit mapping; ISD-P no
longer exists on the eUICC
Table 2: ISD-P State Mapping
ISD-P privileges shall be granted according to Annex C.
All Profile Components, in particular the MNO-SD, shall remain linked to the ISD-P in order
to enable the following:
 Profile Download and Installation: the Profile Components, which are affiliated with
the ISD-P, are created at that time
 ISD-P Deletion and Master Delete: the Profile Components shall be deleted at that
time
 Profile Enabling and Disabling: Enable and Disable access to all the Profile
Components
 Update of POL1
 Provide read access to POL1 when required for Platform Management functions.
The Application privileges (defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6]) assigned to a

Profile Component shall apply according to Annex C.
V3.0 Page 19 of 297

All Profile Components created by the ISD-P shall always remain affiliated with the ISD-P. In
particular it is not possible to change the affiliation of any Profile Component.
When an ISD-P is not in enabled state, the eUICC shall ensure that:
 Remote management of any Profile Component is not possible via the ES6 interface;
 The file system within the Profile cannot be selected by the Device or any application
on the eUICC;
 The applications (including NAAs and Security Domains) within the Profile cannot be
selected, triggered or deleted.
2.2.2 Identification of eUICC: EID

The EID is the eUICC identifier used in the context of Remote Provisioning and Management
of the eUICC.
The EID shall be stored within the ECASD and can be retrieved by the Device at any time
using the standard GlobalPlatform GET DATA command by targeting the ECASD as
specified in GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] as follows:
 Select the ECASD using the SELECT command with the AID value defined in
section ‎2.2.3
 Send a ‘GET DATA’ command to the ECASD with the data object tag '5A' to retrieve
the EID
The EID shall have the following structure:
 The EID shall always be 32 digits long

 The EID shall always be built of
o A Major Industry Identifier digit of 8 (1st digit), as defined in ISO/IEC 7812 ‎[19].
o An additional digit of 9 specifying telecommunications, as defined in ISO/IEC
7812 ‎[19],
o An additional three digits for country code (3rd to 5th digits).
 If the country code is one digit long, its value shall be prefixed by two
digits of 0,
 If the country code is two digits long, its value shall be prefixed by one
digit of 0.
o An additional three digits for issuer identifier (6th to 8th digits)
 If the issuer identifier is one digit long, its value shall be prefixed by
two digits of 0,
 If the issuer identifier is two digits long, its value shall be prefixed by
one digit of 0.
o An additional ten digits for issuer specific information (9th to 18th digits), of
which the first five digits (9th to 13th) contain version information about the
platform and OS, to be specified by the issuer and the last five digits (14th to
18th) contain additional issuer information,
V3.0 Page 20 of 297

o An additional twelve digits for the individual identification number (19th to 30th
digits),
o A last two digits (31st to 32nd digits) containing check digits calculated over all
32 digits as specified below.
 The country code and issuer identifier shall be assigned as specified in ITU
E.118 ‎[21]
 The two check digits are calculated as follows:
o 1. Replace the two check digits by two digits of 0,
o 2. Using the resulting 32 digits as a decimal integer, compute the remainder
of that number on division by 97,
o 3. Subtract the remainder from 98, and use the decimal result for the two
check digits,
 If the result is one digit long, its value shall be prefixed by one digit of
0.
 When stored as a byte string, the first digit shall be put into the highest four bits of the
first byte
‎Annex J provides a description of how the verification of an EID is performed.
2.2.3 Identification of Security Domains: AID and TAR

The ISD-P AID, the ISD-R AID and the ECASD AID shall follow the structure specified in
ETSI TS 101 220 ‎[2], with a RID and a PIX. The ISD-P AID, the ISD-R AID and the ECASD
AID shall be 16 bytes long including the TAR.
The RID of the Executable Load File, the Executable Module and the Application of the ISD-
R, the ISD-P and the ECASD shall be set to 'A000000559' (as defined in ISO/IEC 7816-
5:2004).
The ISD-R application shall be installed by the EUM during eUICC manufacturing. The ISD-
R Executable Load File AID and the ISD-R Executable Module AID can be freely selected by
the EUM.
The ISD-R application AID shall be ‘A0 00 00 05 59 10 10 FF FF FF FF 89 00 00 01 00' as

defined into Annex H.
The ECASD application shall be installed by the EUM during eUICC manufacturing. The
ECASD Executable Load File AID and the ECASD Executable Module AID can be freely
selected by the EUM.
The ECASD application AID shall be ‘A0 00 00 05 59 10 10 FF FF FF FF 89 00 00 02 00' as

defined into Annex H.
The ISD-P application shall be installed by SM-SR during the first step of the “Profile
Download and Installation” procedure in section ‎3.1.
The ISD-P Executable Load File AID shall be ‘A0 00 00 05 59 10 10 FF FF FF FF 89 00 00

0D 00' as defined into Annex H.
V3.0 Page 21 of 297

The ISD-P Executable Module AID shall be ‘A0 00 00 05 59 10 10 FF FF FF FF 89 00 00 0E

00' as defined into Annex H.
The ISD-P application AID shall be coded according to Annex 8. The SM-SR shall allocate
the ISD-P application AID in the range defined in Annex H.
NOTE: The choice of having the ISD-P AID allocated by the SM-SR is to avoid
conflicts with other ISD-P AIDs used by already installed ISD-Ps; the SM-DP
cannot have such visibility.
The MNO-SD application AID and TAR(s) can be freely allocated by the MNO during Profile
definition.
2.2.4 Profile Structure

The Profile structure, composed of a set of Profile Components, is specified by, and under
the full control of, the MNO. The full Profile structure shall be contained in a unique ISD-P.
The Profile structure shall contain a Profile Component, called MNO-SD, which performs an
identical Role as the ISD for a UICC (see GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6]). This MNO-
SD is the representative of the MNO owning the Profile, meaning it contains the MNO’s OTA
Key sets.
AM
ISD-P
-SM-DP_Keyset_scp03
POL1
AM
MNO-SD
-MNO_Keyset_scp80
-MNO_Keyset_scp81 (opt.)
-MNO other keysets (opt.)
FileSystem
CASD NAA
SSD
Application
GP association link
Figure 4: Profile Structure Overview
The Profile in the ‎Figure 4 provides an example of a Profile structure.
The Profile structure shall include:
 The MNO-SD
 At least one NAA
 POL1, even if not used
V3.0 Page 22 of 297

 The file system
The Profile structure may contain:
 Several Applications (as defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6]) in addition

to the MNO-SD
 One CASD (as defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification UICC Configuration ‎[7])
The privileges that can be allocated to the MNO-SD and to applications shall comply with
Annex C.
It shall be possible for the MNO to establish secure channels between the MNO OTA
Platform and security domains of the Profile as specified in ETSI TS 102 225 ‎[4] and ETSI
TS 102 226 ‎[5].
2.2.5 Secure Channel on Interfaces
2.2.5.1 Secure Channel on ES5 (SM-SR-eUICC)

The ES5 functions are addressed to the eUICC through a secure channel established
between the SM-SR and the ISD-R. The eUICC shall support SCP80 and may support
SCP81 (defined in ETSI 102 225 ‎[4] and ETSI 102 226 ‎[5]). See also section ‎2.4.
To enable SCP80, the ISD-R shall be personalized before issuance by the EUM with at least
one key set, with a Key Version Number between ‘01’ to ‘0F’ following GlobalPlatform Card
Specification UICC Configuration ‎[7].
To enable SCP81, the ISD-R shall be personalized with at least one key set, with a Key
Version Number between ‘40’ to ‘4F’ following GlobalPlatform Secure Element
Configuration ‎[34].
The key length and algorithm shall comply with section ‎2.3.3.
The key sets shall be loaded in the ISD-R, and provided to SM-SR, in the EIS, through ES1
SCP80 or SCP81
SM-SR ES5 function ISD-R
- Keyset_scp80
- Keyset_scp81 (opt.)
- Keyset_scp80
Off-card eUICC
Figure 5: Secure Channel Between SM-SR and ISD-R
2.2.5.2 Secure Channel on ES8 (SM-DP - eUICC)

The ES8 functions are addressed to the eUICC through a secure channel established
between the SM-DP and its ISD-P. The eUICC shall support SCP03 for ES8 (as defined in
GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment D ‎[10], as well as the variant SCP03t defined
in this specification (see section ‎4.1.3.3).
V3.0 Page 23 of 297

NOTE: SCP03 is the only secure channel defined by GlobalPlatform that complies
with requirements of the section ‎2.3.3.
To enable SCP03 and SCP03t, the ISD-P shall be personalized with at least one key set,
with a Key Version number between ‘30’ to ‘3F’ (see GlobalPlatform Secure Element
Configuration ‎[34]).
The secure channel configuration, key length and algorithm to be used shall comply with
section ‎2.5.
The first SCP03 key set is loaded into the ISD-P by its SM-DP as described in the procedure
“Key Establishment with Scenario#3-Mutual Authentication”, section ‎3.1.2.
ES8 function SCP03/SCP03t

SM-DP ISD-P
Secure Channel SCP80 or SCP81
SM-SR ISD-R
- Keyset_scp80 - Keyset_scp03
- Keyset_scp03 - Keyset_scp80
Off-card eUICC
Figure 6: Secure Channel Between SM-DP and ISD-P
2.2.5.3 Secure Channel on ES6 (MNO-eUICC)

The ES6 functions are addressed to the eUICC through a secure channel (as defined in
ETSI TS 102 225 ‎[4] and ETSI TS 102 226 ‎[5]) established between the MNO and the MNO-
SD (as defined in section ‎2.2.3).
NOTE: The MNO can also communicate with any other SSD (of the Profile) belonging
to the MNO. The Figure 7 only illustrates the secure channel with the MNO-
SD.
The initial OTA Key sets are part of the Profile and are loaded by the SM-DP during the
“Profile Download and Installation”, see section ‎3.1, or loaded by the EUM before eUICC
issuance.
Profile
MNO ES6 function SCP80 or SCP81 MNO-SD

-Keyset_scp80
-Keyset_scp81 (opt.)
-other keysets (opt.)
-Keyset_scp80
-Keyset_scp81 (opt.)
-other keysets (opt.)
Off-card eUICC
Figure 7: Secure Channel Between MNO and MNO-SD
2.3 Security Overview

This section provides an overview of the overall ecosystem security features.
V3.0 Page 24 of 297

The expectation of this architecture is to provide a solution offering a security level at least
equivalent to the security reached by the current UICC and its management systems.
The security requirements have to be applied to the different Actors and Roles (Customer,
MNO, SM-DP, SM-SR, CI, eUICC and eUICC Manufacturer). Each Role is considered as
elements which can belong to a security realm and has to fulfil the appropriate certification
scheme criteria.
According to section 2.2.3 of the GSMA Remote Provisioning Architecture for Embedded
UICC ‎[1]:
 Every SM-SR and SM-DP shall be certified according to a GSMA agreed certification
scheme.
 The eUICC shall be certified according to the GSMA eUICC Protection Profile.
 The eUICC Manufacturer shall be SAS certified.
In addition to the intrinsic security of each security realm, the data exchanged between these
entities has to be protected. Any communication between two security realms of the eUICC
ecosystem shall be origin authenticated, as well as integrity-Protected and, unless otherwise
specified in detailed sections of this specification, confidentiality protected.
For all the procedures described in this specification the security realms are mutually
authenticated and they have negotiated a minimal-acceptable common cryptographic suite
for further communication.
For the eUICC interfaces, the Platform Management commands (ES5) and the OTA
Platform commands (ES6) shall be protected by either a SCP80 or SCP81 secure channel
with security level defined in section ‎2.4. The Profile Management commands (ES8) shall be
at least protected by a SCP03 security level as detailed in section ‎2.5.
Off-card entities shall implement access control mechanisms for all function execution and
data access requests. This access shall be authorised and any access shall be traced as
defined in the GSMA certification schemes.
2.3.1 Certificate Issuer Role

The Certificate Issuer (CI) Role issues the certificates for the eUICC Remote Provisioning
System and acts as a trusted third party for the purpose of mutual authentication of the
entities of the system. The CI provides:
 A self-signed Root Certificate used to verify certificates issued and signed by the CI
 A public key (PK.CI.ECDSA), part of that Root Certificate, used on the eUICC to
verify certificates issued by the CI
 A certificate (CERT.DP.ECDSA, signed by the CI) to authenticate the SM-DP. This
certificate is used in the “Load and Install Profile” procedure
 A certificate (CERT.SR.ECDSA, signed by the CI) to authenticate the SM-SR. This
certificate is used in the “SM-SR change” procedure
 A certificate, signed by the CI, to authenticate the EUM. This certificate is used in the
"Download and Install Profile" and in the “SM-SR change” procedures.
V3.0 Page 25 of 297

2.3.2 Certification Chains

The Certificate Issuer Role issues certificates for Embedded UICC remote provisioning
system entities and acts as a trusted root for the purpose of authentication of the entities of
the system.
The following certificates shall be signed and issued by the CI:
 Self-signed Root Certificate

 EUM Certificates
 SM-SR Certificates
 SM-DP Certificates
The following certificates shall be signed and issued by the EUM:
 eUICC Certificates
CI
Root Certificate
(self signed)
Public Key for

signature verification
Private Key for
signature
EUM SM-SR SM-DP

EUM Certificate SM-SR Certificate SM-DP Certificate
(signed by CI) (signed by CI) (signed by CI)
Public Key for Public Key Public Key

signature verification (PK.SR.ECDSA) (PK.DP.ECDSA)
Private Key for Private Key Private Key
signature (SK.SR.ECDSA) (SK.DP.ECDSA)
eUICC
eUICC Certificate
(signed by EUM) A B
B certificate is signed by A private key
Public Key
(PK.ECASD.ECKA)
Private Key
(SK.ECASD.ECKA)
Figure 8: Certificate Chains
The following certificates shall be checked by the eUICC:
 the SM-SR Certificate

 the SM-DP Certificate
The following certificate and key shall be stored in the eUICC:
 the eUICC Certificate

 the Root public key
The eUICC Certificate is part of the EIS (eUICC Information Set) which is stored in the SM-
SR and/or at EUM level. This certificate contains:
V3.0 Page 26 of 297

 The PK.ECASD.ECKA used for ElGamal Elliptic Curves key agreement as defined in
GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment E ‎[11]
 The EID
 The technical reference of the product, which allows the Common Criteria (CC)
certification report to be identified by Common Criteria certification body (for example
BSI, ANSSI).
2.3.3 General Consideration on Algorithm and Key Length

Following the recommendations of several security agencies (for example NIST: SP 800-57
Part 1: Recommendation for Key Management ‎[36], which was last revised in 2012; BSI: TR-
02102: Kryptographische Verfahren: Empfehlungen und Schlüssellängen ‎[37], which was
updated in 2013. For an overview see also http://www.keylength.com/en/2/), the following
table provides an overview of the key lengths and hashing methods that shall be applied in
the context of this specification to ensure a good level of security up to the horizon 2030:
Algorithm Minimum Key Length

Symmetric (AES) 128 bits, block size of 128 bits
Asymmetric (RSA) 3072 bits
Elliptic curve 256 bits
Hashing for Digital signatures and hash-only SHA-256
applications
Hashing for HMAC, Key Derivation Functions and SHA-256
Random Number Generation
Table 3: Algorithm and Key Length
2.4 OTA Communication on ES5 (SM-SR-eUICC)
2.4.1 General OTA Requirements

In the eUICC Remote Provisioning and Management system the OTA communication is
exclusively handled by the SM-SR. The SM-SR can use SMS, CAT_TP and HTTPS for
remote OTA communication with the eUICC.
 The eUICC shall support SMS and either CAT_TP or HTTPS or both.
 Device requirements are stated in ‎Annex G.
 The SM-SR shall support SMS, HTTPS and CAT_TP.
 For LTE network deployments the system shall support SMS as defined in GSMA
PRD IR.92 ‎[38].
 The SM-SR is free to select the most relevant protocol according to the eUICC and
Device capabilities and the platform or Profile Management operation to execute.
 The eUICC shall support the RAM and RFM as defined in ETSI TS 102 226 ‎[5], in
particular Expanded Remote Application data format and Script chaining.
V3.0 Page 27 of 297

2.4.2 Void
2.4.3 SMS
The usage of the SMS protocol may be relevant in several situations:
 SMS for HTTPS session triggering, as defined in ETSI TS 102 226 ‎[5], and also in
OMA-Smart Card Web Server ‎[14] (section “Remote Administration Request sent
using a MT-SMS”)
 SMS for CAT_TP session triggering as defined in ETSI TS 102 226 ‎[5].
 When a command to be sent to the eUICC can fit into a few SMS; such a solution can
be more efficiently handled via SMS, as compared to HTTPS.
The eUICC shall support the sending of secure packet over SMS as defined in 3GPP TS
31.115 ‎[13]
The eUICC shall support RAM over SMS as defined in ETSI TS 102 226 ‎[5].
The eUICC shall comply with 3GPP TS 31.111 ‎[27] and 3GPP TS 31.116 ‎[28].
Except for the notification described in section 3.15.1, concerning the security level, the SMS
(MT or MO) shall make use of a CC with a length of 64 bits using AES CMAC mode,
ciphering using AES in CBC mode and counter value higher (SPI1=’16’). Minimum key
lengths are defined in section ‎2.3.3.
 Procedures for the PoR shall follow ETSI TS 102 225 [4] and 3GPP TS 31.115 [13]
with the following precisions:In the case that an incoming SMS for the ISD-R does
not meet this security level, it must be rejected by the eUICC and no PoR shall be
sent back
 When the eUICC cannot authenticate the SM-SR, it shall not send any PoR and
discard the command packet with no further action being taken.
SPI2 shall be set to:
 ‘00’: no PoR (this value shall only be used for the notification described in section
3.15.1),
 or to ‘39’: PoR with CC and encryption.
When a PoR is returned, the SMS shall make use of a CC with a length of 64 bits using AES
CMAC mode , ciphering using AES in CBC mode and shall be sent using SMS-SUBMIT
mode. Minimun key lengths are defined in section ‎2.3.3.
All these security requirements shall apply also for the SCP80 secured packets exchanged
during a CAT_TP session.
2.4.3.1 SMS for HTTPS Session Triggering

The SM-SR shall make use of a special SMS for triggering the opening of an HTTPS
session to the eUICC.
This SMS shall be addressed to the ISD-R. The necessary TAR information shall be
included in the EIS. The SMS shall comply with the format described in:
V3.0 Page 28 of 297

 GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment B ‎[8], section “Administration session

triggering parameters”.
NOTE: Normally the SM-SR will close the session. However, if needed, the eUICC
may close the session.
2.4.3.2 SMS for CAT_TP Session Triggering

The SM-SR shall make use of a special SMS for triggering the opening of a CAT_TP
session to the eUICC.
This SMS shall be addressed to the ISD-R. The necessary TAR information shall be
included in the EIS. The SMS shall comply with the format described in:
 ETSI TS 102 226 ‎[5], using the parameter “Request for BIP channel opening” and
“Request for CAT_TP link establish”. These parameters and the corresponding “Data
for BIP channel opening” and “Data for CAT_TP link establishment” are separated in
two different commands sent in the same push SMS.
NOTE: Normally the SM-SR will close the session. However, if needed, the eUICC
may close the session.
2.4.3.3 Command Format in SMS

The commands sent to the eUICC within a secure script in SMS shall be formatted as an
expanded remote command structure as defined in ETSI TS 102 226 ‎[5]. As a consequence,
the eUICC shall provide the answer as an expanded remote response structure.
2.4.4 HTTPS
If HTTPS is used, the following sections shall apply.
2.4.4.1 PSK-TLS
2.4.4.1.1 Cipher Suites

The eUICC shall support the Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol v1.2 ‎[15] with at least
one of the following Pre-Shared Key Cipher suites as defined in RFC 5487 ‎[17]:
 TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
 TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
The Pre-Shared Keys shall have an entropy of at least 128 bits.

The eUICC ISD-R shall be configured with ‘i’ = ‘04’ to indicate only TLS 1.2 supported as
defined in GlobalPlatform Amd B ‎[8].
Session resumption and several parallel sessions shall not be supported.
2.4.4.1.2 PSK-ID Value for TLS Handshake

The PSK-ID specified in this section defines a format suited for PSK random keys. However,
a SM-SR may use a dedicated PSK-ID format in particular to be able to manage PSK
V3.0 Page 29 of 297

derived from master key. In this case the derivation algorithm used shall be robust and follow
the NIST recommendation SP800-56C ‎[55], the derived Pre-Shared Keys shall have an
entropy of at least 128 bits.
As specified in RFC 4279 ‎[16], the PSK Identity shall be first converted to a character string,
and then sent encoded in octets using UTF-8 ‎[18] by the eUICC.
In the context of this specification, the PSK Identity before conversion is a sequence of
Tag/Length/Value (TLV) objects in hexadecimal string representation.
NOTE: As the PSK Identity is expected to be as short as possible, all lengths are
coded in one byte. BER-TLV coding is unnecessary in this case.
Length
Description Value
(bytes)
Tag for identifying PSK-ID format 1 ‘80’
Length 1 ‘01’
Identification of the PSK-ID 1 Expected value is ‘02’ indicating a full qualified
format. format for random PSK.
Tag for indicator of EID 1 ‘81’
Length of EID 1 ‘10’
EID value 16 The EID value. The value shall be coded in
hexadecimal string representation.
Tag for security domain AID 1 ‘4F’
Length of security domain AID 1 ‘10’
Security domain AID value 16 The AID value of the ISD-R. The value shall be
coded in hexadecimal string representation.
Tag for key identifier 1 ‘82’
Length 1 ‘01’
Key identifier 1 The key identifier value. The value shall be
coded in hexadecimal representation.
Tag for Key version 1 ‘83’
Length 1 ‘01’
Key version 1 The key version value. The value shall be coded
in hexadecimal representation. Key version
number range reserved for SCP81 is '40' to '4F'.
Table 4: PSK-ID Format
Example of PSK-ID before conversion to an UTF-8 string:
‘8001028110010203040506070809010203040506074F10000102030405060708090A0B0C
0D0E0F820101830140’
2.4.4.2 HTTP POST Request of ISD-R

The POST request is used by the ISD-R to fetch remote APDU strings and to transmit
response strings. The ISD-R shall strictly follow GlobalPlatform Card Specification
V3.0 Page 30 of 297

Amendment B ‎[8] for the format of the POST request. The content of the HTTP POST
header field X-Admin-From shall be filled with the “Agent Id” information standardised in
GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment B ‎[8], section “Administration Session
Triggering Parameters” (the format of this field is not standardised).
“Agent Id” information shall include two parts:
 the eUICC identifier (EID)

 the identifier of the Security Domain representing the Admin Agent function
Each part is built using the following format:

//<part-id>/<part-id-type>/<part-id-value>
Where:
- <part-id> is the tag that specifies which part is defined: “se-id” or “aa-id”
- <part-id-type> specifies the type of the identifier that is provided: “eid” or “aid”
- <part-id-value> provides the identifier value itself.
Format of the “X-Admin-From” field:
//se-id/eid/<EID>;//aa-id/aid/<RID ISD-R AID>/<PIX ISD-R AID>
Note that this representation of AID in the format /aid/<RID>/<PIX> is already used in
GlobalPlatform for other purposes than the “Agent Id”.
Example of Agent Id field:
“//se-id/eid/89001012012341234012345678901224;//aa-
id/aid/0001020304/05060708090A0B0C0D0E0F”
The eUICC shall use the Chunked mode [Transfer-Encoding: chunked CRLF] for the POST
request message.
The SM-SR shall use Chunked mode [Transfer-Encoding: chunked CRLF] for the POST
response.
First request sent by the ISD-R:
POST <initial uri> HTTP/1.1 CRLF

Host: <SM-SR ip> CRLF
X-Admin-Protocol: globalplatform-remote-admin/1.0 CRLF
X-Admin-From://se-id/eid/<value>;//aa-id/aid/ <RID ISDR-AID >/<PIX ISDR-AID> CRLF
CRLF
Return of a command response (no error case) sent by the ISD-R:
V3.0 Page 31 of 297

POST <uri contained in the previous POST response> HTTP/1.1 CRLF

Host: <SM-SR ip> CRLF
X-Admin-From://se-id/eid/<value>;//aa-id/aid/ <RID ISDR-AID value>/<PIX ISDR-AID> CRLF
Content-Type: application/vnd.globalplatform.card-content-mgt-response;version=1.0 CRLF
Transfer-Encoding: chunked CRLF
X-Admin-Script-Status: ok CRLF
CRLF
[response-string]
2.4.4.3 HTTP POST Response of SM-SR

The POST response is used by the SM-SR to transmit the next remote APDU format string
to the ISD-R and possibly to provide the next URI that must be used to request the following
admin command.
The POST response shall strictly follow the GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment
B ‎[8].
POST response sent by the SM-SR containing commands that shall be executed by the
ISD-R:
HTTP/1.1 200 CRLF

Content-Type : application/vnd.globalplatform.card-content-mgt;version=1.0 CRLF
X-Admin-Next-URI: <uri of the next POST> CRLF
CRLF
[Command script]
POST response sent by the SM-SR containing commands that shall be executed by the
ISD-P:
HTTP/1.1 200 CRLF

Content-Type : application/vnd.globalplatform.card-content-mgt;version=1.0 CRLF
X-Admin-Next-URI: <uri of the next POST> CRLF
X-Admin-Targeted-Application://aid/<rid>/<pix> (of the ISD-P-AID) CRLF
CRLF
[Command script]
Last POST response sent by the SM-SR with nothing to do, communication shall be closed:
V3.0 Page 32 of 297

HTTP/1.1 204 CRLF

CRLF
2.4.4.4 Command Format in HTTP Message

The commands sent to the eUICC within a secure script in HTTP messages shall be
formatted in an expanded remote command structure with indefinite length coding as defined
in ETSI TS 102 226 ‎[5]. As a consequence, the eUICC will provide the answer as an
expanded remote response structure with indefinite length coding.
2.4.4.5 Sequence for HTTPS Session Triggering

Except if specified differently for a specific procedure, an HTTPS session with the eUICC is
always triggered by the SM-SR by sending a MT-SMS as defined in section ‎2.4.3.1.
eUICC
SM-SR ISD-R ISD-P
(1) MT-SMS[<HTTP session triggering command>] SCP80
Failed (2) Check SCP80 security
(3) PSK-TLS handshake
POST <initial uri> HTTP/1.1 CRLF

Host: <SM-SR ip> CRLF (4)
X-Admin-From://se-id/eid/<value>;//aa-id/aid/ <RID ISDR-AID value>/<PIX
ISDR-AID> CRLF
Figure 9: Sequence for HTTPS Session Triggering
1. The SM-SR sends a MT-SMS to the ISD-R for HTTPS session triggering as defined in
section ‎2.4.3.1.
1. The ISD-R checks the security of the MT-SMS. The figure assumes the security is ok as
defined in ‎[13], else a PoR shall be returned to the SM-SR to indicate the failure (only in
case the received SMS contains an authenticated TP-OA). In case of a temporary or
fixable error the SM-SR shall retry or fix the error.
2. The PSK-TLS handshake is performed as defined in ‎[16] and ‎[17]. The figure assumes
the security is ok. In case of a temporary or fixable error, the SM-SR shall retry or fix the
error.
3. The first POST request is sent to the SM-SR as defined in section ‎2.4.4.2.
Then the SM-SR can continue with the procedure to execute.
2.5 Communication on ES8 (SM-DP) - eUICC

The ES8 interface is between the SM-DP and its ISD-P and goes through the SM-SR.
The ES8 is realised by a SCP03 or SCP03t secure channel that is tunnelled through the
secure channel between the SM-DP and the SM-SR (ES3) and on through into the SCP80
V3.0 Page 33 of 297

or SCP81 secure channel between the SM-SR and the ISD-R (ES5). It is then provided by
the ISD-R to the ISD-P. This is shown in the ‎Figure 6.
The eUICC shall support the Secure Channel Protocol 03 (SCP03) as defined in
GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment D ‎[10], as well as the variant SCP03t defined
in this specification (see section ‎4.1.3.3), with:
 AES in CBC mode with key length of 128 bits, referred as AES-128
 Use of C-MAC, C-DECRYPTION R-MAC and R-ENCRYPTION for SCP03 (set in
reference control parameter P1 of the EXTERNAL AUTHENTICATE command) and
for SCP03t.
 Use of mode i=’70’, meaning use of pseudo-random card challenge, R-MAC and R-
ENCRYPTION support
As a result the SM-DP and its ISD-P are mutually authenticated, all commands sent from the
SM-DP to the ISD-P are signed and encrypted, and all responses sent by the ISD-P to the
SM-DP are also signed and encrypted.
2.6 SM-DP to SM-SR Link Establishment (ES3)

The link between the SM-DP and the SM-SR (ES3) may have to be established during a
procedure. For the “Profile Download and Installation” procedure, the MNO may ask to the
SM-DP to contact an SM-SR that may be unknown to the SM-DP. The SM-DP will have to
establish a connection with this new SM-SR.
It is assumed in this specification that:
 The MNO, requesting an action of an SM-DP through the ES2 interface, is able to
provide the identification of the SM-SR in charge of the management of the eUICC
targeted by the function.
 The SM-DP, based on the SM-SR identification provided through the ES2 interface, is
able to retrieve the SM-SR address.
 The SM-DP, based on the SM-SR identification and address, is able to establish a
new link to the identified SM-SR during any procedure requiring this step.
The procedure describing how the SM-DP establishes a link to the SM-SR (for example:
business agreement or technical solution) is not covered by this specification.
2.7 OTA Platform Communication on ES6 (MNO-eUICC)

The ES6 is the interface between the MNO OTA Platform and a Profile inside an eUICC (see
also section ‎2.2.5.3) through a secure channel as defined in ETSI TS 102 225 ‎[4] and ETSI
TS 102 226 ‎[5]. This interface is the same as the one used with UICCs.
This specification recommends that OTA Platform communication on ES6 makes use of at
least a minimum security settings defined for ES5 in section ‎2.4.
3 Detailed Procedure Specifications

This section contains the detailed specifications of the procedures that realise the Remote
Provisioning and Management system for the eUICC.
V3.0 Page 34 of 297

3.1 Profile Download and Installation

The Profile Download and Installation procedure is sub-divided into four main steps:
1. ISD-P creation on the eUICC

2. Personalization of the ISD-P with a first key set, called the key establishment
procedure
3. Download and installation of the Profile onto the eUICC
4. Optional: Enabling of the newly installed Profile.
3.1.1 ISD-P Creation

The next figure describes the call flow for the first step which is the ISD-P creation. The
procedure illustrates the usage of RAM over HTTP as an example of the transport protocol,
assuming that the sequence will be followed by a key establishment procedure and the full
download of the Profile.
NOTE: CAT_TP could be used as transport protocol and would have an equivalent
procedure.
eUICC
MNO SM-DP SM-SR ISD-R ISD-P
(1) downloadProfile(srid, eid, iccid, final state, profileType, msisdn)
(2) getEIS(eid)
Failed (3) Retrieve EIS
(4) Return EIS
Failed (5) Check eUICC eligibility
(6) createISDP(eid, iccid, mno-id…)
Failed (7) Check initial conditions
(8) HTTPS session opening

(9)
HTTP/1.1 200 CRLF

… (10) new
CRLF
<Body with ES5.createISD-P function>
(11)
POST /<next-uri> HTTP/1.1 CRLF

…
(12) EIS update X-Admin-Script-Status: <script-status> CRLF
CRLF
<Body with ES5.createISD-P response>
(13) createISDP function response
Figure 10: ISD-P creation
Start Conditions:
The start conditions are described in GSMA Remote Provisioning Architecture for the
Embedded UICC ‎[1].
V3.0 Page 35 of 297

Procedure:
(1) The MNO owning the Profile to download shall call the “ES2.DownloadProfile”
function with its relevant input data (the MNO has to provide the SM-SR identification
and address). By providing the required final state, the MNO may ask the SM-DP to
enable the newly downloaded Profile at the end of the procedure. Else, by default, the
Profile will be in the DISABLED state.
(2) The SM-DP on reception of this request shall call the “ES3.GetEIS” function with its
relevant input data.
(3) The SM-SR shall retrieve the EIS of the eUICC based on the EID. At this stage the
SM-SR may return an error indicating that the eUICC is unknown in its system. The
error shall be finally returned to the MNO and the procedure shall end.
(4) The SM-SR shall return the EIS of the eUICC.
(5) The SM-DP shall check the eligibility of the eUICC against the characteristics of the
Profile to be downloaded. Although the exact checks performed by the SM-DP are out
of scope for this specification, some examples might include:
a. Is the target Profile compatible with and validated against this type of eUICC?
(including the fact that the SM-DP is able to generate the Profile for this type
of eUICC).
b. Is there enough memory? In case of uncertainty of the information contained

within the EIS, the SM-DP could request an online audit.
c. Is the eUICC certified? In case of a non-certified eUICC, the SM-DP may stop
the procedure.
The SM-DP shall verify the ECASD certificate, which was received as part of the EIS,
using the EUM Certificate and the CI’s Root Certificate and shall extract
PK.ECASD.ECKA from the ECASD certificate.
If any of these conditions is not satisfied or if the certificate verification fails, the SM-DP
shall return a response indicating a failure.
(6) The SM-DP shall call the “ES3.CreateISDP” function with its relevant input data.
(7) The SM-SR shall verify that the SM-DP request is acceptable (the verifications that the
SM-SR shall perform are described in the section ‎5.4.3).
If any of the conditions to be verified are not satisfied, the SM-SR shall return a
response indicating a failure, and the procedure shall stop.
(8) If there is no existing HTTPS session with the eUICC, the SM-SR shall trigger the
HTTPS session as defined in section ‎2.4.4.5.
(9) The SM-SR shall return the HTTP POST response containing the “ES5.CreateISDP”
with its relevant input data. The X-Admin-Targeted-Application parameter shall be
omitted as the command is targeting the ISD-R.
(10) The ISD-R shall create the ISD-P. In case of an error, the ISD-R shall return the error
within the next POST request to the SM-SR. The error shall be finally returned to the
SM-DP and the procedure may end depending on the error.
(11) The eUICC shall return the “ES5.CreateISDP” function execution response within the
POST request to the SM-SR.
(12) Assuming a successful ISD-P creation, the SM-SR shall update the EIS to reflect the
newly created ISD-P.
V3.0 Page 36 of 297

(13) The SM-SR shall return to the SM-DP the “ES3.CreateISDP” function execution
response.
In this sample procedure, it is assumed that the SM-DP has indicated “more to do” in the
“ES5.CreateISDP” call. In case the SM-DP did not indicate “more to do”, the SM-SR may
end the HTTPS session.
3.1.2 Key Establishment with Scenario#3-Mutual Authentication

The next figure describes the second step in the Profile Download and Installation
procedure.
This sequence defines a new scenario called “Scenario#3-Mutual Authentication”. This

sequence uses Scenario#3 based on ECKA EG (ElGamal) scheme as defined in
GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment E ‎[11] complemented by an SM-DP
authentication step.
V3.0 Page 37 of 297

eUICC
MNO SM-DP SM-SR ISD-R ISD-P ECASD
(1) sendData( eid, sd-aid, ES8.keyEstablishISDPKeySet (CERT.DP.ECDSA))
(2a) Conditional: HTTPS session opening

(3)
(3a) CERT.DP.ECDSA
HTTP/1.1 200 CRLF (3b) Verifies that it is an SM-DP
… certificate
CRLF (4) CERT.DP.ECDSA
<Body with ES8.keyEstablishISDPKeySet(CERT.DP.ECDSA)>
(5) verifies CERT.DP.ECDSA
using PK.CI.ECDSA.
Continue if successful:
- extracts PK.DP.ECDSA
from CERT.DP.ECDSA.
- generates RC
(6) RC or error
(8) sendData response with (7)
ES8.keyEstablishISDPKeySet response: RC or error
…
X-Admin-Script-Status: <script-status> CRLF
CRLF
<Body with ES8.keyEstablishISDPKeySet response: RC or error>
(8a) Conditional: Error management see 3.1.4
(9) Generates (eSK.DP.ECKA, ePK.DP.ECKA)

Signs RC and ePK.DP.ECKA with SK.DP.ECDSA
(10) sendData( eid, sd-aid, ES8.keyEstablishISDPKeySet(ePK.DP.ECKA, signature))

(11)
(12) ePK.DP.ECKA, signature
HTTP/1.1 200 CRLF
…
CRLF (13) verifies signature
<Body with ES8.keyEstablishISDPKeySet(ePK.DP.ECKA, RC, signature)> using PK.DP.ECDSA.
Continue if successful:
- calculates ShS from
ePK.DP.ECKA and
SK.ECASD.ECKA.
(14) ShS or error
(15) (Opt.) Generates DR

Derives keyset from ShS (and DR)
Calculates receipt.
(16) Receipt (Opt. DR) or error

(18) sendData response with ES8.keyEstablishISDPKeySet
(17)
response: Receipt (Opt. DR) or error
…
CRLF
<Body with ES8.keyEstablishISDPKeySetresponse: Receipt (Opt. DR) or error>
(19) Calculates ShS from eSK.DP.ECKA

and PK.ECASD.ECKA.
Derives keyset from ShS (and DR)
Verifies receipt
Figure 11: Key Establishment, Scenario #3
V3.0 Page 38 of 297

Start Conditions:
As a pre-condition, the ISD-P shall be created as defined in section ‎3.1.1, the
eUICC/ECASD shall support the scenario#3-Mutual Authentication and shall be provisioned
with the SK.ECASD.ECKA, PK.CI.ECDSA.
Procedure:
(1) The SM-DP shall call the “ES3.SendData” function specifying the targeted eUICC, the
ISD-P, and the data containing the “ES8.EstablishISDPKeySet” function with the
certificate identifying the SM-DP. The certificate shall be issued by the SM-DP
Certificate Issuer.
SM-SR shall perform are described in the section ‎5.4.4).
If any of the conditions to be verified are not satisfied, the SM-SR shall return a
response indicating a failure, and the procedure shall stop.
(2a) The SM-SR shall trigger the HTTPS session with the ISD-R if not already
opened.
(3) The SM-SR shall return the HTTP POST response with a body containing the
“ES8.EstablishISDPKeySet” function as provided by the SM-DP in (1).
(3a) The ISD-R shall forward the content of the STORE DATA command contained
in the HTTP response to the ISD-P.
(3b) The ISD-P shall verify that it is an SM-DP certificate.
(4) The ISD-P shall forward the CERT.DP.ECDSA to the ECASD for verification.
(5) ECASD shall verify the provided CERT.DP.ECDSA with the PK.CI.ECDSA; if
CERT.DP.ECDSA is valid, ECASD shall extract and store the PK.DP.ECDSA and
generate a random challenge (RC).
(6) The Random Challenge (or error if any) shall be returned to the ISD-P which forwards
it to the ISD-R.
(7) The ISD-R shall return the execution response received from the ISD-P (RC or error)
within a new HTTP POST request addressed to the SM-SR.
(8) The SM-SR shall return the content of the received HTTP POST (RC or error) to the
SM-DP.
(8a) In case of failure during the key establishment procedure, error management
procedure describes in section ‎3.1.4 shall be executed and the procedure shall
stop.
(9) The SM-DP shall generate an ephemeral key pair (related to the targeted ICCID),
called ePK.DP.ECKA and eSK.DP.ECKA. The SM-DP signs the received Random
Challenge(RC) and the generated ePK.DP.ECKA with the SK.DP.ECDSA.
(10) The SM-DP shall call the “ES3.SendData” function specifying the targeted eUICC, the
ISD-P and the data containing the “ES8.EstablishISDPKeySet” function with the
ePK.DP.ECKA and the previously computed signature on Random Challenge (RC)
and ePK.DP.ECKA using SK.DP.ECDSA.
“ES8.EstablishISDPKeySet” function as provided by the SM-DP in (10).
(12) The ISD-P shall forward the ePK.DP.ECKA and signature to the ECASD for
verification.
V3.0 Page 39 of 297

(13) The ECASD shall verify the signature using the previously stored PK.DP.ECDSA. If
the signature is not verified, an error shall be returned. Else the ECASD shall calculate
the ShS using the ePK.DP.ECKA and the SK.ECASD.ECKA.
(14) The ShS or an error shall be returned to the ISD-P.
(15) The ISD-P:
 May optionally compute a Derivation Random (DR, if requested by the SM-DP in
the function call).
 Derives the key set from ShS (and optionally DR).
 Calculates the receipt to be returned to SM-DP.
(16) The ISD-P shall return the calculated receipt (and optionally the DR) or the error to the
ISD-R.
(17) The ISD-R shall return the execution response to the ISD-P (receipt (opt. DR) or error)
within a new HTTP POST request addressed to the SM-SR.
(18) The SM-SR shall return the content of the received HTTP POST (receipt (opt. DR) or
error) to the SM-DP.
(18a) In case of failure during the Download and Installation procedure, the error
management procedure describes in section ‎3.1.4 shall be executed and the
procedure shall stop.
(19) The SM-DP symmetrically shall:
 Calculates the ShS using the eSK.DP.ECKA and the PK.ECASD.ECKA,
 Derives the key set from ShS (and optionally DR), and
 Verify the receipt received in the response to ensure that key set derivation is
consistent with what has been performed by the ISD-P.
The eUICC shall support key establishment with and without the DR. The SM-DP decides
which option to use.
BSI TR-03111 ‎[49] contains recommendations and requirements on the generation and
validation of ephemeral keys. In addition, NIST SP 800-56A ‎[50] provides requirements on
the destruction of ephemeral keys and other intermediate secret data after their use.
3.1.3 Download and Installation of the Profile

This section describes the third part of the procedure for the Profile Download and
Installation step. The procedure illustrates the usage of RAM over HTTP as an example of
the transport protocol.
V3.0 Page 40 of 297

eUICC
MNO SM-DP SM-SR ISD-R ISD-P
(1) sendData(eid, iccid, [<data1>] scp03t, moreTodo)

(2a) Failed (if error)
(2b) Conditional: HTTPS session opening
(3)
(4)
HTTP/1.1 200 CRLF
…
X-Admin-Targeted-Application://aid/<rid>/<pix> (of ISD-P-AID)CRLF (5) Unwrap SCP03t security
CRLF
[<data1>] scp03t
(6) Process profile data
(6a)
(7)
…
(8) SendData response + [data1 execution response] scp03t
CRLF
[body with data1 execution response] scp03t
(9) Optional: new data sending
(10) profileDownloadCompleted(eid, iccid, subdAddress, POL2)
(11) Update EIS
(12) Optional: enableProfile (eid, iccid)
(12a) Execute the enable profile procedure

as defined in section 3.2
(12b) Optional: response enableProfile (euiccResposeData )

(13) Profile download &installation success
Figure 12: Download and Installation of the Profile
Start Conditions:
As a pre-condition, the ISD-P shall be created and personalized as defined in section ‎3.1.1
and section ‎3.1.2.
Procedure:
(1) The SM-DP shall call the “ES3.SendData” function providing the Profile data to
download as input data. The Profile data has to be given as specified in section ‎4.1.3.1
and ‎5.4.4.
SM-SR shall perform are described in section ‎5.4.4).
(2a) Depending on the error, the procedure may stop and a global failure message
shall be returned to the MNO.
(2b) The SM-SR shall trigger the HTTPS session opening with the ISD-R if not
already opened.
(3) The SM-SR shall return the HTTP POST response containing the secure data as
provided by the SM-DP. The X-Admin-Targeted-Application field shall contain the ISD-
P-AID.
V3.0 Page 41 of 297

(4) The ISD-R shall forward the received secure data to the ISD-P identified by the X-
Admin-Targeted-Application field.
(5) The ISD-P shall process the security of the received data. The figure illustrates a
success case; in case of security failure the error shall be returned within the next
POST request to the SM-SR and finally returned to the SM-DP; and the procedure
may end depending on the error.
(6) The ISD-P shall process the received command TLV(s).
(6a) The ISD-P shall return the response to the command TLV(s) to the ISD-R.
(7) The ISD-R shall return within the next POST request to the SM-SR.
(8) The SM-SR shall return to the SM-DP the execution status of the “ES3.SendData”
function.
(9) Optionally the SM-DP may call the same “ES3.SendData” function again if the
download and installation of the Profile requires several steps. This optional step may
be repeated as many times as required.
(9a) In case of failure during the Download and Installation procedure, error
management procedure describes in section ‎3.1.4 shall be executed and the
procedure shall stop.
(10) When Profile download is completed the SM-DP shall call the
“ES3.ProfileDownloadCompleted” function. This basically indicates to the SM-SR
that the Profile is downloaded and installed. The SM-DP may take the opportunity to
define a POL2 on the Profile. The MNO shall be able to sign the POL2 content even if
it is empty.
As requested by the MNO, after Profile installation the SCP03 key set of the ISD-P
may:
i) Be retained by the SM-DP. In this case the MNO can instruct the SM-DP to
hand over or delete the key set at a later point in time;
ii) Be handed over to the MNO. The keys may be replaced by the MNO;
Be deleted from the eUICC by the SM-DP (using the GlobalPlatform DELETE
command).
(11) The SM-SR shall update the EIS reflecting that the Profile is in “DISABLED” state, and
POL2 if present.
(12) Optionally, if the MNO has initially requested the Profile to be enabled, the SM-DP
shall request the SM-SR to enable the newly installed Profile by calling the
“ES3.EnableProfile” function.
(12a) The SM-SR handles the “ES3.EnableProfile” function request (if called by the
SM-DP) as described in section ‎5.4.8.
(12b) The SM-SR provides the status of the Profile Enabling function to the SM-DP.
(13) Finally, the SM-DP shall return the response to the “ES2.DownloadProfile” function
call to the MNO.
At the end of this procedure, if the Profile has been enabled, the MNO owning of the Profile
is able to perform any remote management operation to the Profile using its own Remote
Administration Server.
V3.0 Page 42 of 297

3.1.4 Error Management Sub-Routine

The next figure describes the flow for error management. This procedure is called when an
error occurs during the key-establishment or the Profile Download and Installation
procedures. The procedure illustrates the usage of RAM over HTTP as an example of the
transport protocol.
Figure 13: Error Management Sub-Routine
Procedure:
(1) In case of failure during the key establishment procedure or the Download Profile
procedure, the SM-DP shall call the “ES3.DeleteISDP” function with its relevant input
data.
(1a) The SM-SR shall trigger the HTTP session with the ISD-R if not already
opened.
“ES5.DeleteProfile” function with the ICCID.
(3) The ISD-R shall delete the targeted ISD-P.
(4) The ISD-R shall return the execution response to the ISD-P deletion
“ES5.DeleteProfile” within a new HTTP POST request addressed to the SM-SR.
(5) The SM-SR shall forward the status of the “ES3.DeleteISDP”to the SM-DP.
(6) The failure message shall be returned to the MNO.
3.2 Profile Enabling

The Profile Enabling procedure between the MNO and the SM-SR is used to enable a Profile
previously downloaded and installed on an eUICC (see GSMA Remote Provisioning
Architecture for Embedded UICC ‎[1] section 3.5.5). The procedure is initiated by the MNO
owning the Profile to be enabled. The procedure illustrates the usage of SMS as a possible
transport protocol between SM-SR and eUICC, but can also be performed using other
transport protocols.
V3.0 Page 43 of 297

3.2.1 Normal Case

The sequence flow in the ‎Figure 14 describes the normal case where the target Profile can
successfully be enabled.
eUICC
MNO2 MNO 1 SM-SR Device ISD-R
(1) enableProfile(eid,iccid)
(3) MT-SMS [ES5.STORE DATA command]SCP80
(4) Enforce POL1
(5) Enable ISD-P
(6) MO-SMS [ES5.STORE DATA command response]SCP80

(6a) If failed
(7) REFRESH, (UICC reset)
(8) Network attachment with the enabled profile
(9) Notification procedure over SMS
(10) Check POL2
(11) Cond.: MT-SMS [ES5.DELETE command]SCP80
(11a) Enforce POL1

(11b) Delete disabled ISD-P and
contained Profile
(11c) MO-SMS [ES5.DELETE command response]SCP80
(12) EIS update

(13) Profile enabling result
(14) HandleProfileDisabledNotification( eid, iccid2)
Figure 14: Profile Enabling, Success Case
Start Conditions:
Procedure:
(1) MNO1 of the target Profile shall call the “ES4.EnableProfile” function with its relevant
input data.
(2) The SM-SR shall verify that the MNO1 request is acceptable (the verifications that the
SM-SR shall perform are described in the section ‎5.5.5), and in particular evaluates
POL2 of the currently Enabled Profile. If any of the conditions to be verified are not
satisfied, the SM-SR shall return a response indicating the failure, and the procedure
shall end.
(3) The SM-SR shall send an MT-SMS containing the “ES5.STORE DATA” command for
Profile enabling with its relevant input data (see section ‎4.1.1.2) to the ISD-R. The SM-
SR shall request a PoR to get the execution status of the “ES5.STORE DATA”
command.
V3.0 Page 44 of 297

(4) The ISD-R shall enforce POL1 of the currently Enabled Profile. If POL1 rejects
enabling of the target Profile, the ISD-R shall return directly the MO-SMS containing
the response indicating a failure, and the procedure shall end.
(5) If POL1 allows, the ISD-R shall disable the currently enabled ISD-P and enable the
targeted ISD-P.
NOTE: Profile change includes a change of the IMSI that is used to attach to the
network. As indicated in 3GPP TS 31.102 ‎[52], such a change requires
special caution and should always be accompanied by a REFRESH
command to avoid inconsistent information being read by the terminal. So
while the targeted ISD-P is marked as enabled in this step, it may actually
become effective after the terminal executes the REFRESH command.
(6) The ISD-R shall return the MO-SMS containing the execution status of the
“ES5.STORE DATA” command to the SM-SR.
(6a) If the response to the “ES5.STORE DATA” command indicates a failure, the
SM-SR shall return a response indicating the failure to MNO1, and the
procedure shall end.
(7) The ISD-R shall send a REFRESH proactive command in UICC reset mode to the
Device. This will trigger the execution of a network attach procedure.
NOTE: In case of any error after this steps, indicating that the currently Enabled
Profile cannot provide connectivity, the ISD-R shall re-enable the previously
Enabled Profile as described in section ‎3.2.2.
(8) The eUICC and the Device shall perform a network attach procedure with the newly
Enabled Profile.
(9) The eUICC shall perform the notification procedure as described in section ‎4.1.1.11.
During this procedure, if the ISD-R doesn’t succeed in sending the SMS notification
(after having exhausted all possible retries), or doesn’t receive the SM-SR notification
confirmation, this shall be considered as a fatal error, and the previous note shall
apply. On reception of the SM-SR notification confirmation command, if POL1 of the
now Disabled Profile contains the rule “Profile deletion is mandatory when it is
disabled”, the ISD-R shall delete the disabled ISD-P and the contained Profile. The
eUICC shall send the response to the notification confirmation indicating whether the
disabled ISD-P has been deleted or not.
(10) On reception of the “ES5.HandleNotificationConfirmation” response, and if this
response indicates that the Disabled Profile has not been deleted, the SM-SR shall
evaluate POL2 of the Disabled Profile. If POL2 of the Disabled Profile contains the rule
“Profile deletion is mandatory when it is disabled”, the SM-SR shall perform step (11),
else it shall jump to step (12).
(11) The SM-SR shall send an MT-SMS containing the “ES5.DELETE” command with its
relevant input data (see section ‎4.1.1.4) to the ISD-R, targeting the Disabled Profile.
The SM-SR shall request a PoR to get the execution status of the “ES5.DELETE”
command.
(11a) The ISD-R shall enforce POL1 of the target Profile. If POL1 rejects the deletion
of the target Profile, the ISD-R shall return the MO-SMS containing the
response indicating the corresponding failure, and the procedure shall end.
(11b) If POL1 allows its deletion, the ISD-R shall delete the targeted ISD-P and the
contained Profile.
(11c) The ISD-R shall return the MO-SMS to the SM-SR containing the execution
status of the “ES5.DELETE” command.
V3.0 Page 45 of 297

(12) According to the executed sequence and the eUICC responses, the SM-SR shall
update the EIS to reflect that:
 The target Profile has been enabled
 The previously Enabled Profile has been disabled or deleted.
NOTE: POL1 and POL2 may have different content. As a consequence, both the
eUICC and the SM-SR have to ensure the ISD-P deletion based on their
respective Policy.
(13) The SM-SR shall return the response to the “ES4.EnableProfile” function to MNO1,
indicating that the Profile has been enabled.
(14) The SM-SR shall send the “ES4.HandleProfileDisabledNotification” or
“ES4.HandleProfileDeletedNotification” (if deletion was triggered by the evaluation
of POL1 and POL2) to MNO2, the owner of the Profile that was enabled at the
beginning of the procedure. In case MNO2 has no direct connection with the SM-SR
(SM-SR shall be able to detect such a situation based on its own database), the SM-
SR shall send this notification to the SM-DP authorised by MNO2 by calling the
“ES3.HandleProfileDisabledNotification” or the
“ES3.HandleProfileDeletedNotification”. The SM-SR can retrieve the SM-DP identity
based on the EIS content. Then the SM-DP, on reception of this notification, shall
forward it to MNO2 by calling the “ES2.HandleProfileDisabledNotification” or the
“ES2.HandleProfileDeletedNotification”.
NOTE: The MT-SMS and MO-SMS shall be secured according to section ‎2.4.
3.2.2 Connectivity Failure Case

The sequence flow in the ‎Figure 15 describes the case where the target Profile cannot
provide connectivity after it is enabled, and when roll-back to the previously Enabled Profile
occurs.
V3.0 Page 46 of 297

eUICC
MNO 1 SM-SR Device ISD-R
(4) Enforce POL1
(5) Enable ISD-P

(6a) If failed
(7) REFRESH (UICC reset)
(8) Network attachment with the newly enabled profile fails

OR
Notification procedure fails
(9) Enable previous ISD-P
(13) Profile enabling failure
Figure 15: Profile Enabling failure, with roll-back
Start Conditions:
The start conditions are identical to section ‎3.2.1.
Procedure:
Steps (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (6a) and (7) are also identical to section ‎3.2.1.
(8) A network attach failure occurs indicating that the Enabled Profile cannot provide
connectivity, or the eUICC doesn’t succeed to send the SMS notification (after having
exhausted all possible retries), or doesn’t receive the SM-SR notification confirmation.
(9) The ISD-R shall enable the Profile that was previously enabled before the reception of
the command, to re-establish connectivity.
become effective only after the terminal executes the REFRESH command.
(10) The ISD-R sends a REFRESH proactive command in UICC reset mode to the Device.
This will trigger the execution of a new network attach procedure.
(11) The eUICC and the Device shall perform a new network attach procedure with the
Profile Enabled before the start of the procedure.
V3.0 Page 47 of 297

On reception of the SMS notification, the SM-SR is informed that the target Profile has
not been enabled.
(13) Finally, the SM-SR shall return the response to the “ES4.EnableProfile” function to
MNO1; indicating a failure, the target Profile didn’t succeed to provide the connectivity.
3.3 Profile Enabling Via SM-DP

The Profile Enabling procedure between the MNO and the SM-DP is used to enable a Profile
previously downloaded and installed on an eUICC (see GSMA Remote Provisioning
owning the Profile to be enabled. The procedure illustrates the usage of SMS as a possible
transport protocol between SM-SR and eUICC, but can be also performed using other
This procedure is similar to the procedure “Enable Profile” described in section ‎3.2.
3.3.1 Normal Case

The sequence flow in the ‎Figure 16 describes the normal case where the targeted Profile
can successfully be enabled.
V3.0 Page 48 of 297

eUICC
MNO2 MNO 1 SM-DP SM-SR Device ISD-R
(0) enableProfile(eid, smsr-id ,iccid)
Failed
(2) Check initial conditions
(3) SMS-MT [ES5.STORE DATA command]SCP80
(4) Enforce POL1
(5) Enable ISD-P
(6) SMS-MO [ES5.STORE DATA command response]SCP80

(6a) If failed
(10) Check POL2
(11) Cond.: SMS-MT [ES5.DELETE command]SCP80
(11a) Enforce POL1

contained Profile
(11c) SMS-MO [ES5.DELETE command response]SCP80
(12) EIS update

(14) handleProfileDisabledNotification (eid, iccid2)
Figure 16: Profile Enabling, Success Case
Start Conditions:
Procedure:
(0) MNO1, the owner of the target Profile, shall call the “ES2.EnableProfile” function with
its relevant input data, see section ‎5.3.5, in particular the identification of the SM-SR in
charge of the management of the target eUICC.
(1) The SM-DP shall forward the request to the SM-SR provided by the MNO and shall
call the function “ES3.EnabledProfile”. During this step the SM-DP may have to
establish a link to the SM-SR (see section ‎2.6).
Steps (2) to (12) are the same as in the procedure “Profile Enabling” described in
section ‎3.2.1.
(13) The SM-SR shall return the response to the “ES3.EnableProfile” function to the SM-
DP, indicating that the Profile has been enabled.
(14) The SM-SR shall send the “ES4.HandleProfileDisabledNotification” or
“ES4.HandleProfileDeletedNotification” (if deletion was triggered by the evaluation
V3.0 Page 49 of 297

of POL1 and POL2) to MNO2, the owner of the Profile that was enabled at the
beginning of the procedure. In case MNO2 has no direct connection with the SM-SR,
the SM-SR shall apply the same process as described in point (14) of section ‎3.2.1.
(15) Finally, the SM-DP shall return the response to the “ES2.EnableProfile” function call
to MNO1.
3.3.2 Connectivity Failure Case

The sequence flow in the ‎Figure 17 describes the case where the targeted Profile cannot
provide connectivity after it is enabled, and when roll-back to the previously Enabled Profile
occurs.
eUICC
MNO 1 SM-DP SM-SR Device ISD-R
(0) enableProfile(eid, smsr-id iccid)

Failed
(3) SMS-MT [ES5.STORE DATA command]SCP80
(4) Enforce POL1
(5) Enable ISD-P

(6a) If failed
(8) Network attachment with the newly enabled profile fails

OR
Notification procedure fails
(9) Enable previous ISD-P
Figure 17: Profile Enabling, With Roll-Back
Start Conditions:
The start conditions are the same as in section ‎3.3.1.
Procedure:
Steps (0) and (1) are the same as in section ‎3.3.1.
Steps (2) to (12) are the same as in procedure “Connectivity failure case” as described in
section ‎3.2.2.
(13) The SM-SR shall return the response to the “ES3.EnableProfile” function to the SM-
DP, indicating a failure, the target Profile didn’t succeed to provide the connectivity.
(14) Finally, the SM-DP shall return the response to the “ES2.EnableProfile” function to
MNO1, indicating a failure, the target Profile didn’t succeed to provide the connectivity.
V3.0 Page 50 of 297

NOTE: In case the previously Enabled Profile can also not provide connectivity, the
eUICC shall activate the Fall-back Mechanism.
3.4 Profile Disabling

The Profile Disabling procedure is initiated by the MNO owning the Profile to be disabled.
The procedure illustrated using SMS as a possible transport protocol between the SM-SR
and the eUICC, but can be also performed using other transport protocols.
The sequence flow in the ‎Figure 18 describes the case where the targeted Profile can
successfully be disabled.
eUICC
MNO2 MNO 1 SM-SR Device ISD-R
(1) disableProfile(eid,iccid)
(4) Enforce POL1
(5) Disable ISD-P

(6a) If failed
(8) Network attachment using profile with Fallback attribute
(10) Check POL2
(11a) Enforce POL1

contained Profile
(12) EIS update

(13) Profile disabling result
(14) handleProfileEnabledNotification( eid, iccid2)
Figure 18: Profile Disabling
Start Conditions:
Procedure:
(1) MNO1, the owner of the target Profile shall call the “ES4.DisableProfile” function with
its relevant input data.
(2) The SM-SR shall verify that the MNO1 request is acceptable (the verifications that the
SM-SR shall perform are described in the section ‎5.5.6, and in particular checks that
V3.0 Page 51 of 297

Profile is enabled and Profile disabling is allowed in POL2. If any of the conditions to
be verified are not satisfied, the SM-SR shall return a response indicating the failure,
and the procedure shall end.
(3) The SM-SR shall send an MT-SMS containing the “ES5.STORE DATA” command for
Profile disabling with its relevant input data (see section ‎4.1.1.3) to the ISD-R. The SM-
SR shall request a PoR to get the execution status of the “ES5.STORE DATA”
command.
(4) The ISD-R shall enforce POL1 of the currently Enabled Profile. In case POL1 rejects
disabling, the ISD-R shall return PoR containing the response indicating a failure, and
the procedure shall end.
(5) The ISD-R shall disable the targeted ISD-P and the contained Profile and shall enable
the Profile with the Fall-back Attribute Set.
“ES5.STORE DATA” command to the SM-SR.
(6a) If the response to the “ES5.STORE DATA” command indicates a failure, the
SM-SR shall return a response indicating the failure to MNO1, and the
(7) The ISD-R sends a REFRESH proactive command in UICC reset mode to the Device.
This will trigger the execution of a network attach procedure.
NOTE: In case of any error after this step indicating that the current Enabled Profile
cannot provide connectivity, the ISD-R shall re-enable the previously
Enabled Profile as described in section ‎3.2.2.
(8) The eUICC and the Device shall perform a new network attach procedure with the
Profile with the Fall-back Attribute Set.
During this procedure, if ISD-R doesn’t succeed to send the SMS notification, or
doesn’t receive the SM-SR notification confirmation, this shall be considered as an
error, and the previous note shall apply.
On reception of the SM-SR notification confirmation command, if POL1 of the Disabled
Profile contains the rule “Profile deletion is mandatory when it is disabled”, the ISD-R
shall delete the disabled ISD-P and the contained Profile. The eUICC shall send the
response to the notification confirmation indicating whether the disabled ISD-P has
been deleted or not.
(10) On reception of the ES5.HandleNotificationConfirmation response, and if the
ES5.HandleNotificationConfirmation response indicates that the Disabled Profile
has not been deleted, the SM-SR shall evaluate POL2 of the Disabled Profile. If POL2
of the Disabled Profile contains the rule “Profile deletion is mandatory when it is
disabled”, the SM-SR shall perform step (11), else it shall jump to step (12).
relevant input data (see section ‎4.1.1.4) to the ISD-R, targeting the Disabled Profile.
V3.0 Page 52 of 297

The SM-SR shall request a PoR to get the execution status of the “ES5.DELETE”
command.
(11a) The ISD-R shall enforce POL1 of the target Profile. If POL1 rejects the deletion
of the target Profile, the ISD-R shall return the MO-SMS containing the
response indicating the corresponding failure, and the procedure shall end.
(11b) If POL1 allows its deletion, the ISD-R shall delete the targeted ISD-P and the
contained Profile.
(11c) The ISD-R shall return the MO-SMS to the SM-SR containing the execution
status of the “ES5.DELETE” command.
(12) According to the executed sequence and the eUICC responses, the SM-SR shall
update the EIS to reflect that:
 The Profile having the fall-back attribute has been enabled
 The previously Enabled Profile has been disabled or deleted.
NOTE: POL1 and POL2 may have different content. As a consequence, both the
eUICC and the SM-SR have to ensure the ISD-P deletion based on their
respective Policy.
(13) The SM-SR shall return the response to the “ES4.DisableProfile” function to MNO1,
indicating that the Profile has been disabled. In case the Profile has also been deleted
because of POL1 or POL2, the function execution response shall include an execution
status “Executed-WithWarning” indicating that the Profile has also been deleted.
(14) The SM-SR shall send the “ES4.HandleProfileEnabledNotification” to MNO2, the
owner of Profile with Fall-back Attribute Set that is now enabled. In case MNO2 has
no direct connection with the SM-SR (SM-SR shall be able to detect such situation
based on its own database), the SM-SR shall send this notification to the SM-DP
authorized by MNO2 by calling the “ES3.HandleProfileEnabledNotification”. The
SM-SR can retrieve the SM-DP identity based on the EIS content. Then the SM-DP,
on reception of this notification, shall forward it to MNO2 by calling the
“ES2.HandleProfileEnabledNotification”.
3.5 Profile Disabling Via SM-DP

The Profile Disabling procedure is initiated by the MNO owning the Profile to be disabled
through the SM-DP. The procedure illustrated using SMS as a possible transport protocol
between SM-SR and eUICC, but can be also performed using other transport protocols.
This procedure is similar to the procedure “Disable Profile” described in section ‎3.4.
The sequence flow in the ‎Figure 19 describes the case where the targeted Profile can
successfully be disabled.
V3.0 Page 53 of 297

eUICC
MNO2 MNO 1 SM-DP SM-SR Device ISD-R
(0) disableProfile(eid,smsr-id,iccid)
(1) disableProfile(eid,iccid)
Failed
(4) Enforce POL1
(5) Disable ISD-P

(6a) If failed
(8) Network attachment using profile with Fallback

attribute
(10) Check POL2
(11a) Enforce POL1

contained Profile
(12) EIS update

(14) handleProfileEnabledNotification( eid, iccid2)

Figure 19: Profile Disabling Via SM-DP
Start Conditions:
Procedure:
(0) MNO1, the owner of the target Profile, shall call the “ES2.DisableProfile” function with
its relevant input data, see section ‎5.3.6, in particular the identification of the SM-SR in
charge of the management of the target eUICC.
(1) The SM-DP shall forward the request to the SM-SR identified by the MNO and shall
call the “ES3.DisableProfile” function with its relevant input data.
Steps (2) to (12) are the same as in the procedure “Profile Disabling” described in
section ‎3.4.
(13) The SM-SR shall return the response to the “ES3.DisableProfile” function to the SM-
DP, indicating that the Profile has been disabled. In case the Profile has also been
deleted because of POL1 or POL2, the function execution response shall include an
execution status “Executed-With Warning” indicating that the Profile has also been
deleted.
owner of the Profile with Fall-back Attribute Set that is now enabled.
V3.0 Page 54 of 297

(15) Finally, the SM-DP shall return the response to the “ES2.DisableProfile” function call
to MNO1.
3.6 Profile and ISD-P Deletion

The Profile and ISD-P deletion procedure between the MNO and the SM-SR is used to
delete the target ISD-P with its Profile on the eUICC (see GSMA Remote Provisioning
owning the Profile to be deleted. The procedure illustrates the usage of SMS as a possible
transport protocol between SM-SR and eUICC, but can be also performed using other
eUICC
MNO SM-SR ISD-R
(1) DeleteProfile(eid,Iccid)
Failed (3) Optional: If targeted profile is enabled, then

execute function “ES4.DisableProfile”
(4) MT-SMS [ES5.DELETE command]SCP80
(5) Enforce POL1
(6) Delete ISD-P
(7) MO-SMS [ES5.DELETE command response]SCP80
(8) EIS update
(9) Profile deletion result
Figure 20: Profile and ISD-P Deletion
Start Conditions:
Procedure:
(1) The MNO owning the target Profile shall call the “ES4.DeleteProfile” function with its
relevant input data.
(2) The SM-SR shall verify that the MNO request is acceptable (the verifications that the
SM-SR shall perform are described in the section ‎5.4.7), and in particular shall
evaluate POL2 of the target Profile. If any of the conditions to be verified are not
satisfied, the SM-SR shall return a response indicating the failure, and the procedure
shall end.
(3) The SM-SR shall check the state of the target Profile. If the target Profile is enabled
and if POL2 of the target Profile allows it to be disabled, then the SM-SR shall execute
the “ES4.DisableProfile” function to first disable the target Profile (and thus enable the
V3.0 Page 55 of 297

Profile having the Fall-back Attribute). In case of error, a response indicating the failure
is returned to the MNO, and the procedure shall end.
relevant input data (see section ‎4.1.1.4) to the ISD-R. The SM-SR shall request a PoR
to get the execution status of the “ES5.DELETE” command.
(5) The ISD-R, shall enforce POL1. If POL1 rejects deletion of the target Profile, the ISD-R
shall return directly the MO-SMS containing the response indicating a failure, and the
(6) If POL1 allows, the ISD-R shall delete the targeted ISD-P and the contained Profile.
“ES5.DELETE” command to the SM-SR.
(8) In case of successful execution, the SM-SR shall update the EIS to reflect the newly
deleted Profile.
(9) Finally, the SM-SR shall return the response to the “ES4.DeleteProfile” function to the
caller MNO.
3.7 Profile and ISD-P Deletion Via SM-DP

The Profile and ISD-P deletion procedure is used between the MNO and the SM-DP to
delete the target ISD-P with its Profile on the eUICC (see GSMA Remote Provisioning
owning the target Profile and is actually performed by the SM-SR in charge of the eUICC
management. The procedure illustrates the usage of SMS as a possible transport protocol
between SM-SR and eUICC, but can be also performed using other transport protocols.
V3.0 Page 56 of 297

eUICC
MNO SM-DP SM-SR ISD-R
(1) DeleteProfile(eid, iccid, srid)
(2) DeleteISDP(eid,Iccid)
Failed (4) Optional: If targeted profile is enabled, then

execute function “ES4.DisableProfile”
(5) MT-SMS [ES5.DELETE command]SCP80
(6) Enforce POL1
(7) Delete ISD-P
(8) MO-SMS [ES5.DELETE command response]SCP80
(9) EIS update

Figure 21: Profile and ISD-P Deletion via SM-DP
Start Conditions:
Procedure:
(1) The MNO owning the Profile which is to be deleted shall call the “ES2.DeleteProfile”
function with its relevant input data (we assume that the MNO knows the identification
and the address of the SM-SR, as the MNO has a Profile on the eUICC managed by
this SM-SR). The identification and address of the SM-SR in charge of the
management of the eUICC shall be provided at that time to the SM-DP.
(2) The SM-DP shall forward the MNO request to the relevant SM-SR.
(3) The SM-SR shall verify if the SM-DP request is acceptable (the verifications that the
SM-SR shall perform are described in section ‎5.4.9), and, in particular, shall evaluate
POL2 of the target Profile. If any of the conditions to be verified are not satisfied, the
SM-SR shall return a response indicating a failure, and the procedure shall end.
(4) The SM-SR shall check the state of the target Profile. If the target Profile is enabled
and if POL2 of the target Profile allows it to be disabled, then the SM-SR shall execute
the “ES4.DisableProfile” function to first disable the target Profile (and thus enable the
Profile having the Fall-back Attribute). In case of error, a response indicating the failure
shall be returned to the SM-DP, who forwards it to the MNO, and the procedure shall
end.
V3.0 Page 57 of 297


relevant input data (see section ‎4.1.1.4) to the ISD-R. The SM-SR shall request a PoR
to get the execution status of the “ES5.DELETE” command.
(6) The ISD-R shall enforce POL1. If POL1 rejects the deletion of the target Profile, the
ISD-R shall return the MO-SMS containing the response indicating a failure, and the
(7) If POL1 allows its deletion, the ISD-R shall delete the targeted ISD-P and the
contained Profile.
(8) The ISD-R shall return the MO-SMS to the SM-SR containing the execution status of
the “ES5.DELETE” command.
(9) In case of successful execution, the SM-SR shall update the EIS to reflect the newly
deleted Profile.
(10) The SM-SR shall return the response to the “ES3.DeleteISDP” function to the SM-DP.
(11) Finally, the SM-DP shall forward the received response to the MNO.
3.8 SM-SR Change

The SM-SR Change procedure is used between the Initiator (see GSMA Remote
Provisioning Architecture for Embedded UICC ‎[1] section 2.3.1) and the SM-SRs to change
the SM-SR for the target eUICC (see GSMA Remote Provisioning Architecture for
Embedded UICC ‎[1] section 3.5.4) from SM-SR1 to SM-SR2.
This sequence uses the same key establishment mechanism as section ‎3.1.2.
V3.0 Page 58 of 297

MNO/ Initiator SM-SR1 SM-SR2 eUICC

SM-DPs MNO ISD-R ECASD
(1)PrepareSMSRChange(eid,currentsmsrid)
Failed
(2)Check initial conditions
(3)PrepareSMSRChange success
(4)SMSRChange (eid, targetsmsrid)

(5)HandoverEIUCC(eis)
Failed
(6)Verify ECASD Certificate
(7)AuthenticateSMSR (eid, CERT.SR.ECDSA)

(8)EstablishISDRKeySet (CERT.SR.ECDSA)
(8a) verify that it is an SM-SR certificate
(9) (CERT.SR.ECDSA)
(10)
- verify CERT.SR.ECDSA using PK.CI.ECDSA
- extract and store PK.SR.ECDSA from CERT.SR.ECDSA
- generate Random Challenge RC
(12) EstablishISDRKeySet success (RC)
(11) RC
(13) AuthenticateSMSR success
(14)
- Generate ephemeral key pair (eSK,SR.ECKA, ePK.SR.ECKA)
- Signs RC and ePK.SR.ECKA with SK.SR.ECDSA
(15) CreateAdditionalKeySet (eid, ePK.SR.ECKA, signature)
(16) EstablishISDRKeySet (ePK.SR.ECKA, signature)

(17) (ePK.SR.ECKA, signature)
(18)
- verify signature using PK.SR.ECDSA
- calculate ShS from ePK.SR.ECKA and SK.ECASD.ECKA
(19) (ShS)
(20)
- Optional: generate DR
- derive key set KS2 from ShS (and, if generated, DR)
- calculate receipt
(21) EstablisISDRKeySet (receipt and opt: DR)
(22) CreateAdditionalKeySet (receipt)
Failed (23) Verify receipt and calculate KS2
(24) secureChannelSetup (KS2)
(25) FinaliseISDRhandover
(26) FinaliseISDRhandover result
(27) EIS update
(28)HandovereUICC success
(29) Delete EIS
(30) SMSRChange Success

(31) SMSRChangeNotification
Figure 22: SM-SR Change
NOTE: The same ISD-R is used by both SM-SRs.
NOTE: The actions to perform in relationship to the MNO before the SM-SR change
are out of scope of this specification.
NOTE: The settings of the secure connections between the MNOs and the SM-SRs
are out of scope of this specification.
NOTE: The interaction between CI and SM-SR2 is out of the scope of this
procedure.
Start Conditions:
a) The EID of the eUICC is known to the Initiator MNO.
a) The two SRIDs of the SM-SR1 and SM-SR2 are known to the Initiator MNO.
b) The ISD-R is personalised with the keys of SM-SR1.
c) The change of SM-SR is allowed.
V3.0 Page 59 of 297

d) SM-SR2 has a certificate signed by the Certificate Issuer (CI).

e) The public key of the CI is stored in the ECASD.
Procedure:
(1) The Initiator MNO shall call the “ES4.PrepareSMSRChange” function addressing the
new SM-SR with the EID as input data.
(2) SM-SR2 shall verify that it is prepared to manage this eUICC. A failure at this step will
stop the procedure and the error information shall be returned to the Initiator MNOs.
(3) SM-SR2 shall return a response indicating a success.
(4) The Initiator MNO shall call the SM-SR1 “ES4.SMSRChange” function with its relevant
input. SM-SR1 shall verify that there is no pending action for the eUICC. SM-SR1 shall
also reject any new management requests for the target eUICC as long as the
procedure is on-going. In case of pending action(s), SM-SR1 shall perform all the
pending actions and continue the procedure when these actions are completed.
(5) SM-SR1 shall call the SM-SR2 “ES7.HandoverEUICC” function with its relevant input
data.
(6) SM-SR2 shall verify that:
 It has the capabilities to manage this eUICC.
 The ECASD certificate is valid, using the EUM Certificate and the CI’s Root
Certificate. The ECASD certificate is part of the EIS and is provided in the
HandoverEUICC function. SM-SR2 shall extract PK.ECASD.ECKA from the
ECASD certificate.
(7) SM-SR2 shall call the “ES7.AuthenticateSMSR” function specifying the targeted
eUICC and providing the certificate identifying SM-SR2, CERT.SR.ECDSA.
(8) SM-SR1 shall call the “ES5.EstablishISDRKeySet” function with CERT.SR.ECDSA
as input data to authenticate SM-SR2.
(8a) The ISD-R shall verify that it is an SM-SR certificate.
(9) The ISD-R shall forward the CERT.SR.ECDSA to ECASD.
(10) The ECASD shall:
 Verify CERT.SR.ECDSA using PK.CI.ECDSA;
 Extract and store PK.SR.ECDSA from CERT.SR.ECDSA;
 Generate a Random Challenge(RC).
(11) The ECASD shall return the Random Challenge (RC) to the ISD-R.
(12) The ISD-R shall return a response indicating a success with the generated Random
Challenge RC.
(13) SM-SR1 receives and shall forward the response to SM-SR2.
(14) SM-SR2 shall generate an ephemeral key pair (eSK.SR.ECKA, ePK.SR.ECKA) and
sign the received Random Challenge (RC) and ePK.SR.ECKA with SK.SR.ECDSA.
(15) SM-SR2 shall call the “ES7.CreateAdditionalKeyset” function specifying the targeted
eUICC and providing the ePK.SR.ECKA and the previously generated signature.
(16) SM-SR1 shall call the “ES5.EstablishISDRKeySet” function with ePK.SR.ECKA and
the signature as input data to request generation of an additional key set KS2.
(17) The ISD-R shall forward ePK.SR.ECKA and the signature to ECASD
(18) The ECASD shall:
V3.0 Page 60 of 297

 Verify the signature using PK.SR.ECDSA. If unsuccessful an error shall be

returned; else
 Calculate ShS from ePK.SR.ECKA and SK.ECASD.ECKA.
(19) The ECASD shall return the ShS to the ISD-R
(20) The ISD-R shall:
 Optional: generates DR;
 Derive key set from ShS (and, if generated, DR);
 Calculate receipt.
(21) The ISD-R shall return a response indicating a success with the calculated receipt and
optionally the DR.
(22) SM-SR1 receives and shall forward the response to SM-SR2.
(23) SM-SR2 shall:
 Calculate the ShS from eSK.SR.ECKA and PK.ECASD.ECKA,
 Derive key set KS2 from ShS (and optional DR), and
 Verify the receipt.
(24) SM-SR2 shall open a secure channel using the newly created key set KS2.
(25) SM-SR2 shall call the “ES5.FinaliseISDRhandover” to delete the keys of SM-SR.
(26) ISD-R shall return the result of the keys deletion to SM-SR2.
(27) SM-SR2 shall update the EIS to reflect that it now manages the eUICC.
(28) SM-SR2 shall return to SM-SR1 that it has successfully registered the eUICC.
(29) SM-SR1 shall remove the EIS for the target eUICC.
(30) SM-SR1 shall return the result of the SM-SR change function to the Initiator MNO.
(31) SM-SR2 shall call the “ES4.HandleSMSRChangeNotification” and
“ES3.HandleSMSRChangeNotification“ functions, with its relevant input data, to
notify the MNOs (and the SM-DP s who represent the MNO), owning the Profiles on
the eUICC.
The eUICC shall support key establishment with and without the DR. The SM-SR decides
which option to use.
BSI TR-03111 ‎[49] contains recommendations and requirements on the generation and
validation of ephemeral keys. In addition, NIST SP 800-56A ‎[50] provides requirements on
the destruction of ephemeral keys and other intermediate secret data after their use.
End Conditions:
b) The ISD-R is personalised with only the key set of SM-SR2
f) The eUICC is registered within SM-SR2
g) The EIS and EID reside within SM-SR2
h) SM-SR1 is no longer related to the eUICC and its EIS record has been erased
i) The MNO(s) owning the Profile(s) are aware of the change
j) The Initiator MNO is aware of the SM-SR change
NOTE: Optionally, SM-SR2 may:
 Personalise other key sets to have the capability to use other secure channels
V3.0 Page 61 of 297

 Update the HTTPS parameters of the admin agent in the ISD-R, as specified in
GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment B ‎[8]
3.9 eUICC Registration at SM-SR: Register a New EIS

This procedure is used by the EUM to register an EIS representing an eUICC at the SM-SR.
The EIS is required by the SM-SR to perform Platform Management functions and enable
Profile Management functions on the eUICC.
EUM SM-SR
(1) registerEIS(eis)
Failed (2) Check EIS
(3) Store EIS
(4) RegisterEIS success
Figure 23: EIS Registration at SM-SR
Start Conditions:
Embedded UICC [1].
It is assumed that the EUM has been given the SM-SR identity and address by the entity
that has ordered the eUICC.
Procedure:
(1) The EUM that has manufactured the eUICC shall call the “ES1.RegisterEIS” function
with the EIS data. The EIS shall include the data according to ‎Annex E. The EIS shall
be signed by the EUM.
(2) The SM-SR shall verify that the EUM request is acceptable (the verifications that the
SM-SR shall perform are described in the section‎5.2.1). If any of the conditions to be
verified is not satisfied, the SM-SR shall return a response indicating the failure, and
(3) The SM-SR shall store the new EIS in its database.
(4) The SM-SR shall return the successful response to the “ES1.RegisterEIS” function to
the caller EUM.
3.10 Master Delete Procedure

This procedure deletes an Orphaned Profile regardless of the Profile’s Policy Rules. The
procedure illustrates the usage of SMS as a possible transport protocol between SM-SR and
eUICC, but can be also performed using other transport protocols.
V3.0 Page 62 of 297

MNO eUICC
Initiator SM-SR SM-DP (of target Profile)
ISD-R ISD-P
(1)Request for Master Delete

(EID, ICCID)
(3) Request for Master Delete

Authorization
(4) Check if the request Authorisation
is authorized and (out of scope)
Refuse
authenticated
(5) Master Delete Authorization
response (Delete Token)
(6) MT-SMS [ES5.MasterDelete command]

(Delete Token)
(7) Check conditions
Failed (8) ISD-P verifies the Token

and ISD-R delete ISD-P and
(9) MO-SMS [ES5.MasterDelete command response] contained profile
(10) EIS update
Figure 24: Master Delete
Start Conditions:
Embedded UICC ‎[1], plus:
c) The target Profile has been verified not to be the Profile which has the Fall-
back Attribute Set.
Procedure:
(1) The Initiator shall send a Master Delete request to the SM-SR containing at least
ICCID and EID (the function used in this step is not covered in this specification).
(2) The SM-SR shall verify that the request is acceptable (at least the preconditions are
satisfied). If any of the verifications fails, the SM-SR shall return a response
indicating the failure, and the procedure shall end.
(3) SM-SR shall send a request for Master Delete authorisation to the SM-DP, which is
associated with the target Profile (the function used in this step is not covered in this
specification).
(4) SM-DP shall verify that the request is authenticated and authorized.
The SM-DP also requests authorisation from the MNO owner of the target Profile.
NOTE: The definition of this interface is out of the scope of this document.
If the verification of the request from the SM-SR fails, or if the MNO does not give its
authorisation, the SM-DP shall return that the deletion of target Profile is not allowed,
and the procedure shall end.
V3.0 Page 63 of 297

(5) If deletion of the Profile is allowed, a delete token as defined in section ‎4.1.1.6, shall
be returned to the SM-SR.
(6) The SM-SR shall send an MT-SMS containing the “ES5.MasterDelete” command
with its relevant input data (see section ‎4.1.1.6) to the ISD-R. The SM-SR shall
request a PoR to get the execution status of the “ES5.MasterDelete” command.
(7) The ISD-R shall execute the function as described in section ‎4.1.1.6. In case of an
error, a response indicating the failure shall be returned (step 9) to the SM-SR and
(8) The ISD-P shall verify the token and if successful, the ISD-R shall delete the targeted
ISD-P and the contained Profile.
“ES5.MasterDelete” command to the SM-SR.
(10) In case of successful execution, the SM-SR shall update the EIS to reflect the
deleted Profile.
(11) Finally, the SM-SR shall return the response to the Master Delete request to the
Initiator (the function used in this step is not covered in this specification).
NOTE 1: The MT SMS and MO-SMS shall be secured according to section ‎2.4.
NOTE 2: The token shall be usable only once.
3.11 POL2 Update Via SM-DP

This procedure is used by the MNO to update POL2 via the SM-DP.
MNO SM-DP SM-SR
(1) UpdatePolicyRules (POL2)
(2) UpdatePolicyRules (POL2)
(3)Update POL2
(4) UpdatePolicyRules Result
(5) UpdatePolicyRules Result
Figure 25: POL2 Update Via SM-DP
Start Conditions:
Procedure:
V3.0 Page 64 of 297

(1) The MNO owner of the target Profile shall call the “ES2.UpdatePolicyRules”
function with its relevant input data, as described in section ‎5.3.3, in particular the
identification of the SM-SR in charge of the management of the target eUICC.
(2) The SM-DP shall forward the request to the SM-SR identified by the MNO and shall
call the “ES3.UpdatePolicyRules” function with its relevant input data, as described
in section ‎5.4.6
(3) The SM-SR shall update the POL2 of the targeted eUICC’s EIS.
(4) The SM-SR shall return the execution status of the “ES3.UpdatePolicyRules” to the
SM-DP.
(5) Finally, the SM-DP shall return the execution status of the “ES2.UpdatePolicyRules”
command to the MNO.
3.12 POL1Update by MNO

This procedure allows the Update of POL1 by the MNO via the ES6 interface. For updating
the POL1, the MNO shall use its OTA Keys hosted in the MNO-SD.
The procedure illustrates the usage of SMS as a possible transport protocol between the
MNO and eUICC, but can be also performed using other transport protocols.
MNO eUICC ISD-R ISD-P MNO-SD
(1) MT-SMS [POL1UpdateByMNO Command] SCP80
(POL1)
(2) POL1 Update Command
(POL1)
(3) ISD-P update POL1
(4) POL1UpdateByMNO Command Response
(5) MO-SMS [POL1UpdateByMNO Command Response] SCP80
Figure 26: POL1 Update Via MNO
Start Conditions:
Procedure:
(1) The MNO owning the target Profile shall send a MT-SMS containing the
“ES6.UpdatePOL1byMNO” function with its relevant input data (as described in
section ‎4.1.2.1).
(2) The MNO-SD receives this request and shall transfer it to the ISD-P with POL1 as
input data.
(3) The ISD-P shall process POL1 update of the target profile.
V3.0 Page 65 of 297

(4) The ISD-P shall return the execution status of the “ES6.UpdatePOL1byMNO” to
MNO-SD.
(5) Finally, the MNO-SD shall return the MO-SMS containing the execution status of the
“ES6.UpdatePOL1byMNO” command to the MNO.
3.13 Connectivity Parameters Update by MNO

This procedure allows the update of the Connectivity Parameters by the MNO on the ES6
interface.
MNO and eUICC, but can be also performed using other transport protocols.
eUICC
MNO
MNO-SD ISD-P
(1) MT-SMS [Connectivity Parameters]SCP80
(2) (Connectivity Parameters)
(3) ISD-P update

Connectivity Parameters
(4) data execution Response
(5) MO-SMS [ data execution Response] SCP80
Figure 27: Connectivity Parameters Update by MNO
Start condition:
The MNO wants to update the Connectivity Parameters in their Profile
Procedure:
(1) The MNO owning the target Profile shall send a MT-SMS containing the Connectivity
Parameters to the MNO-SD.
(2) The MNO-SD shall transfer the Connectivity Parameters to the ISD-P.
(3) The ISD-P shall update the Connectivity Parameters.
(4) The ISD-P shall return the execution status to the MNO-SD.
(5) The MNO-SD shall send the MO-SMS containing the execution status to the MNO.
NOTE: The MT-SMS and MO-SMS shall be secured according to section 2.7.
3.14 Connectivity Parameters Update Using SCP03

This procedure allows the update of the Connectivity Parameters using SCP03by the SM-DP
on the ES8 interface.
V3.0 Page 66 of 297

SM-SR and eUICC, but can be also performed using other transport protocols.
MNO/SM-DP SM-SR eUICC ISD-R ISD-P

(1) UpdateConnectivityParametersSCP03
Command (Connectivity Parameters SCP03)
(2) MT-SMS [Connectivity Parameters scp03]SCP80
(3) (Connectivity Parameters scp03)
(4) ISD-P update

Connectivity Parameters
(5) data execution Response
(6) MO-SMS [ data execution Response]SCP80
(7) UpdateConnectivityParametersSCP03 Result
Figure 28: Connectivity Parameters Update Using SCP03
The start conditions are described in [1].

(1) The MNO, or the SM-DP, on behalf of the MNO owning the target Profile, shall send a
request containing “ES3.UpdateConnectivityParameters” function with its relevant
input data (as described in section 5.4.6). The <data> parameter shall contain an
SCP03 script as defined in section 4.1.3.2 including the command
“ES8.UpdateConnectivityParametersSCP03”
(2) The SM-SR shall send a ciphered MT-SMS containing the ciphered data provided by
the SM-DP.
(3) The ISD-R shall transfer the <data> to the ISD-P.
(4) The ISD-P shall update the Connectivity Parameters.
(5) The ISD-P shall return the execution status of the
“ES3.UpdateConnectivityParameters” to ISD-R.
(6) The ISD-R shall send the ciphered MO-SMS containing the execution status of the
“ES3.UpdateConnectivityParameters” command to the SM-SR.
(7) Finally, the SM-SR shall return the execution status of the
“ES3.UpdateConnectivityParameters” command to the SM-DP.
NOTE: The MT-SMS and MO-SMS shall be secured according to section 2.7
3.15 Default Notification Procedure

This section provides a default notification procedure from the eUICC to the SM-SR. This
default notification carries information about the eUICC and the Device.
This notification is initiated by the eUICC in some conditions:
V3.0 Page 67 of 297

 First network attachment of the Device: this indicates to the SM-SR in charge of
managing of the eUICC that the eUICC has been deployed on the field. The
notification of “First network attachment” happens only once in the eUICC’s lifetime. It
is triggered when the eUICC is network attached the very first time. Nevertheless,
note that this notification will be retried until the effective reception by the SM-SR,
including further network attachments if not succeeded during the first network
attachment session.
 After an explicit new Profile Enabling request: this indicates to the SM-SR which is
the Profile which is currently enabled. This notification happens right after the network
attachment:
 With the newly Enabled Profile in case of successful attachment
 Or with the previously Enabled Profile or with the Profile having the Fall-back
Attribute, after the attachment with the requested Profile has failed.
 After activation of the Fall-back Mechanism: this indicates to the SM-SR that the
Profile with the Fall-back Attribute has been enabled. This notification happens right
after the network attachment.
The notification may happen either on SMS, CAT_TP or HTTPS. The content of the
notification message is the same whatever protocol is used. The eUICC is free to select the
most relevant protocol according to the Device’s capabilities.
The notification has to be confirmed by the SM-SR. The confirmation will depend on the
protocol used for notification.
On reception of the SM-SR notification confirmation, the eUICC may perform any operation
as specified in one of the procedures including the notification sequence (like for instance
deletion of an ISD-P after its disabling, see section 3.6). After the eUICC has performed the
follow-up activities, the eUICC shall respond to the SM-SR notification confirmation function,
including the identification of the operation performed if any.
3.15.1 Notification Using SMS

This figure describes the notification sequence over SMS. It is applicable either for first
“power on” of the Device, or the enabling of a Profile (after explicit request or Fall-back
Mechanism).
V3.0 Page 68 of 297

SM-SR Device eUICC
Network attachment (1) Detect:

Event -First “Power on”
-Change of enabled profile
(2) Send MO-SMS [ SCP80-CP[data] ] Sequence is retried until

getting the TR=0 or a
max retry attempt Sequence is retried
Terminal response success, number reached until getting
TR=0 Confirmation or a
max retry attempt
(2a)Wait for number reached
Confirmation
(3) Process notification

(4) Send MT-SMS [ SCP80-CP[ [ES5.NofifictionConfirmation command] ] ]
(5) Unwrap SCP80
(6) Process Confirmation

(7) Send MO-SMS [ SCP80-CP[ES5.NofifictionConfirmation response] ]
Figure 29: Sequence Flow of Notification Over SMS
(1) At the end of the start-up sequence, the eUICC detects a first “power on” or a situation
where the Enabled Profile has changed compared to the previous eUICC reset.
(2) The eUICC sends an MO-SMS envelop. The SMS contains a secure SCP 80
Command Packet (MO-SMS shall be formatted as defined in section ‎2.4.3 with
security set to cryptographic checksum and no ciphering, the counter value of the
Command Packet shall be set to ‘0000000000’ and SPI set to “No counter available”)
using the SCP80 keys of the ISD-R, and containing the notification data structure
described in section 4.1.1.11. The secured data shall be coded as described in
section 4.1.1.11.
The eUICC shall use the network information of the Enabled Profile.
NOTE: This deviates from the typical secured packets generation defined in ETSI
TS 102 225 ‎[4].
The eUICC shall retry sending until getting a successful response of the Device (‘0X’).
Note, that the eUICC shall implement a mechanism to avoid attempting an infinite
number of retries. Finally the eUICC shall use another protocol in case of final failure
for sending the notification using SMS.
(2a) The eUICC shall wait for the SM-SR confirmation. If no confirmation is received
by the eUICC after a certain amount of time (dependent on the configuration),
eUICC shall restart from step (2) (with the same sequence number).
(3) The SM-SR processes the notification.
(4) The SM-SR sends an MT-SMS containing the “ES5.
HandleNotificationConfirmation” command defined in section 4.1.1.12 in a SCP80
command packet. This MT-SMS shall target the entity on the eUICC that has sent the
notification.
(5) The ISD-R un-wraps the SCP80 security layer
V3.0 Page 69 of 297

(6) The eUICC processes the notification confirmation data; this may include follow-up
activities as required by the procedure where this sequence is used.
(7) The eUICC shall return the MO-SMS containing the response of the
“ES5.HandleNotificationConfirmation” response. The MO-SMS shall be secured
according to section 2.4.3. The eUICC shall retry sending until getting a successful
response of the Device (‘0X’). Note, that the eUICC shall implement a mechanism to
avoid attempting an infinite number of retries.
3.15.2 Notification Using HTTPS

This figure describes the notification sequence over HTTPS. It is applicable either for first
“power on” of the Device, or the enabling of a Profile (after explicit request or Fall-back
Mechanism).
SM-SR Device eUICC
Network Attachment Event (1)Detect:

-First “Power on”
-Change of enabled profile
(2) OPEN CHANNEL (parameters)
TR=OK
(3) PSK-TLS handshake

Sequence is retried
POST <SM-SR initial uri> ?msg=data HTTP/1.1 CRLF until getting HTTP
response or a max
Host: <SM-SR ip> CRLF (3)
retry attempt
number reached
X-Admin-From://host-id/eid/<value>;//ag-id/aid/<ISD-R-AID value> CRLF
CRLF
(5) Process notification
HTTP/1.1 200 CRLF

(6) X-Admin-Protocol:globalplatform-remote-admin/1.0 CRLF
CRLF
<Body with ES5.NotificationConfirmation>
(7) Process Notification
… (8)
CRLF
<Body with ES5.NotificationConfirmation response>
HTTP/1.1 204 CRLF

(9) X-Admin-Protocol:globalplatform-remote-admin/1.0 CRLF
CRLF
Figure 30: Sequence Flow of Notification Over HTTPS
(1) At the end of the start-up sequence, the eUICC detects a first “power on” or a situation
where the Enabled Profile has changed compared to the last eUICC reset.
(2) The eUICC opens a BIP channel with the relevant parameters to address the SM-SR.
This includes having access to the Network Access Name, User Login and User
Password of the Enabled Profile.
V3.0 Page 70 of 297

(3) The ISD-R of the eUICC negotiates the PSK-TLS handshake with the SM-SR. The
TLS session shall be opened as defined in section ‎2.4.3. The ISD-R shall apply the
retry Policy as defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment B [8].
(4) The eUICC sends the first HTTP POST. The notification contains the SM-SR URL with
the special query parameter “?msg” containing the data for eUICC notification defined
in section 4.1.1.11. The data of the notification shall be coded as hexadecimal string
(see section ‎5.1.1.1) with no spaces.
(5) ISD-R shall apply the retry Policy as defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification
Amendment B [8].
(6) The SM-SR processes the notification
(7) The SM-SR shall return an HTTP response with a body containing the
“ES5.ConfirmationNotification” command acknowledging the reception of the
notification.
(8) The eUICC processes the notification confirmation; this may include follow-up activities
as required by the procedure where this sequence is used.
(9) The eUICC shall return the execution response of the
“ES5.ConfirmationNotification” command within a new HTTP POST request
addressed to the SM-SR.
(10) The SM-SR shall return an HTTP response “204 No content”.
3.16 Fall-Back Activation Procedure

The Fall-back Mechanism shall be activated in case of loss of network connectivity by the
current Enabled Profile. The eUICC shall disable the current Enabled Profile and enable the
Profile with Fall-back Attribute set.
V3.0 Page 71 of 297

eUICC
MNO1 MNO2 SM-SR Device ISD-R
(1) Triggering Fall-back

Mechanism
(2) Disable current Profile.

Enable Fall-back Profile.
(4) Network attach with the enabled profile
(5) Notification procedure
(6) EIS Update
(7) handleProfileEnabledNotification(eid, iccid)
(8) handleProfileDisabledNotification(eid, iccid)
Figure 31: Fall-Back Activation Procedure
Start Conditions:
Embedded UICC ‎[1]
The profile with Fall-back Attribute set has already been installed and is in disabled state.
Procedure:
(1) The Fall-back Mechanism is triggered in accordance with the Start Conditions.
(2) Ignoring POL1 of the Enabled Profile, the ISD-R shall disable the currently Enabled
Profile and shall enable the Profile with the Fall-back Attribute set.
(3) The ISD-R shall request the Device to perform the toolkit REFRESH command in
UICC Reset mode. This will trigger the execution of the network attach procedure.
(4) The eUICC and the Device shall perform a new network attach procedure.
The ISD-R shall ensure that all supported Default Notification mechanism will be used
to inform SM-SR about the Fall-back occurrence. After having exhausted all possible
retries to inform the SM-SR, the eUICC shall stay in this state and continue trying to
notify the SM-SR. On reception of the SMS notification, the SM-SR is informed that the
Fall-back mechanism was triggered and the last Enabled Profile has been disabled.
V3.0 Page 72 of 297

(6) The SM-SR shall update the EIS to reflect that:

 The Profile having the Fall-back Attribute has been enabled
 The previously Enabled Profile has been disabled
owner of Profile with Fall-back Attribute Set that is now enabled. In case MNO2 has no
direct connection with the SM-SR (SM-SR shall be able to detect such situation based
on its own database), the SM-SR shall send this notification to the SM-DP that acts on
behalf of MNO2 by calling the “ES3.HandleProfileEnabledNotification”. The SM-SR
can retrieve the SM-DP identity based on the EIS content. Then the SM-DP, on
reception of this notification, shall forward it to MNO2 by calling the
“ES2.HandleProfileEnabledNotification”.
(8) The SM-SR shall send the “ES4.HandleProfileDisabledNotification” to MNO1, the
owner of the Profile that was enabled at the beginning of the procedure. In case MNO1
has no direct connection with the SM-SR (SM-SR shall be able to detect such a
situation based on its own database), the SM-SR shall send this notification to the SM-
DP that acts on behalf of MNO1 by calling the
“ES3.HandleProfileDisabledNotification”. The SM-SR can retrieve the SM-DP
identity based on the EIS content. Then the SM-DP, on reception of this notification,
shall forward it to MNO1 by calling the “ES2.HandleProfileDisabledNotification”.
If the previously Enabled Profile has the POL1 rule “disable not allowed” set, then the
eUICCcan only switch back to this Profile until the POL1 of this Profile is changed. As long
as POL1 is not changed, this Profile can only be deleted by Master Delete function.
NOTE: A mechanism may permit to request to the eUICC to switch back to the previously
enabled profile once the network connectivity has been restored. The technical solution of
the mechanism mentioned above is out of scope.
V3.0 Page 73 of 297

4 eUICC Interface Descriptions

This section contains the technical descriptions of those interfaces within the Remote
Provisioning and Management system involving the eUICC directly, including the following:
 ES5, interface between SM-SR and the eUICC.

 ES6, interface between the MNO and the eUICC
 ES8, interface between SM-DP and the eUICC.
The following table presents the normative list of all the functions that are defined in this
section.
Request-response functions:
Function
Interface Function group Functions
provider entity
CreateISDP
EnableProfile
DisableProfile
DeleteProfile
Platform Management
eUICCCapabilityAudit
MasterDelete
ES5 ISD-R
SetFallbackAttribute
EstablishISDRKeySet
eUICC Management FinaliseISDRhandover
UpdateSMSRAddressingParameters
UpdatePOL1byMNO
ES6 Profile Management MNO-SD
UpdateConnectivityParametersByMNO
DownloadAndInstallation
ES8 Profile Management EstablishISDPKeySet ISD-P
UpdateConnectivityParameters SCP03
Table 5:: Request Response Functions
V3.0 Page 74 of 297

Notification handler functions:
Function
Interface Function group Notification handler functions
provider Role
HandleDefaultNotification
ES5 Platform Management SM-SR
HandleNotificationConfirmation
Table 6: Notification Handler Functions
4.1 Functions Description

NOTE: If any command, such as Profile Enabling, Profile Disabling, and Profile
Download and Installation does not complete successfully, the eUICC shall
maintain the state it was in before it received the command.
4.1.1 ES5 (SM-SR–eUICC) Interface Description
4.1.1.1 ISD-P Creation

Function name: CreateISDP
Related Procedures: ISD-P creation
Function group: Platform Management
Function Provider entity: ISD-R
Description: This function creates an ISD-P on the eUICC.
Parameters:
 ISD-P-AID
 Memory quota for the ISD-P (optional)
Prerequisite:
 The SM-SR has assigned an ISD-P-AID.

Command Description:
INSTALL COMMAND
The command is an Install command as defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6].
The following tables describe the installation command and the specific parameters within
the data field:
Code Value Meaning
CLA ‘80’ See GlobalPlatform Card Specification section 11.1
INS ‘E6’ INSTALL
P1 ‘0C’ See GlobalPlatform Card Specification [6] section 11.5.2.1
P2 ‘00’ See GlobalPlatform Card Specification [6] section 11.5.2.2
Lc ‘xx’ Data Field Length
V3.0 Page 75 of 297

Code Value Meaning
Data ‘xxxx…’ See GlobalPlatform Card Specification [6] section 11.5.2.3
Le ‘00’
Table 7: INSTALL Command Message
Reference Control Parameter P1
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 For make selectable

0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 For Install
Table 8: INSTALL Reference Control Parameter P1
Reference Control Parameter P2 – ISD-P State Coding
P2 is set to ‘00’; according to GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] section 11.5, this means
no information provided.
Data Field
Name Length Value Description MOC
Length of Executable Load File AID ’1’ ‘05’ - ‘10’ M
Executable Load File AID ‘05’ – ‘10’ ‘xxxx’ M
Length of Executable Module AID ‘1’ ‘05’ - ‘10’ M

Executable Module AID ‘05’ – ‘10’ ‘xxxx’ M
Length of Application AID ‘1’ ‘05’ - ‘10’ M

Application AID (ISD-P-AID) ‘05’ – ‘10’ ‘xxxx’ M
Length of Privileges ‘1’ ‘01’ - ‘03’ M
Privileges ‘1’or ‘3’ See [6] section 11.1.2 M
Length of Install Parameters field ’2’-‘n’ M
Install Parameters field ‘0-n’ See [6] section 11.5.2.3.7 M
Length of Install Token ‘1’ 00 M
Table 9: INSTALL Command Data Field
Privileges
Privileges granted to the ISD-P, as specified in Annex C, shall be at least:
 Security Domain
 Trusted Path
 Authorized Management
Install Parameters
Tag Length Value Description MOC
‘C9’ Application Specific Parameters: see GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] section M
‘1-n’
11.5.3.2.
V3.0 Page 76 of 297

M (n
'81' 2 Secure Channel Protocol Identifier and Implementation Option “i”
occurrences)
‘EF’ ‘1-n’ System Specific Parameters O
'83' ‘2’ or ‘4’ Cumulative Granted Non Volatile Memory O
Table 10: INSTALL Parameters
Data Returned
None
Response Message
Data Field Returned in the Response Message:
A single byte of '00' shall be returned indicating that no additional data is present, as defined
in the GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] section 11.5.3.1.
Processing State returned in the Response Message:
See GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] section 11.5.3.2.
4.1.1.2 Profile Enabling

Function name: EnableProfile
Related Procedures: Profile Enabling
Description: This function is used to enable a Profile on the eUICC.
The function makes the target Profile enabled, and disables implicitly the currently Enabled
Profile.
Parameters:
 ISD-P-AID
Prerequisites:
 SM-SR shall check that POL2 of both the currently Enabled Profile and the target
Profile allow this action.
Function Flow
Upon reception of the Profile Enabling command, the eUICC shall:
V3.0 Page 77 of 297

 Verify that the target Profile is in the disabled state

 Verify that POL1 of the currently Enabled Profile allows its disabling
 If any of these verifications fail, terminate the command with an error status word
 Disable the currently Enabled Profile and Enable the target Profile
 Send the REFRESH command in “UICC Reset” mode to the Device according to
ETSI TS 102 223 ‎[3]
 Send notification.
STORE DATA COMMAND
This command is a STORE DATA command, as described in GlobalPlatform Card

Specification ‎[6].
Code Value Meaning
CLA ‘80’
INS ‘E2’ STORE DATA
P1 ‘88’ Reference Control Parameter P1 ‎0
P2 ‘00’ Block Number (Not used for Enable command)

Lc ‘XX’ Length of data field
Data ‘XX’ Application Data and MAC (if present)

Le Not present
Table 11: STORE DATA COMMAND Message
Parameter P1 is coded according to the following table:
1 - - - - - - - Last block
- 0 0 - - - - - No general encryption information or non-encrypted data
- - - 0 1 - - - DGI format of the command data field
- - - - - X X X RFU
Table 12: STORE DATA Reference Control Parameter P1
Data Field Sent in the Command Message
DGI Length Value Description MOC
'3A03' Var Enable Profile M

'4F' 5-16 ISD-P-AID M
Table 13: Enable Attribute Data Field
Response Message
V3.0 Page 78 of 297

The data field of the response message shall not be present.
Specific Processing State returned in response Message:
’69 85’: Profile is not in the Disabled state.
’69 E1’: POL1 of the currently Enabled Profile prevents this action.
4.1.1.3 Profile Disabling

Function name: DisableProfile
Related Procedures: Profile Disabling
Description: This function is used to disable a Profile on the eUICC.
This function makes the target Profile Disabled, and implicitly enables the Profile which has
the Fall-back Attribute set.
Parameters:
 ISD-P-AID of the currently Enabled Profile

Prerequisites:
 SM-SR has checked that POL2 allows this action

Function flow
Upon reception of the Profile Disabling command, the eUICC shall:

 Verify that the target Profile is in Enabled state
 Verify that POL1 of the currently Enabled Profile allows its disabling
 Verify that the target Profile is not the Profile with Fall-back Attribute set
 If any of these verifications fail, terminate the command with an error status word.
 Disable the target Profile and enable the Profile with the Fall-back Attribute set
 Send the REFRESH command in “UICC Reset” mode to the Device according to
ETSI TS 102 223 ‎[3].
STORE DATA COMMAND

Specification ‎[6].
V3.0 Page 79 of 297

Code Value Meaning
CLA ‘80’

P1 '88' Reference control parameter P1
P2 ‘00’ Block Number (Not used for Enable command)

Lc ‘xx’ Length of data field
Data ‘xx’ Application Data and MAC (if present)

Le Not present
Table 14: STORE DATA Command Message
1 - - - - - - - Last block

- - - - - X X X RFU
'3A04' Var Disable Profile M

Table 16: Disable Attribute Data Field
Response Message
’69 85’: Profile is not in the Enabled state or Profile has the Fall-back Attribute.
’69 E1’: POL1 of the Profile prevents disabling.
V3.0 Page 80 of 297

4.1.1.4 Profile Deletion

Function name: DeleteProfile
Related Procedures: Profile and ISD-P deletion, Profile and ISD-P deletion via SM-DP
Description: This function is used to delete a Profile from the eUICC.
This function deletes the ISD-P and its associated Profile.
Parameters:
 ISD-P-AID
Prerequisites:
 SM-SR shall check that POL2 allows this action

 The target Profile shall not be the Profile with the Fall-back Attribute set
Function flow
Upon reception of the DELETE command, the eUICC shall:
 Verify that POL1 of the target Profile allows its deletion

 Verify that the target Profile is not in the Enabled state
 If any of these verifications fail, terminate the command with an error status word
 Delete the ISD-P with its Profile.
DELETE COMMAND
This function is realised through the GlobalPlatform DELETE command as defined in

GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment C ‎[9].
Command Message
The DELETE command message shall be coded according to the following table:
Code Value Meaning
CLA '80' - '8F', 'C0' - 'CF' or 'E0' - 'EF' See section 11.1.4 of GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6]
INS 'E4' DELETE


Lc 'xx' Length of data field
Data 'xxxx…' TLV coded objects (and MAC if present)

Le '00'
Table 17: DELETE Command Message
V3.0 Page 81 of 297

0 - - - - - - - Last (or only) command

- X X X X X X X RFU
Table 18: DELETE Reference Control Parameter P1
0 1 – – – – – – Delete a root security domain and all associated Applications

– – X X X X X X RFU
Table 19: DELETE Command Reference Control Parameter P2
The data field of the DELETE command message shall contain the TLV coded name(s) of
the object to be deleted.
Table 20: DELETE [card content] Command Data Field
Response Message
A single byte of '00' shall be returned indicating that no additional data is present.
Processing State Returned in the Response Message:
As defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] section 11.2.3.2.
’69 85’: Profile is in Enable State or Profile has the Fall-back Attribute.
’69 E1’: POL1 of the Profile prevents deletion.
4.1.1.5 eUICC Capability Audit

Function name: eUICCCapabilityAudit
Related Procedures: -
NOTE: This function is not present in any procedure, however, may be used and
requested at any point of time by the Profile owner or SM-SR.
V3.0 Page 82 of 297

Description: This function is used to query the status of the eUICC.
Parameters:
It may be used to ensure the data within the SM-SR’s EIS database is up to date. This
function uses two commands which shall be implemented as an extension of the
GlobalPlatform functions GET DATA and GET STATUS.
GET DATA
This function can return:
 Number of installed ISD-P and available not allocated memory

 ECASD Certificate
GET STATUS
This function can return:
 Each ISD-P-AID
 State of the ISD-Ps / Profiles
Prerequisites:
 None
Commands Description:
GET DATA
The GET DATA command is coded according to the following table:
Code Value Meaning
CLA ‘80’ See GlobalPlatform Card Specification section 11.1.4.1
INS ‘CA’ GET DATA
P1 ‘xx’ See below
P2 ‘xx’ See below
Lc ‘xx’ Not present if no command data, otherwise length of data field
Data ‘xxxx…’ Not present, or command data
Le ‘00’
Table 21: GET DATA Command Message
V3.0 Page 83 of 297

Parameter P1 and P2
The P1 and P2 parameters define the tag of the data object to be read.
Tag ‘FF 21’: Extended Card Resources Information available for Card Content Management,
as defined in ETSI TS 102 226 ‎[5].
Tag ‘BF 30’: Forwarded CASD Data mechanism as defined in GlobalPlatform Card
Specification Amendment C [9].
This mechanism allows to retrieves ECASD data through the ISD-R.
Data field
If the P1 and P2 parameters are set to ‘BF 30’, the data field shall include one (and only one)
of the following requests:
 ECASD recognition data: ‘5C 01 66’

 ECASD Certificate Store (containing ECASD Public Key Certificates): ‘5C 02 7F 21’
Response Message
If certificate data is requested, the certificate shall be returned TLV-coded as follows:
Name Length Value Description MOC
Forwarded CASD Data tag 2 ‘BF 30’ C
Length of the response 1, 2 or 3 '00' - '7F', or '81 80' - '81 FF' or '82 01 00' - '82 FF FF' C
Certificate store tag 2 ‘7F 21‘ M
Length of the
1, 2 or 3 '00' - '7F', or '81 80' - '81 FF' or '82 01 00' - '82 FF FF' M
certificate
Certificate data n ‘xxxx…’ M
Table 22: GET DATA Command Data Field
Certificate Data
The following table describes the certificate data which will be returned by the eUICC
Capability Audit command.
'7F21' Var. Certificate M

'93' 1-16 Certificate Serial Number M

'42' 1-16 CA Identifier M
'5F20' 1-16 Subject Identifier (eUICC Identifier) M
V3.0 Page 84 of 297

'95' 2 Key Usage M

‘0080’: Key Agreement
'5F25' 4 Effective Date (YYYYMMDD, BCD format) – M

optional
'5F24' 4 Expiration Date (YYYYMMDD, BCD format) M

‘45’ 1-16 ECASD Image Number M
'73' Var. Discretionary Data: M

'C0' var eUICC Supplier Identifier
'C1' var eUICC Product Line Identifier
'C2' var eUICC Extended GSMA SAS
Accreditation Serial Number
'7F49' Var. Public Key M
'5F37' Var. Signature (to be computed as described in M

GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment
E [11] and the signature shall include all the field
starting from tag '93' to tag '7F49')
Table 23: Certificate Data Field
Public Key Data Object
The public key data object contains an elliptic curves (EC) public key and the corresponding
domain parameters.
'7F49' Var. Public Key Data Object M

'B0' Var Public key – Q M

'F0' '01' Key Parameter Reference M
‘00’: NIST P-256
‘03’: brainpoolP256r1
‘40’: FRP256V1 [51]
Table 24: Public Key Data Object Data Field
An ECASD shall have at least one set of elliptic curve parameters preloaded (see
GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment E ‎[11]) as defined in the table above.
GET STATUS
The GET STATUS command is coded according to the following table:
Code Value Meaning
CLA ‘80’ See GlobalPlatform Card Specification [6] section 11.1.4.1
INS ‘F2’ GET STATUS
P1 ‘40’ See GlobalPlatform Card Specification [6] section 11.4.2.1.
P2 ‘xx’ See GlobalPlatform Card Specification [6] section 11.4.2..2.
V3.0 Page 85 of 297

Code Value Meaning
Lc ‘xx’ Length of the data field
Data ‘4F xx …’ See GlobalPlatform Card Specification [6] section 11.4.2.3.
Le ‘00’
Table 25: GET STATUS Command Message
Parameter P1
The following value will be used for P1:
‘40’ – Applications and Supplementary Security Domains only
Parameter P2
The parameter P2 controls the number of consecutive GET STATUS commands.
X X X X X X - - RFU
- - - - - - Response Data Structure according to table 11-36 of
1 -
GlobalPlatform Card Specification [6].
- - - - - - - 0 Get first or all occurrence(s)
- - - - - - - 1 Get next occurrence(s)
Table 26: GET STATUS Command Reference Control Parameter P2
Data field sent in the Command Message
The GET STATUS command message data field shall contain at least one TLV coded
search qualifier: the AID (tag ‘4F’). It shall be possible to search for all the occurrences that
match the selection criteria according to the reference control parameter P1 using a search
criteria of ‘4F 00’.
The search is limited to the ISD-P instances.
The following other search criteria shall be supported: Life Cycle State (tag ‘9F70’) and ISD-
P Attributes (tag ‘53’).
The tag list (tag ‘5C’) indicates to the UICC how to construct the response data for each
eUICC entity matching the search criteria.
The data field is structured as follows:
‘4F’ 0-16 Application AID M

‘xx’ or ‘xxxx’ 0-n Other search criteria O
… … … …
‘5C’ 1-n Tag list M
Table 27: GET STATUS Command Data Field
V3.0 Page 86 of 297

Response Message
The tag list (tag ‘5C’) identifies the extended information for ISD-P. The coding of the
response message is defined as followed:
Tag Length Name MOC
‘E3’ Variable GlobalPlatform Registry related data M

Tag Length Name MOC
'4F' 5-16 AID M
'9F70' 1 Life Cycle State C

'53' 1 ISD-P Attributes (see Table 29) C
Table 28: GET STATUS Command Data Field Return
X X X X X X X - RFU
- - - - - - - 0 Fall-back Attribute not set
- - - - - - - 1 Fall-back Attribute set
Table 29: ISD-P Attributes
ISD-P State Coding
The life cycle of the ISD-P is coded as define in section ‎2.2.1.3.
4.1.1.6 Master Delete

Function name: MasterDelete
Related Procedures: Master Delete Procedure
Description: This function deletes a target Profile on the target eUICC regardless of POL1
rules. This function shall use the ISD-P token verification key(AES key with key version
number ‘70’ and key identifier ‘01’) in order to authenticate the source of the command.
Parameter:
 ISD-P-AID
 Delete Token, calculated as defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment
D ‎[10] , provided by the SM-DP
Prerequisites:
V3.0 Page 87 of 297

 The target Profile shall not be the Profile which has the Fall-back Attribute set.
 The target Profile shall be in the Disabled state.
Function flow
Upon reception of the Master Delete command, the eUICC shall:
 Verify that the target Profile is in the Disabled state

 Verify the Token (actually performed by the ISD-P).
 If any of these verifications fail, terminate the command with an error status word.
 Delete the ISD-P with its Profile, regardless of POL1.
As token protection is only used by this command, this token shall be processed by the ISD-
P even though the ISD-P does not have the token verification privilege. No receipt shall be
generated by the command.
NOTE: This deviates from the typical handling of tokens by SDs.
This function is realised through the GlobalPlatform DELETE command as defined in

GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment C ‎[9].
Command Message
DELETE COMMAND
The DELETE command message shall be coded according to the following table:
Code Value Meaning
CLA ‘80’ – ‘8F’, ‘C0’ – ‘CF’ or ‘E0’ – ‘EF’ See section 11.1.4 of GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6]
INS ‘E4’ DELETE

P1 ‘00’ Reference control parameter P1

Data ‘xxxx…’ TLV coded objects (and MAC if present)

Le ‘00’
0 - - - - - - - Last (or only) command
- X X X X X X X RFU
Table 31: DELETE Reference Control Parameter P1
V3.0 Page 88 of 297

0 1 – – – – – – Delete a root security domain and all associated Applications

– – X X X X X X RFU
Table 32: DELETE Command Reference Control Parameter P2
The Delete [card content] Data Field shall contain the following parameters:
‘4F’ 5-16 ISD-P-AID to be deleted M
‘B6’ Var. Control Reference Template for Digital Signature M
Identification Number of the ISD-

‘42’ 1-n M
P
‘45’ 1-n Image Number of the ISD-P M
‘5F20’ 1-n Application Provider identifier M
‘93’ 1-n Token identifier number M
‘9E’ 1-n Delete Token M
Table 33: DELETE [card content] Command Data Field
Response Message
A single byte of ‘00’ shall be returned indicating that no additional data is present.
’69 85’: Profile is not in the Disabled state or Profile has the Fall-back Attribute.
4.1.1.7 Set Fall-back Attribute

Function name: SetFallbackAttribute
Description: This function sets the Fall-back Attribute for one Profile on the target eUICC.
Parameters:
 ISD-P-AID
V3.0 Page 89 of 297

Prerequisites:
 The Profile to be assigned the Fall-back Attribute must have Provisioning capability.
Function flow
Upon reception of the STORE DATA command, the eUICC shall:
 Set the Fall-back Attribute for the target Profile

 Remove the Fall-back Attribute from the Profile that has the attribute currently
assigned
Setting of the Fall-back Attribute is done via ISD-R.
STORE DATA Command
This function is realised through the GlobalPlatform STORE DATA command as defined in
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6].
Command Message
The STORE DATA command message shall be coded according to the following table:
Code Value Meaning
CLA ‘80’ – ‘8F’, ‘C0’ – ‘CF’ or ‘E0’ – ‘EF’ See section 11.1.4 of GlobalPlatform Card Specification [6]

P2 ‘00’ Block number

Data ‘xxxxx…’ Application data and MAC (if present)
Le Not present
1 - - - - - - - Last block

- - - - - X X X RFU

‘3A05’ Var Set Fall-back Attribute M

‘4F’ 5-16 ISD-P-AID M
V3.0 Page 90 of 297

Table 36: Set Fall-back Attribute Data Field
Response Message
4.1.1.8 ISD-R Key Set Establishment

Function name: establishISDRKeySet
Related Procedures: SM-SR Change
Function group: eUICC Management
Description: This function is used to perform mutual authentication between the new SM-
SR and the eUICC and to establish a shared secret key set between the new SM-SR and
the ISD-R.
This function is based on Scenario 3 as defined in “GlobalPlatform Card Specification

Amendment E ‎[11]. Scenario 3 is modified by adding the additional step of authentication of
the new SM-SR to the eUICC.
Adding this step to Scenario 3 requires an additional STORE DATA command to precede
the command defined for Scenario 3. This new command provides the eUICC with the
certificate of the new SM-SR and retrieves a random challenge from the eUICC. This
random challenge then has to be signed by the new SM-SR and sent to the eUICC in the
second command to prove to the eUICC that the new SM-SR is in possession of the private
key related to the certificate presented. The sequence is pictured in ‎Figure 22 of section ‎3.8.
Parameters:
 Ephemeral public key of the new SM-SR

 Certificate for the new SM-SR
Prerequisites:
 The ECASD certificate was provided to and verified by the new SM-SR
 The new SM-SR has generated an ephemeral key pair
 The new SM-SR has a signature from the CI.
This function is realised through GlobalPlatform STORE DATA commands as defined in

V3.0 Page 91 of 297

First STORE DATA command
Command Message
Code Value Meaning


Le ‘00’
0 - - - - - - - More blocks

- - - - - 1 Case 4 command as defined in GlobalPlatform Amendment A ‎[54]
- - - - - X X - RFU

‘3A01’ Var Certificate of off-card entity M
‘7F21’ Var. Certificate M

‘93’ 1-16 Certificate Serial Number M

‘42’ 1-16 CA Identifier M
‘5F20’ 1-16 Subject Identifier M

‘95’ 1 Key Usage, Signature M
Verification
‘5F25’ 4 Effective Date (YYYYMMDD, O
BCD format)
‘5F24’ 4 Expiration Date (YYYYMMDD, M

BCD format)
‘73’ 3-127 Discretionary Data M
'C8 01 02': SM-SR certificate

other TLVs may follow
‘7F49’ Var. Public Key – details see tables M

below
‘5F37’ Var. Signature M
V3.0 Page 92 of 297

Table 39: Data Field for Key Establishment
The following TLV-encoded data are signed off-card with SK.CI.ECDSA to generate the
content of tag ‘5F37’ (signature), as described in GlobalPlatform Card Specification
Amendment E ‎[11]:


‘95’ 1 Key Usage, Signature Verification M
‘5F25’ 4 Effective Date (YYYYMMDD, BCD format) – if present C
‘5F24’ 4 Expiration Date (YYYYMMDD, BCD format) M

‘7F49’ Var. Public Key M
Table 40: Data Signed to Generate the SM-SR Certificate
Key format is defined in section ‎4.1.1.5.
Response Message
The STORE DATA response shall contain the following data:
Tag Length Data Element

'85' Variable Random Challenge
Table 41: Response Data for Send SM-SR Certificate
Second STORE DATA commandCommand Message
Code Value Meaning
INS 'E2' STORE DATA

P2 '01' Block number
Data 'xxxxx…' Application data and MAC (if present)

Le ‘00’
V3.0 Page 93 of 297

1 - - - - - - - Last block
- - - - - - - 1 Case 4 command as defined in GlobalPlatform Amendment A ‎[54]
- - - - - X X - RFU
'3A02' Var Key Establishment M

'A6' Var CRT tag (KAT) XM

'90' 2 Scenario identifier ‘03’ (see GlobalPlatform M

Card Specification Amendment E: Security
Upgrade for Card Content Management [11]
section 4.8.1)
Scenario Parameters ‘0X’ (See Table 45)
'95' '01' Key Usage Qualifier M

'5C' (1 secure channel base key) or
'10' (3 secure channel keys)
(see GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6]
Table 11-17)
'96' '01' Key Access according to GlobalPlatform Card O

Specification ‎[6] Table 11-18
'80' '01' Key Type according to GlobalPlatform Card M

'81' '01' Key Length (in bytes) M
'82' '01' Key Identifier = '00' - '7F' M

'83' '01' Key Version Number = '01' - '7F' M
'91' '00', '02', Initial value of sequence counter M

‘03’, '05'
or '08'
'45' 1-n Security Domain Image Number (SDIN) O

'84' 1-n HostID (shall only be present if scenario C
parameter b3 is set)
'7F49' Var ePK.SR.ECKA M

'5F37' Var. Signature M
Table 44: Data Field for Key Establishment
b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 Description
V3.0 Page 94 of 297

0 0 0 0 – X X X As defined in GlobalPlatform Card

Specification Amendment E: Security
Upgrade for Card Content
Management [11] section 4.8.1
- - - - 1 – – – Certificate Verification precedes Key

Establishment
Table 45: Scenario Parameters
In case the scenario parameter specifies usage of HostID+CardID (bit b3=1), then the SM-
SR and the eUICC shall use the SIN-LV and SDIN-LV of ISD-R, in lieu of the IIN-LV and
CIN-LV of the card; this deviates from GP Amendment E [11].
The SM-SR knows the SIN and SDIN of ISD-R as per the EIS.
The following TLV-encoded data are signed off-card with SK.SR. ECDSA to generate the
content of DGI '5F37' (signature), as described in GlobalPlatform Card Specification
'3A02' Var Key set Establishment M

'A6' Var CRT tag (KAT) M

'90' 2 Scenario identifier ‘03’ (see M

GlobalPlatform Card Specification
Amendment E: Security Upgrade for
Card Content Management [11]
section 4.8.1)
Scenario Parameters ‘0X’ (See Table
45)
(see GlobalPlatform Card
Specification ‎[6] Table 11-17)
'96' '01' Key Access according to C

GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6]
Table 11-18– if present
'80' '01' Key Type according to M

GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6]
Table 11-16
'91' '00', '02', '05' Initial value of sequence counter M

or '08'
'45' 1-n Security Domain Image Number C

(SDIN) – if present
'84' 1-n HostID (shall only be present if C
scenario parameter b3 is set)
'7F49' Var ePK.SR.ECKA M
V3.0 Page 95 of 297

'0085' Var Random Challenge M
Table 46: Data Signed to Generate the Signature
Response Message
Tag Length Data Element MOC
‘85’ Variable DR C
‘86’ Variable receipt M
Table 47: Response Data for Scenario #3
As defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6]
4.1.1.9 Finalisation of the ISD-R Handover

Function name: FinaliseISDRhandover
Description: This function deletes all keys in the ISD-R except for the key ranges indicated
by the command parameter(s). It is intended as a simple clean-up mechanism for the new
SM-SR after takeover to get rid of all keys of the previous SM-SR in the ISD-R.
Parameters:
 Key Ranges of keys not to be deleted.

Prerequisites:
 None.
DELETE COMMAND
This function is realised through a GlobalPlatform DELETE command as defined in

GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] with proprietary parameters. This command is sent to
the ISD-R.
The DELETE command shall have the following parameters:
Code Value Meaning
CLA ‘80’ See GlobalPlatform Card Specification [6] section 11.1.4.1
INS ‘E4’ DELETE
V3.0 Page 96 of 297

Code Value Meaning

Data ‘xxxx..’ TLV coded objects: Delete [card content] Data Field (See below)
Le ‘00’
The Delete [card content] Data Field shall contain one or two instances of following TLV:
Range of keys NOT to be deleted.

The 3 bytes are coded as follows:
‘F2’ 3 byte 1: Key Version Number of the key range M
byte 2: Key Identifier of first key of the key range
byte 3: Key Identifier of last key of the key range
Table 49: Delete [card content] Command Data Field
NOTE: Two TLVs allow for one SCP80 and one SCP81 key set to “survive” key
clean-up.
Example:
‘F2 03 06 01 03 F2 03 43 01 02’ will delete all keys except those with Key Version Number –
Key identifier: ‘06’ – ‘01’, ‘06’ – ‘02’, ‘06’ – ‘03’, ‘43’ – ‘01’ and ‘43’ – ‘02’.
Function flow
Upon reception of the DELETE command, the eUICC shall:
 Check that all keys of the key set(s) used for setting up the current secure channel
are among the keys not to be deleted. For SCP81, this also includes the key set used
for the push SM. If that check fails, the command is terminated without deleting any
key.
 Delete all keys except those in the key ranges indicated in the command parameters.
Response Message
The data field of the response message shall contain a single byte of ‘00’.
V3.0 Page 97 of 297

’69 85’: Key(s) of key set used for the current secure channel is/are among the keys to be
deleted.
4.1.1.10 SM-SR Addressing Parameters Update

Function name: UpdateSMSRAddressingParameters
Description:
This function is used to update SM-SR addressing Parameters on the eUICC.
This function may be used by the SM-SR outside the SM-SR Change procedure in case
some parameters have changed.
This function has the following parameter:
 ISD-R AID
 SM-SR addressing Parameters
NOTE: The HTTPS Connectivity Parameters can be updated by the function
defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment B ‎[8].
Prerequisites
- None
Function flow
Upon reception of the SM-SR addressing Parameters update command, the eUICC shall:
Update the SM-SR addressing Parameters of the targeted ISD-R
Commands

Specification ‎[6] section 11.11.2.
Code Value Meaning
CLA ‘80’
P2 ‘00’ Block Number (Not used for Enable
Le Not present
V3.0 Page 98 of 297

1 - - - - - - - Last block
- - - - - X X X RFU
'3A07' Var Connectivity Parameters M
'A3' n SMS parameters C
'A4' n CAT_TP and BIP parameters C
Table 52: Send SM-SR Certificate Data Field
SMS parameters value Description coding
Tag Lenght Value Description
’81’ 2-12 SM-SR Platform Destination Address*
Table 53: SMS Coding
*SM-SR Platform Destination Address is coded as specified for the TP-Destination-Address

in 3GPP TS 23.040 ‎[39].
CAT_TP link and BIP open channel parameters
Description
UICC/terminal interface transport level*
Data Destination Address comprehension TLV **
Table 54: CAT_TP Link and BIP Open Channel Parameters
*As defined in ETSI TS 102 226 ‎[5] in the section “Data for CAT_TP link establishment” and
“Data for BIP channel opening”.
**As defined in ETSI TS 102 223 ‎[3].
The CR bit of the tags shall be set to zero.
V3.0 Page 99 of 297

Response Message
See GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] section 11.11.2.
4.1.1.11 Handle Default Notification

Function name: HandleDefaultNotification
Related Procedures: Profile Enabling, Profile Enabling via SM-DP, Profile Disabling, Fall-
back
Description: This function provides a default notification from the eUICC to the SM-SR.
Parameters:
 EID
 ISD-P AID
 Mobile Equipment Identification (for example MEID, IMEI)
 Notification Sequence number
 Notification type
Prerequisites:
The eUICC has received a notification of network attachment. Notification Message
Note: There is no single method implemented by all devices to notify the eUICC of
network attachment. The eUICC may rely on various heuristics to determine that
network attachement is effective. As a worst-case safeguard, the eUICC shall
attempt to send profile change notifications within a time interval of 10 STATUS
events after card reset.
The eUICC notification is composed of a single BER-TLV tag including several

COMPREHENSION-TLV data objects; the COMPREHENSION-TLV format is defined in
ETSI TS 102 223 ‎[3].
Description Length Value MOC

(bytes)
eUICC notification tag 1 ‘E1’. To avoid conflicts with the values defined in ETSI TS M
101 220 [2], a tag from the proprietary class is used.
Length (A+B+C+D+E+F) 1 or 2 BER-TLV coding length M
V3.0 Page 100 of 297

EID A See below M
Notification type B See below M

Notification sequence C See below M
number
ISD-P- AID D See ETSI TS 102 223 [3], clause 8.60 M
IMEI E See ETSI TS 102 223 [3], clause 8.20 C
MEID F See ETSI TS 102 223 [3], clause 8.81 C
Table 55: Data Format for Notification
IMEI and MEID are optional. In case the eUICC encounters any issue while getting the
Mobile Equipment Identification of the Device, no value is provided. If both IMEI and MEID
are retrieved, only one could be sent to limit overall message length.
COMPREHENSION-TLV for EID
Byte(s) Description Length
1 EID tag, ‘4C’. 1

2 Length (X) of the EID (shall not exceed 16 bytes) 1
3 to X+2 EID value, as defined in section 2.2.2. X
Table 56: COMPREHENSION-TLV for EID
COMPREHENSION-TLV for Notification type
1 Notification type tag, ‘4D’. 1

2 Length= ‘01’ 1
3 Notification type 1
Table 57: COMPREHENSION-TLV for Notification type
Notification type:
Coding:
 ‘01’: eUICC declaration – First network attachment

 ‘02’: Profile change succeeded
 ‘03’: Profile change failed and Roll-back
 ‘04’: Void
 ‘05’: Profile change after Fall-back
 ‘06’ to ‘FF’: RFU
COMPREHENSION-TLV for Notification sequence number
1 Notification sequence number tag, ‘4E’. 1
V3.0 Page 101 of 297

2 Length=’02’ 1
3 to 4 Notification sequence number value 2
Table 58: COMPREHENSION-TLV for Notification Sequence Number
The notification sequence number identifies the notification message, and allows the SM-SR
to distinguish a new notification from a retry. In case of a retry, the eUICC shall use the
same notification sequence number. When a Notification Confirmation has been successfully
received by the SM-SR, the eUICC shall increment the sequence number for the next
notification.
NOTE : Depending on the eUICC implementation, the notification may also contain
additional TLVs using EUM-specific tags.
An SM-SR is not required to record or process such specific tags, and can simply ignore
them
In any case, the size of the complete notification shall fit into one SMS-MO if the notification
is sent by SMS, and shall not exceed the size of 240 bytes if sent by HTTP or CAT-TP.
Secured data structure for eUICC notification over SCP80
The secured data containing the eUICC notification is the COMPREHENSION-TLV

structure specified above, with no added layer of Expanded format.
This deviates from the requirement described in section 2.4.3.3.
Default Notification Protocol Priority
A protocol priority order for default notification may be defined for every Profile, using SMS,
HTTPS and CAT_TP.
If not defined for a Profile, the default priority order is set as follow:
Priorit Protocol
y
1 SMS
2 HTTPS
3 CAT_TP
Table 59: Default Notification Protocol Priority
4.1.1.12 Notification Confirmation

Function name: HandleNotificationConfirmation
Related Procedures: Handle Default Notification
Description: This function confirms the notification and triggers potential follow-up activities
required by POL1.
V3.0 Page 102 of 297

Parameters:
 Notification Sequence number

Prerequisites:
 The SM-SR has received a notification from the eUICC.

Function flow
Upon reception of the STORE DATA command, the eUICC shall:
 Disable the retry mechanism for the notification

 Perform the follow-up activities required by POL1 upon the activity that triggered the
original notification
 Return the result of any such activity in the response data
STORE DATA Command
This function is realised through the GlobalPlatform STORE DATA command as defined in
Command Message
Code Value Meaning
CLA ‘80’ – ‘8F’, ‘C0’ – ‘CF’ or ‘E0’ – ‘EF’ See section 11.1.4 of GlobalPlatform Card Specification [6]

Le ‘00’
1 - - - - - - - Last block

- - - - - - - 1 Case 4 command
- - - - - X X - RFU
V3.0 Page 103 of 297

‘3A08’ Var Notification Confirmation M

‘4E’ 2 Notification Sequence number M
Table 62: Notification Confirmation Data Field
Response Message
The data field of the response message shall contain the data structure below.
 Not be present, if no follow-up activities had to be performed, or

 Contain the data structure below if follow-up activities were performed.

‘80’ Var List of Deleted ISD-Ps M

‘4F’ 16 AID of ISD-P M
Table 63: Notification Confirmation Response Data Field
NOTE: In the current version, the response will carry only one AID. However, the
structure is defined in a generic way so that results of other follow-up
activities can be added when required.
NOTE: If no follow-up activity has been performed at all, the data field shall contain
tag 80 followed by a length of zero, and no value.
4.1.2 ES6 (MNO-eUICC) Interface Description
4.1.2.1 Policy Rules Update by MNO

Function name: UpdatePOL1byMNO
Related Procedures: Pol1 Update by MNO
Function group: Profile Management
Function Provider entity: MNO-SD
Description: This function is used to update POL1 on the eUICC.
 POL1
V3.0 Page 104 of 297

Prerequisites
 The Profile is enabled

Function flow
Upon reception of the POL1 update command, the eUICC shall:
 Update POL1 of the ISD-P containing the targeted MNO-SD.

Commands
INSTALL [for personalization] command
This function consists of an INSTALL [for personalization] command followed by a STORE

DATA command, as described in GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6].
According to GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6], INSTALL [for personalization] command

can only be used on applications Associated with a Security Domain. As an exception from
this rule, the eUICC shall allow the MNO-SD to receive this command sequence with data
destined to the ISD-P.
INSTALL [for personalization] command:
Code Value Meaning

Data ‘xxxx…’ See GlobalPlatform Card Specification [6] section 11.5.2.3
Le ‘00’
Table 64: INSTALL [for Personalization] Command Message
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 For personalization
Table 65: INSTALL [for Personalization] Reference Control Parameter P1
P2 is set to ‘00’: according to GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] section 11.5, this means
no information is provided.
Data Field
Name Length Value MOC
Length of data ’1’ ‘00’ M

Length of Application AID ‘1’ ‘05’ – ‘10’ M
V3.0 Page 105 of 297

Application AID (Reserved value for Profile’s ISD-P) ’05 – 10’ ‘xxxx’ M

The reserved value for Profile’s ISD-P indicates that the Security Domain targeted by the
INSTALL [for personalization] command is the ISD-P of the Profile containing the MNO-SD.
NOTE: This mechanism avoids the MNO having to know and keep track of the ISD-
P AID assigned by the SM-SR.
Response Message
A single byte of '00' shall be returned indicating that no additional data is present, as defined
in the GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] section 11.5.3.1.
None
STORE DATA command:

Specification [6].
Code Value Meaning

CLA ‘80’
Le Not present
1 - - - - - - - Last block
V3.0 Page 106 of 297

- - - - - X X X RFU
'3A06' Var POL1 Policy Rules M

'81' '01' New POL1 M
Table 69: POL1 Update Data Field
POL1 coding
- - - - - 0 0 0 No POL1
rule active
- - - - - 0 - 1 Disabling of
this Profile
not allowed
- - - - - 0 1 - Deletion of
this Profile
not allowed
- - - - - 1 0 0 Profile
deletion is
mandatory
when its
state is
changed to
disabled
- - - - - X X X Other
combinations
are forbidden
X X X X X - - - RFU
Table 70: POL1 Coding
Response Message

See GlobalPlatform Card Specification [6] section 11.11.3.2
4.1.2.2 Connectivity Parameters Update by MNO

Function name: UpdateConnectivityParametersByMNO
Related Procedures: Connectivity Parameters Update by MNO
V3.0 Page 107 of 297

Function Provider entity: MNO-SD
Description: This function is used to update Connectivity Parameters on the eUICC.
 Connectivity Parameters
Prerequisites
 The Profile is enabled

Function flow
Upon reception of the Connectivity Parameters update command, the eUICC shall:
 Update the Connectivity Parameters of the ISD-P containing the targeted MNO-SD.
Commands
This function consists of an INSTALL [for personalization] command followed by a STORE

DATA command, as described in GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6].
According to GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6], INSTALL [for personalization] command

can only be used on applications Associated with a Security Domain. As an exception from
this rule, the eUICC shall allow the MNO-SD to receive this command sequence with data
destined to the ISD-P.
INSTALL [for personalization] command:
As defined in section ‎4.1.2.1.
STORE DATA command:
As defined in section ‎4.1.3.4.
4.1.3 ES8 (SM-DP-eUICC) Interface Description
4.1.3.1 ISD-P Key Set Establishment

Function name: EstablishISDPKeySet
Related Procedures: Key Establishment
Function Provider entity: ISD-P
Description: This function is used to perform mutual authentication between the SM-DP and
the eUICC and to establish a shared secret key set between the SM-DP and the ISD-P.
This function is based on Scenario 3 as defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification

Amendment E [11]. Scenario 3 is modified by adding the additional step of authentication of
the SM-DP to the eUICC.
V3.0 Page 108 of 297

Adding this step to Scenario 3 requires an additional STORE DATA command to precede
the command defined for Scenario 3. This new command provides the eUICC with the
certificate of the SM-DP and retrieves a random challenge from the eUICC. This random
challenge then has to be signed by the SM-DP and sent to the eUICC in the second
command to prove to the eUICC that the SM-DP is in possession of the private key related
to the certificate presented. The sequence is pictured in ‎Figure 11 of section ‎3.1.2.
NOTE: A complementary scenario based on RSA is FFS.
Parameters:
 ISD-P AID
 Ephemeral public key of the SM-DP
 Certificate for the SM-DP
Prerequisites:
 The ECASD certificate was provided to and verified by the SM-DP

 SM-DP has generated an ephemeral key pair
 SM-DP has a signature from the CI
 ISD-P was created
This function is realized through GlobalPlatform INSTALL [for personalization] and STORE
DATA commands as defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6].
INSTALL [for personalization] command
Command Message
Code Value Meaning

Data ‘xxxx…’ See GlobalPlatform Card Specification [8] section 11.5.2.3.6
Le ‘00’
Table 71: INSTALL [for Personalization] Command Message
V3.0 Page 109 of 297

0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 For personalization
Table 72: INSTALL [for personalization] Reference Control Parameter P1
P2 is set to ‘00’: according to GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[8] section 11.5, this means
no information is provided.
Data Field

Length of Application AID ‘1’ ‘05’ – ‘10’ M
Application AID of ISD-P ’05 – 10’ ‘xxxx’ M


Response Message
A single byte of '00' shall be returned indicating that no additional data is present as defined
in the GlobalPlatform ‎[6] section 11.5.3.1.
None
First STORE DATA command
Command Message
V3.0 Page 110 of 297

Code Value Meaning


Le ‘00’
0 - - - - - - - More blocks

- - - - - X X - RFU
Table 75: STORE DATA Reference Control Parameter P
‘3A01’ Var Certificate of off-card entity M

‘7F21’ Var. Certificate M


‘95’ 1 Key Usage, Signature M

Verification
‘5F25’ 4 Effective Date (YYYYMMDD, O

BCD format)
‘5F24’ 4 Expiration Date (YYYYMMDD, M

BCD format)
'C8 01 01': SM-DP certificate

other TLVs may follow
‘7F49’ Var. Public Key – details see tables M
below
‘5F37’ Var. Signature M
Table 76: Send SM-DP Certificate Data Field
V3.0 Page 111 of 297

The following TLV-encoded data are signed off-card with SK.CI. ECDSA to generate the
content of tag ‘5F37’ (signature), as described in GlobalPlatform Card Specification

‘95’ 1 Key Usage, Signature Verification M

‘5F25’ 4 Effective Date (YYYYMMDD, BCD format) – if present C
‘5F24’ 4 Expiration Date (YYYYMMDD, BCD format) M

‘7F49’ Var. Public Key M
Table 77: Data Signed to Generate the SM-DP Certificate
Key format is defined in section ‎4.1.1.5.
Response Message
Tag Length Data Element

'85' Variable Random Challenge
Table 78: Response Data for Send SM-DP Certificate
As defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] section 11.11.3.2.‎[6]
Second STORE DATA command
Command Message
Code Value Meaning
INS 'E2' STORE DATA

P2 '01' Block number

Data 'xxxxx…' Application data and MAC (if present)
Le ‘00’
V3.0 Page 112 of 297

1 - - - - - - - Last block
- - - - - X X - RFU
Table 80: STORE DATA Reference Control Parameter
'3A02' Var Key set Establish M

'A6' Var CRT tag (KAT) XM

'90' 2 Scenario identifier ‘03’ (see GlobalPlatform M

Card Specification Amendment E: Security
Upgrade for Card Content Management [11]
section 4.8.1)
Scenario Parameters ‘0X’ (See Table 82)

(see GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6]
Table 11-17)
'96' '01' Key Access according to GlobalPlatform Card O

Specification [[6] Table 11-18
'80' '01' Key Type according to GlobalPlatform Card M


'91' '00', '02', Initial value of sequence counter M

'05' or
'08'
'45' 1-n Security Domain Image Number (SDIN) O

'84' 1-n HostID (shall only be present if scenario C
parameter b3 is set)
'7F49' Var ePK.DP.ECKA M

'5F37' Var. Signature M
Table 81: Send SM-DP Certificate Data Field
The following TLV-encoded data are signed off-card with SK.DP. ECDSA to generate the
content of DGI '5F37' (signature), as described in GlobalPlatform Card Specification
V3.0 Page 113 of 297

b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 Description
0 0 0 0 – X X X As defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification
Amendment E: Security Upgrade for Card
Content Management [11] section 4.8.1
- - - - 1 – – – Certificate Verification precedes Key

Establishment
Table 82: Scenario Parameters
In case the scenario parameter specifies usage of HostID+CardID (bit b3=1), then the SM-
DP and the eUICC shall use the SIN-LV and SDIN-LV of ISD-R, in lieu of the IIN-LV and
CIN-LV of the card; this deviates from GP Amendment E [11], and ISD-P has no SIN/SDIN
yet.
The SM-DP can know the SIN and SDIN of ISD-R by inspecting the EIS retrieved on ES3.
'3A02' Var Key set Establishment M

'A6' Var CRT tag (KAT) M

'90' 2 Scenario identifier ‘03’ (see M

GlobalPlatform Card
Specification Amendment E:
Security Upgrade for Card
Content Management [11]
section 4.8.1)
Scenario Parameters ‘0X’
(See Table 82)

'5C' (1 secure channel base
key) or
(see GlobalPlatform Card
Specification ‎[6] Table 11-17)
'96' '01' Key Access according to C

GlobalPlatform Card
Specification ‎[6] Table 11-18 –
if present
'80' '01' Key Type according to M

GlobalPlatform Card

'83' '01' Key Version Number = '01' - M

'7F'
'91' '00', '02', '05' or '08' Initial value of sequence M
counter
'45' 1-n Security Domain Image C
Number (SDIN) – if present
'84' 1-n HostID (shall only be present if C
scenario parameter b3 is set)
V3.0 Page 114 of 297

'7F49' Var ePK.DP.ECKA M

'0085' Var Random Challenge M
Table 83: Data Signed to Generate the Signature
Response Message
'85' Variable DR C
'86' Variable Receipt M
Table 84: Response Data for Scenario #3
4.1.3.2 Command coding for SCP03

All ES8 functions in subsequent sections require securing the commands by SCP03.
NOTE: The profile package itself is protected by SCP03t as defined in the next
section.
Opening an SCP03 secure channel requires the following two commands:

INITIALIZE UPDATE
Code Value Description
CLA See to GlobalPlatform Card Section 7.1.1

Specification Amendment D [10]
INS See to GlobalPlatform Card INITIALIZE UPDATE

Specification Amendment D [10]
P1 ‘XX’ indicates the version of the target ISD-P

key set used
P2 ‘XX’ indicates the key identifier of the target
ISD-P
Lc ‘08’ Length of the host challenge
Data ‘XX…XX’ For Host Challenge see GlobalPlatform

Card Specification Amendment D [10]
for computation of the host challenge
Le ‘00’
Table 85: Initialize Update Command
EXTERNAL AUTHENTICATE
V3.0 Page 115 of 297

Code Value Description

CLA See GlobalPlatform Card Specification Section 7.1.2.
Amendment D [10]
INS See GlobalPlatform Card Specification EXTERNAL AUTHENTICATE

Amendment D [10]
P1 ‘33’ indicates the security level and shall be

set to request C-DECRYPTION, R-
DECRIPTION, R-MAC and C-MAC (see
to GlobalPlatform Card Specification
Amendment D [10])
P2 ‘00’
Lc ‘10’ Length of the host cryptogram and MAC
Data ‘XX…XX’ Host cryptogram and MAC (see to
GlobalPlatform Card Specification
Amendment D [10] for computation of
host cryptogram and MAC)
Le Not Present
Table 86: External Authenticate Command
These two commands shall be following by any ES8 command as defined in subsequent
sections depending on the procedure to be performed.
Those ES8 commands and their responses are modified by encrypting the data part and
adding a MAC as defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment D [10].
4.1.3.3 Download and Installation of a Profile

Function name: DownloadAndInstallation
Related Procedures: Profile Download and Installation
Description: This function is used to load a Profile into an ISD-P on the eUICC. The ISD-P
must be already created and also already personalized. The Profile created by the SM-DP
must be compatible with the targeted eUICC.
NOTE: The ISD-P identification is provided within the ES5 transport protocol.
The Profile shall be protected by SCP03t. The Profile shall include in particular:
 The setting of POL1, if defined by MNO
 The setting of connectivity parameters (see section ‎4.1.3.4)
 The setting of ISD-P state from ‘CREATED’ to ‘DISABLED’ when installation is
finished.
Parameters:
 Profile
Prerequisites:
 ISD-P must be created

 ISD-P must be PERSONALIZED (as defined in GlobalPlatform Card Specification‎[6])
V3.0 Page 116 of 297

 Connection is secured via SCP03t

Check Figure 12 for further details.
Description of the SCP03t security protocol:
This section defines a secure channel protocol based on GlobalPlatform's SCP03 usable for
TLV structures, named SCP03t hereafter.
Tag values are defined so that they can be used without conflict within the expanded remote
management format which is used to transport data inside SCP80 or SCP81 of ES5.
As no SWs are used, errors are indicated by a special response tag with tag number +'80'
(resulting in a 2 byte tag).
The data transported in the command TLVs specified below shall consist of the Profile
Package specified in ‎[53]; the response TLVs shall transport Profile Element (PE) responses
as provided by the Profile Package processing specified in ‎[53]. The Profile Package
consists of a sequence of PE TLVs. However, SCP03t does not take that PE structure into
account, but treats the whole Profile Package as one block of transparent data. That block of
data is split into segments of a maximum size of 1024 bytes (including the tag and length
field). The eUICC shall support profile command data segments of at least up to this size.
The options allowed in SCP03 are limited as follows in SCP03t:
 Response security is always the same as command security (if no error).

 BEGIN/END R-MAC SESSION is not supported.
 Only one option is defined: MAC + encryption.
The following sections describe the changes required to move from SCP03 to SCP03t.
Everything else is inherited from SCP03.
As the security mechanisms are exactly the same as SCP03, the SCP03 key sets are used
for SCP03t.
Secure channel initiation uses 2 TLVs equivalent to the INITIALIZE UPDATE and the
EXTERNAL AUTHENTICATE APDUs.
Thereafter, command and response TLVs are protected in the same way as SCP03 APDUs.
Each command TLV triggers one response TLV. A response may be empty or carry
response data from the application layer.
Secure Channel Initiation: INITIALIZE UPDATE command TLV
The following data shall be encapsulated in a TLV with tag '84':
Name Length Presence
Key version number 1 byte Mandatory
V3.0 Page 117 of 297

Key identifier 1 byte Mandatory
(and value must be

‘00’, consistently with
SCP03)
Host challenge 8 bytes Mandatory
Table 87: Initialize Update Command TLV
The data field of the response TLV shall contain the concatenation without delimiters of the
following data elements, encapsulated in a TLV with tag '84'.
Key diversification data 10 bytes Mandatory
Key information 3 bytes Mandatory
Card challenge 8 bytes Mandatory
Card cryptogram 8 bytes Mandatory
Sequence Counter 3 bytes Mandatory
Table 88: Response TLV Data Elements
In case of an error, tag '9F44' is used. The following values are defined:
 '01': error in length or structure of command data

 '03': referenced data not found
Secure Channel Initiation: EXTERNAL AUTHENTICATE command TLV
The following data shall be encapsulated in a TLV with tag '85':
Security level 1 byte Mandatory
Host cryptogram 8 bytes Mandatory
MAC 8 bytes Mandatory
Table 89: External Authenticate Command TLV
The security level shall be set to '33': "C DECRYPTION, R ENCRYPTION, C MAC, and R
MAC".
The MAC shall be computed based on the values present in the TLV, as follows:
V3.0 Page 118 of 297

=L + LMAC = ‘11’
MAC chaining value (16 bytes ‘00’) ‘85’ Lcc Security Host cryptogram
level
C-MAC calculation as defined in section

§6.2.4 of GP Amendment D S-MAC
‘85’ Lcc Security Host cryptogram C-MAC

level
Figure 32: TLV Command Data Field Encryption
If the message is accepted, a Response TLV with tag '85' and length zero shall be returned.
This TLV does not return an R-MAC.
In case of an error, tag '9F45' is used. The following values are defined:

 '02': security error
Command TLV C-MAC and C-DECRYPTION Generation and Verification
For encapsulating encrypted profile command data in a SCP03t TLV, tag '86' is used.
V3.0 Page 119 of 297

Command Data field – plain text – length L
Command Data field – plain text '80' (00..00)
ICV AES-CBC S-ENC
Lcc = L + length of padding + L MAC
MAC chaining value

'86' Lcc Ciphered Command Data field (length Lcc - 8)
(16 bytes)
C-MAC calculation as
defined in section 6.2.4 S-MAC
‘86' Lcc Ciphered Command Data field C-MAC
Figure 33: TLV Command Data Field Encryption
Response R-MAC and R-ENCRYPTION Generation and Verification
For encapsulating encrypted profile response data in a SCP03t TLV, tag '86' is used.
If there is no response data field, the length is ‘00’, and no R-MAC shall be generated, so the
response TLV shall be ’86 00’.In case of an error, tag '9F46' is used, and no R-MAC nor R-
ENCRYPTION shall be generated. The response data field contains only one byte, the
following values are defined:

 '02': security error
V3.0 Page 120 of 297

Response Data field – plain text – length L
Response Data field – plain text '80' (00..00)
ICV AES-CBC S-ENC
Lcc = L + length of padding + L MAC
MAC chaining value

'86' Lcc Ciphered Response Data field (length Lcc - 8)
(16 bytes)
R-MAC calculation as
defined in section 6.2.4 S-RMAC
‘86' Lcc Ciphered Response Data field R-MAC
Figure 34: TLV Response Data Field Encryption
4.1.3.4 Connectivity Parameters Update using SCP03

Function name: UpdateConnectivityParameters SCP03
Related Procedures: Connectivity Parameters Update using SCP03
Description: This function is used to update Connectivity Parameters on the eUICC.
 ISD-P AID
 Connectivity Parameters
Prerequisites
 None
Function flow
Upon reception of the Connectivity Parameters update command, the eUICC shall:
 Update the Connectivity Parameters of the targeted ISD-P

Commands
STORE DATA Command

Specification ‎[6] section 11.11.3.2.
V3.0 Page 121 of 297

Code Value Meaning
CLA ‘80’

Le Not present
1 - - - - - - - Last block

- - - - - X X X RFU
'3A07' Var Connectivity Parameters M

'A0' n SMS parameters C
'A1' n HTTP parameters C

'A2' n CAT_TP parameters C
Table 92: Connectivity Parameters Data Field
NOTE 1: The order of the TLVs in the Connectivity parameter DGI defines the priority.
NOTE 2: Multiple occurrences of each Connectivity Parameters TLV are possible.
SMS parameters coding
Description
SMSC Address*
Table 93: SMS Parameters Coding
* Comprehension TLVs as defined in ETSI TS 102 223 ‎[3]. The CR bit of the tags shall be
set to zero.
HTTP and CAT_TP parameters coding
Description
Bearer description*
V3.0 Page 122 of 297

Network Access Name (NAN) *
User Login*
User Password*
Table 94: HTTP and CAT_TP parameters coding
* Comprehension TLVs as defined in ETSI TS 102 223 ‎[3]. The CR bit of the tags shall be
set to zero.
Response Message
5 Off-Card Interface Descriptions

This section provides the description of the interfaces and functions within the Remote
Provisioning and Management system outside the eUICC, including the following:
ES1, interface between the two entities fulfilling the Role EUM and the Role SM-SR.
ES2, interface between the two entities fulfilling the Role MNO and the Role SM-DP.
ES3, interface between the two entities fulfilling the Role SM-DP and the Role SM-
SR.
 ES4, interface between the two entities fulfilling the Role MNO and the Role SM-SR.
 ES7, interface between the two entities fulfilling the Role SM-SR and the Role SM-
SR.
The functions in this section are grouped into function groups. Each function group is
provided by a unique Role and corresponds to an autonomous and consistent functionality.
When a function group is implemented by a Role, all the functions associated to this function
group shall be implemented by that Role. In other words, function groups cannot be partially
implemented; if a special function is requested, then all the functions of the corresponding
function group shall be implemented.
The following table presents the normative list of all the functions that are defined in this
section.
Request-response functions:
Function
Interface Function group Functions
provider Role
ES1 eUICC Management RegisterEIS SM-SR
V3.0 Page 123 of 297

GetEIS
DownloadProfile
SM-DP
Profile Management UpdatePolicyRules
UpdateSubscriptionAddress
ES2
EnableProfile
Platform Management DisableProfile SM-DP
DeleteProfile
GetEIS
AuditEIS
CreateISDP
SendData
SM-SR
Profile Management ProfileDownloadCompleted
ES3 UpdatePolicyRules
UpdateConnectivityParameters
EnableProfile
Platform Management DisableProfile SM-SR
DeleteISDP
GetEIS
UpdatePolicyRules
Profile Management UpdateSubscriptionAddress SM-SR
AuditEIS
ES4
EnableProfile
Platform Management DisableProfile SM-SR
DeleteProfile
PrepareSMSRChange
eUICC Management SM-SR
SMSRchange
CreateAdditionalKeySet
ES7 eUICC Management HandoverEUICC SM-SR
AuthenticateSMSR
Table 95: Request-Response Functions
Notification handler functions:
Function
Interface Function group Notification handler functions
handler/recipient
HandleProfileDisabledNotification
ES2 Platform HandleProfileEnabledNotification MNO
Management
HandleProfileDeletedNotification
V3.0 Page 124 of 297

eUICC HandleSMSRChangeNotification
MNO
Management
Platform
HandleProfileEnabledNotification SM-DP
ES3 Management
eUICC HandleSMSRChangeNotification SM-DP

Management
HandleProfileEnabledNotification
Platform
ES4 MNO
Management HandleProfileDeletedNotification
eUICC HandleSMSRChangeNotification MNO

Management
Table 96: Notification Handler Functions
5.1 Function Commonalities

Each functions represents an entry points that is provided by a Role (function provider), and
that can be called by other Roles (function requester).
5.1.1 Common Data Types

The functions provided in this section deal with management of eUICC and Profile, so that
the common data defined in this section need to be used in most of the functions.
5.1.1.1 Simple Types
Type name Description Type definition
String of even length composed of characters between ‘0’ to

Hexadecimal String
‘9’ and ‘A’ to ‘F’ or ‘a’ to ‘f’.
The AID (Application IDentifier) of an Executable Load File, Hexadecimal string representation of 5 to
AID
an Executable Module, a security domain, or an Application. 16 bytes.
Any date and time used within any interface of this String format as specified by W3C:
specification
YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssTZD
Where:
YYYY = four-digit year
MM = two-digit month (01=Jan, etc.)
DATETIME DD = two-digit day of month (01-31)
hh = two digits of hour (00 -23)
mm = two digits of minute (00 - 59)
ss = two digits of second (00 - 59)
TZD = time zone designator (Z, +hh:mm or
-hh:mm)
Ex: 2001-12-17T09:30:47Z
The EID type is for representing an eUICC-ID. An eUICC-ID
is primarily used in the “Embedded UICC Remote
EID Provisioning and Management System” to identify an eUICC. Hexadecimal string
See section 2.2.2 for EID description.
V3.0 Page 125 of 297

The ICCID type is for representing an ICCID (Integrated

Circuit Card IDentifier). The ICCID is primarily used to identify String representation of up to 20 decimal
a Profile. digits, non-swapped.
ICCID
ICCID is defined according to ITU-T recommendation Ex: 8947010008, 8947010000123456784.
E.118 [21] , with the derivation that up to 20 digits are 89470100001234567846
allowed.
The KCV stands for "Key Check Value". It provides the

material for receiving entity to ensure that it uses the same
KCV Hexadecimal string
key value as the sending entity. See Annex F for detail of
KCV computation.
The Mobile Station ISDN (Integrated Services Digital String representation of up to 15 decimal
MSISDN
Network) Number digits, as defined in [22]
String representation of up to 15 decimal

The IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) used to
IMSI digits including MCC (3 digits) and MNC (2
identify the Subscriber of a Mobile Subscription.
or 3 digits), as defined in ITU E.212 [12]
String representation of an OID, i.e. of

OID An Object IDentifier integers separated with dots (for example:
'1.2', '3.4.5')
TAR The TAR (Toolkit Application Reference) of a security domain String - Hexadecimal string representation
or an Application. of exactly 3 bytes
String representation of three integers

The Version type is for indicating a version of any entity used separated with dots (for example: ‘1.15.3’).
VERSION within this specification. A version is defined by its major,
minor and revision number
Table 97: Simple Types
5.1.1.2 Complex Types
5.1.1.3.1 SUBSCRIPTION ADDRESS

The SUBSCRIPTION-ADDRESS type is defined by:
Data name Description Type No. MOC
msisdn The MSISDN of the Subscription associated to this Profile. MSISDN 1 C
imsi The IMSI of the Subscription associated to this Profile. IMSI 1 C
Table 98: Subscription Address
Either the MSISDN, the IMSI, or both, shall be present.
NOTE: Additional address types could be added depending of the deployment

mode (for example: SIP-URI).
5.1.1.3.2 POL2-RULE
The POL2-RULE type is defined by the following data structure:
Identifies the subject on which the rule has to be applied.

subject In the current version of this release, the possible subject is restricted to Enumeration{PROFILE} 1 M
“PROFILE”.
V3.0 Page 126 of 297

Enumeration{ENABLE,
action Identifies the action/function on which the rule has to be applied. DISABLE, 1 M
DELETE}
Enumeration{
qualification Indicates the final result of the rule that has to be applied. Not allowed, 1 M
Auto-delete}
Table 99: POL2 Rule
The Policy Rules defined in Stage 2 are translated as follows:
4. “Disabling of this Profile not allowed”

Subject=”PROFILE”, action=”DISABLE”, qualification=”Not allowed”
5. “Deletion of this Profile not allowed”

Subject=”PROFILE”, action=”DELETE”, qualification=”Not allowed”
6. “Profile deletion is mandatory when it is disabled”

Subject=”PROFILE”, action=”DISABLE”, qualification=”Auto-delete”
Any other combination shall be treated as not valid regarding this specification release.
V3.0 Page 127 of 297

5.1.1.3.3 POL2
The POL2 type is defined by the following data structure:
Rules List of Policy Rules defined for a given Profile. POL2-RULE 1..N O
Table 100: POL2 Type
An empty POL2 shall be represented as a POL2 data structure having no rules inside
5.1.1.3.4 PROFILE INFO

The PROFILE INFO type is defined by:
iccid Identification of the Profile. ICCID 1 M

The ISD-P-AID of the ISD-P containing the Profile. This is the AID that
isd-p-aid has been allocated at ISD-P creation time by the SM-SR. The TAR of the AID 1 M
ISD-P is included in the ISD-P-AID. See section 2.2.1.3.
Identification of the MNO owner of the Profile.

Once this information is associated to the Profile, it remains unchanged
mno-id OID 1 M
during the Profile’s life-time.
fallbackAttribute Boolean value to indicate the Profile having the Fall-back Attribute set. Boolean 1 M
SUBSCRIP
subscriptionAddress The address of the Subscription associated to this Profile. TION- 1 M
ADDRESS
Enumeratio
n{
The current state of the ISD-P containing the Profile as per defined in
GSMA Remote Provisioning Architecture for Embedded UICC [1]. The Created,
state 1 M
‘Deleted’ state is not defined as a possible state; a ‘Deleted’ ISD-P will
simply not appear in the list of eUICC Profiles. Enabled,
Disabled}
Identification of the SM-DP that has initially downloaded and installed the
Profile. This value can be empty in case the Profile has been loaded
smdp-id during issuance of the eUICC, else the value is mandatory. OID 1 C
Once this information is associated to the Profile, it remains unchanged
during the Profile’s life-time.
Indicates, through an SM-DP reference, the type of Profile generated by

ProfileType String 1 O
the SM-DP (for example 3G_16K)
Indicates the amount of memory allocated to the ISD-P to contain the

Profile. Note that the allocated memory is different from the real required
allocatedMemory memory space for Profile installation; most of the time the allocated Integer 1 M
memory will be greater than the strict required memory space value.
The value is expressed in bytes.
Indicates the amount of memory free within Profile allocated space. This
information is provided in case of using the quota management
mechanism.
freeMemory Integer 1 C
The value is expressed in bytes.
pol2 Contains the POL2 rules defined for this Profile. POL2 1 M
Table 101: Profile Info
V3.0 Page 128 of 297

5.1.1.3.5 KEY-COMPONENT
The KEY-COMPONENT type is defined by:
Data
Description Type No. MOC
name
Definition of the key type coding. This defines the algorithm associated with
the key, coded on 1 byte. Meaning of the byte value follows Hexadecimal string
type GlobalPlatform Card Specifications [6], section 11.1.8. representation of exactly 1 1 M
byte
i.e. '88' AES (16, 24, or 32 long keys)
The value as a binary data. This data shall be encrypted with a transport
value Hexadecimal string 1 M
key agreed between the provider and the requester.
Table 102: Key Component
5.1.1.3.6 KEY
The KEY type is defined by:
index The Key index as an integer value between 0 and 127 (as defined in
integer 1 M
GlobalPlatform Card Specifications)
kcv The Key Check Value of the key KCV 1 M
A simple key is defined using only one Key Component, but it is also KEY-
KeyComponents 1..N M
possible to define keys with multiple key components (like RSA keys) COMPONENT
Table 103: Key Type
NOTE: A key may be:

o a symmetric key. In this case the key will be composed of a single key
component. The key value being the same in SM-SR and eUICC SD.
o an asymmetric key. In this case, the key will be most probably be
composed of multiple key components. The key value in SM-SR being the
counter part of the key value in the eUICC (i.e.: the public key at the SM-
SR and the private key in the eUICC or vice-versa)
5.1.1.3.7 CERTIFICATE
The CERTIFICATE type is defined by:
Data
name
Indicates the index of the private key, being the private counterpart of the certificate.
index Index is an integer value between 0 and 127 (as defined in GlobalPlatform Card Integer 1 M
Specifications)
Identifier of the CA that has issued (and signed) the certificate. This shall match the
ca-id OID 1 M
CA Identifier included in the certificate itself.
Value of the certificate. The certificate shall be coded according to GlobalPlatform Hexadecimal
value 1 M
Card Specification UICC Configuration [7], section 9.2.1 string
Table 104: Certificate Type
V3.0 Page 129 of 297

5.1.1.3.8 KEYSET
The KEY SET type is defined by:
Data
name
The version of the key set (as an integer value). The version
value of a key set shall be unique within SD definition. Possible
version values are from 1 to 127. Integer 1 M
Example: ‘48’ stands for a SCP03 version ‘30’
Enumeration{
Generally key set usage (SCP03...) can be fully deduced from
the key set version. If version information should not be used, SCP03, SCP80, SCP81,
type 1 O
this element shall be present to indicate the real usage of this TokenGeneration,
key set. ReceiptVerification, CA}
The counter value linked to the key set. This element is

cntr Integer 1 O
optional: value '0' as to be considered if missing.
keys List of keys contained in the key set KEY 1..128 C(1)
A certificate (as defined in GlobalPlatform context) as a counter

certificates CERTIFICATE 1..128 C(1)
part of a secret key loaded in a key set.
Table 105: KeySet Type
NOTE: A key set provisioned at SM-SR level may be composed of a set of keys or
certificates.
A key set shall include at least one key or certificate. But for a given index, it may exist only
one key or one certificate.
5.1.1.3.9 SECURITY-DOMAIN
The SECURITY-DOMAIN type is defined by:
Data
name
aid The AID of the security domain AID 1 M
The list of TARs allocated to security domain, as an SD may have several

tars TARs. If this list is empty, the implicit TAR is defined by the byte 13, 14, 15 of TAR 1..N O
the AID.
The security domain Provider Identification Number as defined in

sin GlobalPlatform Card Specification [6]. The owner of the security domain Hexadecimal string 1 M
endorsing the Role defined in the ‘role’ data
sdin The security domain Identification Number as defined in GlobalPlatform Card Hexadecimal string 1 M
Specification [6]
numeration{ISD-R,
role Identification of the Role of the security domain. 1 M
ECASD}
keysets The list of key sets defined within the security domain KEYSET 1..127 M
Table 106: Security Domain Type
V3.0 Page 130 of 297

5.1.1.3.10 EUICC-CAPABILITIES
The EUICC-CAPABILITIES type allows listing the capabilities supported by the eUICC.
The EUICC-CAPABILITIES type is defined by:
CAT_TP- If CAT_TP according to ETSI TS 102 127 [25] is supported by the eUICC. Boolean 1 M
Support
Shall contain the highest supported release number of ETSI TS 102 127 (defining
CAT_TP) that is implemented by the eUICC.
Conditional to the support of the CAT_TP-Support.
CAT_TP-Version Version 1 C
In case of support, the supported version shall be at least the minimum version
mandated by the present specification.
If RAM over HTTP according to GlobalPlatform Card Specification Amendment B [8] Boolean 1 M
HTTP-Support
is supported by the eUICC.
Shall contain the highest supported release number of GlobalPlatform Amendment

B (defining RAM over HTTP) that is implemented by the eUICC.
Conditional to the support of the HTTP-Support.
HTTP-Version Version 1 C
In case of support, the supported version shall be at least the minimum version
mandated by the present specification.
Shall contain the highest supported release number of ETSI TS 102 225 (defining
secure packet) that is implemented by the eUICC.
secure-packet-
The support of this feature as defined in ETSI TS 102 225 is not optional. The Version 1 M
version
supported version shall be at least the minimum version mandated by the present
specification.
Shall contain the highest supported release number of this specification SGP.02
that is implemented by the eUICC. The support of this feature is obviously not
optional.
As a consequence, the eUICC shall be compliant will all relevant specifications
referenced in this specification.
Remote- Note 1: If the document version has less than three digits, one or more extra “.0”
provisioning- shall be appended to obtain a value that conforms to the type “Version” defined Version 1 M
version
in Table 97. For example a value of “3.1.0” denotes that the eUICC is compliant with
version 3.1 of SGP.02
Note 2: For backwards-compatibility reasons, if an EIS contains a value “1.1.0” for

this field, the off-card entity shall assume that the eUICC is compliant with version
3.0 of SGP.02 or earlier.
Table 107: eUICC Capabilities Type
5.1.1.3.11 AUDIT TRAIL RECORD
The AUDIT-TRAIL RECORD type contains the description of a Platform or a Profile

Management operation performed by SM-SR or a notification received by SM-SR from the
given eUICC.
V3.0 Page 131 of 297

The AUDIT-TRAIL-RECORD type is defined by:
EID The EID type is for representing an eUICC-ID. An eUICC-ID is primarily EID 1 M
used in the “Embedded UICC Remote Provisioning and Subscription
Management System” to identify an eUICC. See section 2.2.2 for EID
description.
SMSRid SMSRid defined SM-SR storing given eUICC OID 1 M
operationDate Date and time of logged operation DATETIME 1 M
Notification Type as defined in section 4.1.1.11 or Command Type as Integer 1 M

operationType
defined below.
Identification of the entity that has requested the operation to be OID 1 C

requesterId
performed on the eUICC
For command type Function Execution Status as defined in

ExecutionStat
status section 5.1.5 is stored us
1 C
The ISD-P-AID of the ISD-P containing the Profile. Empty in case it is

ISD-P-AID not applicable for given operation type AID 1 C
The ICCID type is for representing an ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card

IDentifier). The ICCID is primarily used to identify a Profile.
ICCID String 1 C
ICCID is defined according to ITU-T recommendation E.118 [21].
See ETSI TS 102 223 [3], clause 8.20 Hexadecimal

IMEI 1 C
String
See ETSI TS 102 223 [3], clause 8.81 Hexadecimal

MEID 1 C
String
Table 108: Audit Trail Record Type
NOTE: Requester Id OID is empty in case of notification.
5.1.1.3.12 Command Type

Command type coding:
 ‘0100’: CreateISDP
 ‘0200’: EnableProfile
 ‘0300’: DisableProfile
 ‘0400’: DeleteProfile
 ‘0500’: eUICCCapabilityAudit
 ‘0600’: MasterDelete
 ‘0700’: SetFallbackAttribute
 ‘0800’: EstablishISDRkeyset
 ‘0900’:FinaliseISDRhandover
 ‘0A00’ to ‘FF00’ RFU
NOTE: 1st byte is reserved for Notification Type as defined in section ‎4.1.1.11
V3.0 Page 132 of 297

5.1.1.3.13 EIS
The EIS type is for representing eUICC Information Set.
eid Identification of the eUICC. EID 1 M
See section 5.1.1.1 for type description.

This information is initially provided by the EUM at
registration time, and remains unchanged during all the
eUICC’s lifetime.
eum-id Identification of the eUICC Manufacturer (i.e. Card OID 1 M
Vendor) that has manufactured the eUICC.
eUICC’s lifetime.
The ‘eum-id’ indication, jointly with the ‘platformType’ and
‘version, may especially be useful for the SM-DP to
perform the Profile generation and packaging.
productionDate The date/time where the eUICC has been manufactured DATETIME 1 M
by the card vendor.
eUICC’s lifetime.
platformType Indication of the eUICC platform/OS type. String 1 M
eUICC’s lifetime.
The content of this field is not enforced by this
specification; the EUM can use any convenient string
value.
platformVersion Indication of the version of the eUICC platform/OS type. VERSION 1 M
eUICC’s lifetime.
remainingMemory Indicates the current total available memory (whatever the Integer 1 M
underlying technology, flash or eeprom) for Profile
download and installation.
This value may be either:-
 a value cached by the SM-SR based on the
initial total memory and memory required by all
Profiles currently loaded on the eUICC.
 a value retrieved from the eUICC
The value is expressed in Bytes.
registration time, but may change according to the eUICC
usage.
availablememoryforprofil Indicates the free memory (whatever the underlying Integer 1 M

es technology, flash, eeprom) without any Profile, available
for Profile(s) loading and installation.
This value is initially provided by the EUM at the
registration time. It is calculated when the ISD-R and the
ECASD are created, instantiated and personalized.
This value can evolve during the card life cycle when a
patch or a filter is applied or when the ECASD or the ISD-
R configuration is modified. This value shall be updated
each time the ISD-R, ECASD or the OS is modified.
V3.0 Page 133 of 297

lastAuditDate Some information part of the EIS can be refreshed by DATE 1 O

requesting directly the information to the eUICC to have
the list of information that can be retrieved. This indicates
the last date where such operation has been performed,
and so indicating the freshness of the information stored
at SM-SR level.
This information is optional. If not present, it means that
no audit has been performed on the eUICC.
smsr-id Identification of the SM-SR currently in charge of eUICC OID 1 M

management.
This information may change during the eUICC’s lifetime.
isd-p-loadfile-aid AID of the Executable Load File to be used for AID 1 M
instantiation of an ISD-P.
eUICC’s lifetime.
AID of the Executable Module to be used for instantiation

of an ISD-P.
isd-p-module-aid This information is initially provided by the EUM at AID 1 M
eUICC’s lifetime.
profiles List of Profiles currently installed on the eUICC. PROFILE 1..N M

registration time, and may change during the eUICC’s
lifetime.
ISD-R Contains the information related to the ISD-R SECURITY-DOMAIN 1 M
ECASD Contains the information related to the ECASD SECURITY-DOMAIN 1 M
Contains the capabilities supported by the eUICC.

eUICC-Capabilities EUICC-
This information is initially provided by the EUM at 1 M
CAPABILITIES
registration time.
audit trail History of all the platform and Profile Management AUDIT-TRAIL- 0..N M
operations or eUICC notifications related to the eUICC RECORD
eumCertificateId Indicates the EUM Certificate that has been used to String 1 M
perform the signature. This data contains the “Serial
Number” of the certificate.
signatureAlgorithm Indicates the signature algorithm used by the EUM to sign Enumeration{ 1 M
the relevant part of the EIS. See Annex E to have details
of the data that shall be included in the signature. rsa-sha256, rsa-
sha384,
rsa-sha512,
The algorithm naming follows RFC 4051 [24]
ecdsa-sha256,
ecdsa-sha384,
ecdsa-sha512
}
Signature Signature value of the EUM. See Annex E to have details Byte[] 1 M
of the data included in the computation of the signature
Table 109: EIS Type
V3.0 Page 134 of 297

NOTE: The ISD-P(s) are not represented in the EIS as a pure SECURITY-DOMAIN
data type; ISD-P information is directly included in the Profile representation
without distinction as the SM-SR doesn’t have access to ISD-P credentials.
5.1.2 Request-Response Function

A request-response function functionally corresponds to the case where a requestor Role
sends a request message to a replier Role which receives and processes the request,
ultimately returning a message in response. A function may take input data and may provide
output data. A function may also deliver no output data.
Role A
(function requester)
Request (input data) Response ([output data])
Role B
(function provider)
Figure 35: Functions as a Request-Response Data Exchange
At function definition level nothing is said about if the function is synchronous or

asynchronous.
5.1.2.1 Validity Period

When a function is called, the function provider takes the responsibility to execute all the
individual execution steps that are required to complete the function. Such processing may
require some time to complete, but the function caller might want this processing duration to
not exceed a specific amount of time called the "function validity period", as detailed in the
following use cases:
 The function processing might no longer be valuable if it ends after the validity period.
For example, a function is only valuable if it is executed within a minute. If more than
a minute has elapsed, then it is no longer required to continue the function execution.
 Processing might not want to wait for an external event that might not occur before a
very long time or an event that might even never occur at all. For example, it is
possible when performing an OTA dialog that the Device is unreachable (switched
off, lost…), or that an acknowledgement message coming from the Device is lost on
the network (for example the loss of a PoR coming from an eUICC). If so, it might not
be acceptable to wait several days or weeks for the Device to be switched on again,
or even to wait forever for an acknowledgement message that will never come.
 It is desirable that the function provider system is not overloaded with requests that
will be pending for a long period. The function caller would like to be notified as soon
as possible that the function cannot be processed within a specific amount of time,
and may then implement a calling side retry Policy.
V3.0 Page 135 of 297

By providing a validity period, the function caller indicates a specific amount of time to the
function provider to process the function. As a consequence, during this validity period, the
function caller shall not issue the same request again as it might generate duplicate
execution steps within the function provider system.
After the end of the validity period, the function provider shall no longer continue with new
execution steps. It is only mandated to tell the function caller that the function processing
has expired. It is then the caller responsibility to either:
 Request the same function again,

 Or simply abandon the overall process into which the function was called.
Input data
name
Function
Requester Identification of the function requester. String 1 M
Identifier
Identification of the function call.
This identifier enables to manage function call retry policies.
When requesting for the execution of a function, the function caller shall provide a unique
Function Call Identifier. Uniqueness is to be ensured in its own perimeter.
In case the function caller wants to retry the same function, then it shall perform the same
function call, providing the same Function Call Identifier.
Function Call
String 1 C
Identifier On function provider side, when receiving this retry attempt, if a call to a function if
performed with an Function Call Identifier of a function already in process in its system,
then the function provider shall refuse the new call
If the function provider does not want to implement any retry Policy, then it might ignore
this field.
The Function Call identifier is only mandatory for request-response functions. It shall not
be present for notification functions.
This field defines the length of the period (provided as a number of seconds) during
which the request is valid. The period starts at the time the function call was received by
the function provider and ends a number of seconds later. During this period of time, the
function provider has the responsibility to execute the function.
The function provider, on reception of the function call, may:
 Accept the function call: in that case the function provider accepts the provided
validity period
 Reject the function call: if the function provider immediately considers that the
validity period is invalid (for example too long or too short) or cannot fulfil the
requirements (i.e. cannot start the sequence of operations so that all of the
operations are completed within the validity period), it shall not process the
function and shall immediately return a Function Execution Status output
Validity
parameter with a Status field set to 'Failed' and a Subject code and Reason Integer 1 O
Period
code of the Status Code Data field set to 'Validity Period not accepted'.
The function provider shall also indicate to the function caller an acceptable
amount of time into which the request could be fulfilled, by setting the
Acceptable Validity Period field in the output header.
The Validity Period is only present (but optional) for request-response functions. If not
specified, the function caller doesn’t require any specific validity period. Nevertheless the
function provider is free to apply any internal rule to restrict the validity period (it could be
the case to ensure that a function request will never stay stacked in the system). In that
case the function provider shall indicate to the function caller the applied validity period
value in the Acceptable Validity Period field in the output header.
The Validity Period shall not be present for notification functions.
Table 110: Validity Period Functions Identifier
V3.0 Page 136 of 297

5.1.2.2 Exceptions
During the processing of a function, an unexpected behaviour may happen. This event,
called an exception in this specification, may cause the function to be ended before the
functional work to be completed (the exception is then considered as an error), or may let
the functional work continue, but under specific conditions (the exception is then called a
warning).
This is the function provider’s responsibility to give information on any exception

encountered during the processing of a function; however the behaviour of the function caller
when receiving this exception may depend on its own context (for example stop its current
processing, or perform a retry attempt, or try a workaround processing, etc.)
5.1.3 Notification Handler function

In some cases, functions are considered as notifications as they functionally correspond to
events sent from one Role to another. If so, the Role that generates the notification is called
the notification source or the notifier, and the Role that receives the notification is called the
notification destination or the notification recipient or notification handler.
Role A
(notification source)
Notification (data)
Role B
(notification recipient)
Figure 36: Notification as One Way Events
By definition, no validity period is applied for a notification, and no data can be returned back
by the notification recipient to the notification source.
Similarly, no exception is expected in the context of a notification.
V3.0 Page 137 of 297

5.1.4 Functions Input Header

All functions (request-response and notification handler) shall include the following header
as part of the input data:
Input data
name
Function
Requester Identification of the function requester. String 1 M
Identifier
Identification of the function call.

This identifier enables to manage function call retry policies.
When requesting for the execution of a function, the function caller shall provide a unique
Function Call Identifier. Uniqueness is to be ensured in its own perimeter.
In case the function caller wants to retry the same function, then it shall perform the same
function call, providing the same Function Call Identifier.
Function Call
String 1 C
Identifier
On function provider side, when receiving this retry attempt, if a call to a function if
performed with an Function Call Identifier of a function already in process in its system,
then the function provider shall refuse the new call
If the function provider does not want to implement any retry Policy, then it might ignore
this field.
The Function Call identifier is only mandatory for request-response functions. It shall not
be present for notification functions.
This field defines the length of the period (provided as a number of seconds) during
which the request is valid. The period starts at the time the function call was received by
the function provider and ends a number of seconds later. During this period of time, the
function provider has the responsibility to execute the function.
The function provider, on reception of the function call, may:

 Accept the function call: in that case the function provider accepts the provided
validity period
 Reject the function call: if the function provider immediately considers that the
validity period is invalid (for example too long or too short) or cannot fulfil the
requirements (i.e. cannot start the sequence of operations so that all of the
operations are completed within the validity period), it shall not process the
function and shall immediately return a Function Execution Status output
Validity
parameter with a Status field set to 'Failed' and a Subject code and Reason Integer 1 O
Period
code of the Status Code Data field set to 'Validity Period not accepted'.
The function provider shall also indicate to the function caller an acceptable
amount of time into which the request could be fulfilled, by setting the
Acceptable Validity Period field in the output header.
The Validity Period is only present (but optional) for request-response functions. If not
specified, the function caller doesn’t require any specific validity period. Nevertheless the
function provider is free to apply any internal rule to restrict the validity period (it could be
the case to ensure that a function request will never stay stacked in the system). In that
case the function provider shall indicate to the function caller the applied validity period
value in the Acceptable Validity Period field in the output header.
The Validity Period shall not be present for notification functions.
Table 111: Functions Input Headers
V3.0 Page 138 of 297

Additionally to this common header, each function may define its own set of additional input
data.
5.1.5 Functions Output Header

All functions (request-response) shall include the following header as part of the output data.
Notifications don't have any output data.
Output data name Description Type No. MOC
The start time and date of the real processing of the

Processing Start function by the function provider (and not the time and DATETIME 1 O
date of reception of the request).
Processing End The function processing end time and date. DATETIME 1 O
In case the validity period provided as input parameter is

not acceptable, then the function provider shall return an
acceptable value to the function caller (see
section 5.1.4) as a number of seconds.
Acceptable Validity Integer 1 C

Period In case the function call has been rejected because of a
non acceptable validity period the function caller might
then call again the same function with a validity period
that is more convenient (but that may however differ from
the exact value of the Acceptable Validity Period field
sent in response to the previous function call).
Indicates whether the processing has been completed

correctly or not.
Execution If required, provides information to give details on the ExecutionStatu

Function 1 M
Status processing result (status code, status code reason, status s
message…).
The Execution Status type is described below.
Table 112: Functions Output Headers
Where an Execution Status is:
Data
name
It indicates whether the processing has been completed correctly or not.
Value 'Executed-Success' means that the function has been processed correctly.
Application output data MAY optionally be part of the function response.
Enumeration
Value 'Executed-WithWarning' means that the function has been processed
{Executed-
correctly, but that warnings have been generated during this execution.
Success,
Application output data MAY optionally be part of the function response in order
to provide details on the warnings. Executed- 1 M
Status WithWarning,
Value 'Failed' means that the function execution has encountered errors during its
processing. The Status Code Data output structure shall give the reason of error Failed,
in the processing (values depend on the function and may be implementation
dependant). Expired}
Value 'Expired' means that the validity period of the request has expired before
the completion of the function processing. The Status Code Data output structure
MAY give the reason of expiration of the function.
Status It provides the reason of the Status. Status code data 1 O

code
data Present only if the Status is 'Execute-WithWarning', 'Failed', or 'Expired'.
V3.0 Page 139 of 297

The Status Code Data type is described below.
Table 113: Execution Status
Where a Status code data is:
Represents the system element concerned by the exception.

Subject code OID 1 M
A normative list of subjects is given in section 5.1.6.1
Represents the reason of the exception. A normative list of

Reason code OID 1 M
reasons is given in section 5.1.6.2
The identifier of the subject or any identification data of the

subject that caused the exception (for example ICCID of the
Subject identifier Profile when the Subject is a "Profile"). String 1 O
The possible values of the Subject Identifier depend on the
function.
It provides a textual and human readable explanation of the
Message String 1 O
exception. The Message value is implementation dependant
Table 114: Status Code
5.1.6 Status Code

Status codes are used in a function call to indicate that an exception occurred during the
processing of the function.
The “status code” is part of the Function output header (as defined in section ‎5.5.5). In this
specification, the status codes are representing any exception from a simple warning to an
error.
 When an error is raised (function output header status is ‘Failed’), it means that the
expected functional behaviour has not been completed.
 When a warning is raised (function output header status is ‘Executed-WithWarning’’),
it means that the expected functional behaviour has been completed, but under
specific conditions that should be pointed out by the function provider.
Both Subject code and Reason code fields of the Status code data of the function output
header are represented by an OID (Object IDentifier). These identifiers refer to a list of pre-
defined elements and reasons (see below for details).
5.1.6.1 Subject Code

The Subject code represents, from the function provider perspective, the entity on which the
exception occurred. The subject code can either be its own system (for example: an internal
error), a part of the system (for example: eUICC, Profile …) or even the function caller itself
(for example: Identification issue).
GlobalPlatform System, Messaging Specification for Management of Mobile-NFC

Services ‎[23] already defines some subject codes that are organised as a tree
V3.0 Page 140 of 297

representation. This specification proposes to reuse the category “1. Generic” as defined
in ‎[23].
The subjects codes linked with the “Remote Provisioning Architecture for Embedded UICC”,
are regrouped under a dedicated category, which has the identifier value “8. eUICC Remote
Provisioning” to avoid any conflict with the categories already defined in ‎[23].
The possible values for the Subject code used in the context of this specification are defined
as follow:
1. Generic
1.1. Function Requester
1.2. Function Provider
1.2.1. Validity Period
1.3. Protocol
1.3.1. Protocol Format
1.3.2. Protocol Version
1.4. External Resource
1.5 Extension Resource
1.6 Function
8. eUICC Remote Provisioning
8.1 eUICC
8.1.1 EID
8.2 Profile
8.2.1 Profile ICCID
8.2.2 POL1
8.2.3 POL2
8.2.4 Void
8.2.5 Profile Type
8.2.6 Subscription Address
8.3 ISD-P
8.3.1 ISD-P-AID
8.4 ISD-R
8.5 ECASD
8.5.1 Certification Request
8.5.2 Embedded UICC Certificate Authority
8.6 EIS
8.7 SM-SR
V3.0 Page 141 of 297

5.1.6.2 Reason Code

The Reason code represents, from the function provider perspective, the reason why the
exception occurred.
As for Subject Code, GlobalPlatform System, Messaging Specification for Management of

Mobile-NFC Services ‎[23] already defines some reason codes that are organised as a tree
representation. This specification proposes to reuse the following categories coming
from ‎[23]:
5. Access error
6. Format error
7. Conditions of use not satisfied
8. Processing error
9. Transport error
10. Security error
The possible values for the Reason code are defined as follow:
1. Access Error
1.1. Unknown (Identification or Authentication)
1.2. Not Allowed (Authorisation)
2. Format Error
2.1. Invalid
2.2. Mandatory Element Missing
2.3. Conditional Element Missing
3. Conditions of Use Not Satisfied
3.1. Unsupported
3.2. Maximum Size Exceeded
3.3. Already in Use (Uniqueness)
3.4. Invalid Destination
3.5. Invalid Transition
3.6. Related Objects Exists
3.7. Unavailable
3.8. Refused
3.9 Unknown
4. Processing Error
4.1. Function Already in Progress
4.2. Execution Error
4.3. Stopped on Warning
4.4. Busy
4.5. Operation Already Processed
4.6. Not Present / Missing
4.7. Generation Not Possible
V3.0 Page 142 of 297

4.8. Insufficient Memory

4.9. Unassigned
5. Transport Error
5.1. Inaccessible
5.2. Timeout
5.3. Time to Live Expired
5.4 Delivered With No Response
5.5 Connection Lost
6. Security Error
6.1. Verification Failed
6.2. Decipher Failed
5.1.6.3 Status Code Example

Identification issue example:
State: The function requester tries to access a function, but its credentials are not known to
the function provider
Function processing: The function provider raises an internal exception, as the function
requester couldn’t be identified
Returned Status Code:
 Subject code: 1.1 – Function requester

 Reason code: 1.1 – Unknown
Platform Management issue:
State: The function requester tries to create a new ISD-P, but with an ICCID already in used
for another Profile
Function processing: The function provider raises an internal exception, as there is a

conflicting AID.
Returned Status Code:
 Subject code: 8.2.1 – Profile ICCID

 Reason code: 3.3 – Already in use
5.1.6.4 Common Function Status Code

The following table provides the normative list of status codes that may be raised by any
function defined in this specification. These statuses shall be implemented.
In addition each function may raise additional specific status codes. In that case, it is defined
explicitly in the function description.
V3.0 Page 143 of 297

As an implementer’s choice, it is also possible that a function may return additional status
codes not described in this specification. The function caller shall be ready to handle such
situation.
Common status code when ‘Function execution status’ is ‘failed’
Subject Reason
Subject Reason Description
code code
Unknown
Function
1.1 1.1 (Identification or The function caller is unknown to the function provider.
requester
Authentication)
Function Not allowed
1.1 1.2 The function caller is not allowed to use this function.
requester (authorisation)
Function Internal processing error (this status code shall be returned only
1.2 4.2 Execution error
provider when no more accurate status code can be returned)
Function
1.2 4.4 Busy Busy: not possible to process the function for the moment
provider
Validity The requested validity period is not accepted by the function
1.2.1 3.8 Refused
period provider.
An input parameter of the function is invalid (wrong format, not

acceptable value…). The contextual message conveyed with the
1.6 Function 2.1 Invalid
status code data shall indicate the name of the concerned
parameter.
A mandatory input parameter of the function is missing. The

Mandatory Element
1.6 Function 2.2 contextual message conveyed with the status code data shall
Missing
indicate the name of the concerned parameter.
A conditional input parameter of the function is missing. The

Conditional Element
1.6 Function 2.3 contextual message conveyed with the status code data shall
Missing
indicate the name of the concerned parameter.
Table 115: Function Execution Status ‘Failed’ Codes
Common status code when ‘Function execution status’ is ‘Expired’
Subject Reason
code Code
The function execution request has expired (end of validity period has been
Time to
reached). This may be because the server had no time to execute the function or
1.6 Function 5.3 live
because the function was requesting a remote communication with the eUICC
expired
which was not present on the network during all the validity period.
Table 116: Function Execution Status ‘Expired’ Codes
5.2 ES1 (EUM – SM-SR) Interface Description
5.2.1 Register EIS

Function name: RegisterEIS
Related Procedures: eUICC registration at SM-SR: register a new EIS
V3.0 Page 144 of 297

Function Provider: SM-SR
Description:
This function allows an eUICC Manufacturer (EUM) to register an eUICC represented by its
eUICC Information Set (EIS) within an identified SM-SR information database.
The EIS contains the complete set of data that is applicable for the SM-SR to manage the
lifecycle of this eUICC. This data set is split in two different parts:
A fixed signed part containing the identification of the eUICC

A variable part containing the keys for the Platform Management plus the list of the
different Profile loaded with the identified eUICC
This function may return:
 A ‘Function execution status’ with ‘Executed-success’ indicating that the registration

function has been successfully executed on the SM-SR as requested by the function
caller.
section ‎5.1.6.4
 A ‘Function execution status’ indicating ‘Failed’ with a status code as defined in
section ‎5.1.6.4 of a specific status code as defined in the table below.
Additional input data:
Input data name Description Type No. MOC
This is the eUICC Information Set of the eUICC.

EIS See section 5.1.1.1 for type description. EIS 1-N M
The list of EIS data fields that shall be included is defined in ‎Annex E.
Table 117: Register EIS Additional Input Data
Specific status codes
Subject Reason
code code
Indicates that the EIS identified by this EID, is already register within the
8.6 EIS 1.3 Already registered
EIS database of the SM-SR
Error in signature
8.6 EIS 1.4 During the verification of the EIS signature, an error occurred.
calculation
During the consistency review of the EIS data, an error was found (for
8.6 EIS 1.5 Data inconsistency
example free memory is bigger than full memory)
Table 118: Register EIS Specific Status Codes
5.3 ES2 (MN0 – SM-DP) Interface Description
5.3.1 Getting eUICC Information

Function name: GetEIS
V3.0 Page 145 of 297

Function Provider: SM-DP
Description: This function allows the MNO to retrieve up to date the EIS information. The
SM-DP shall forward the function request to the SM-SR “ES3.GetEIS” as defined in
section ‎5.4.1.
Identification of the targeted eUICC to be audited.

eid EID 1 M
smsr-id Identification of the SM-SR currently in charge of eUICC management. OID 1 M

Table 119: Get EIS Additional Input Data
Additional output data:
The relevant eUICC Information Set of the eUICC

eis See section ‎5.1.1.1 for type description. EIS 1 M
Table 120: Get EIS Additional Output Data
In addition to those returned by ES3.UpdatePolicyRules, this function may return:
Subject Reason
code code
Indicates that the SM-SR, identified by this smsr-id, is unknown to or whose address
8.7 SM-SR 3.9 Unknown
cannot be solved by the SM-DP
Table 121: Get EIS Specific Status Codes
5.3.2 Download a Profile

Function name: DownloadProfile
V3.0 Page 146 of 297

Description: This function allows the MNO to request that the SM-DP downloads a Profile,
identified by its ICCID, via the SM-SR identified by the MNO on the target eUICC, the eUICC
being identified by its EID.
Function flow
Upon reception of the function request, the SM-DP shall perform the following minimum set
of verifications:
 The SM-DP shall verify it is responsible for downloading and installation of the Profile
SM-DP may provide additional verifications.
In case one of these conditions is not satisfied, the SM-DP shall refuse the function request
and return a ‘Function execution status’ indicating ‘Failed’ with the relevant status code (see
table below).
The SM-DP shall perform/execute the function according to the Profile Download and
Installation procedure described in section ‎3.1.
 A ‘Function execution status’ with ‘Executed-success’ indicating that the function has
been successfully executed by the function provider as requested by the function
caller.
section ‎5.1.6.4
section ‎5.1.6.4 or a specific status code as defined in the table below.
Identification of the target eUICC.

eid EID 1 M

This information may change during the eUICC's lifetime.
profileType Identification of the Profile type to download and install in the eUICC. String 1 C
Identification of the Profile to download and install.

iccid ICCID 1 C
enableProfile Indicates if the Profile shall be enabled after downloading and installation. BOOLEAN 1 M
Table 122: Download Profile Additional Input Data
V3.0 Page 147 of 297

NOTE: MNO can either provide ICCID or the Profile type. In case the Profile type is
provided, the SM-DP is free to select one of the Profiles that matches the
Profile type.
V3.0 Page 148 of 297

iccid Indicates the Profile ICCID that has been downloaded and installed ICCID 1 C
Contains the detailed error returned by the eUICC in case the function execution Hex
euiccResponseData failed on eUICC. The response data is defined in ES5 depending of the requested 1 O
function. binary
Table 123: Download Profile Additional Output Data
Subject Reason
Code code
8.1.1 EID 3.9 Unknown Indicates that the eUICC, identified by this EID, is unknown to the SM-SR.
Profile
8.2.1 3.9 Unknown Indicates that the Profile, identified by this iccid is unknown to the SM-DP.
ICCID
Profile Not Allowed Indicates that the function caller is not allowed to perform this function on
8.2.1 1.2
ICCID (Authorisation) the target Profile.
Profile Indicates that the Profile type identified by this profileType is unknown to
8.2.5 3.9 Unknown
Type the SM-DP.
8.2.5 1.2
Type (Authorisation) the ProfileType.
Error during execution of the enabling command on the eUICC. The

8.4 ISD-R 4.2 Execution error output data “euiccResponseData contains the exact response coming
from the eUICC except in case of fallback.
Indicates that the SM-SR, identified by this smsr-id, is unknown to or

whose address cannot be resolved by the SM-SR
Table 124: Download Profile Additional Output Data
5.3.3 Updating the Policy Rules of a Profile

Function name: UpdatePolicyRules
Description: This function allows the MNO to update POL2 of a Profile, identified by its
ICCID, and installed on an eUICC identified by its EID.
The SM-DP shall forward this function request to the identified SM-SR by calling the
ES3.UpdatePolicyRules function as defined in section ‎5.4.6.
V3.0 Page 149 of 297

Identification of the targeted eUICC.

eid EID 1 M
Identification of the Profile

iccid ICCID 1 M
smsr-id OID 1 M
Identification of the SM-SR currently in charge of eUICC management.
The POL2 to associate with the identified Profile.

pol2 POL2 1 M
Table 125: Update Policy Rules Additional Input Data
None
In addition to those returned by ES3.UpdatePolicyRules, this function may return:
Subject Reason
code code
cannot be solved by the SM-DP
Table 126: Update Policy Specific Status Codes
5.3.4 Updating eUICC Information

Function name: UpdateSubscriptionAddress
Related Procedures: Profile Download and Installation, Profile Enabling, Profile Enabling
via SM-DP
Description: This function enables the caller to update the Subscription Address for a Profile
in the eUICC Information Set (EIS) of a particular eUICC identified by the EID and ICCID.
The Subscription Address is the identifier, such as MSISDN and/or IMSI, through which the
eUICC is accessible from the SM-SR via the mobile network when the Profile is in Enabled
state. The function replaces the content of the Subscription Address. For consistency within
V3.0 Page 150 of 297

the system, it is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that all data is provided. The SM-
DP shall forward the function request to the SM-SR “ES3.UpdateSubscriptionAddress” as
defined in section ‎5.4.7.

eid EID 1 M
Identification of the target Profile.
iccid ICCID 1 M
Subscription
newSubscriptionAddress The new Subscription Address 1 M
Address
smsr-id Identification of the SM-SR currently in charge of eUICC OID 1 M

management.
Table 127: Update Subscription Address Additional Input Data
This function has no additional output data.
In addition to those returned by ES3.UpdateSubscriptionAddress, this function may return:
Subject Reason
code code
cannot be resolved by the SM-DP
Table 128: Update Subscription Address Specific Status Codes
5.3.5 Profile Enabling

Related Procedures: Profile Enabling via SM-DP
Description:
This function allows the MNO owner of the Profile to request a SM-DP to enable a Profile in
a specified eUICC, eUICC being identified by its EID.
V3.0 Page 151 of 297

The SM-DP receiving this request shall process it according to the “Profile Enabling via SM-
DP” procedure described in the section ‎3.3 of this specification.
 A ‘Function execution status’ with ‘Executed-success’ indicating that the Profile has
been enabled on the eUICC.
section ‎5.1.6.4
section ‎5.1.6.4 or a specific status code as defined in the table here after.
eid Identification of the targeted eUICC. EID 1 M

smsr-id Identification of the SM-SR currently in charge of eUICC management.

OID 1 M
Identification of the Profile to enable.

iccid ICCID 1 M
Table 129: Enable Profile Additional Input Data
 None
Subject Reason
code code
Indicates that the eUICC, identified by this EID, is unknown to the SM-
8.1.1 EID 3.9 Unknown
SR.
Profile Indicates that the Profile identified by this ICCID is unknown to the SM-
8.2.1 3.9 Unknown
ICCID SR.
Indicates that the Profile identified by this ICCID is known to the SM-SR
Profile
8.2.1 3.4 Invalid destination but installed on another eUICC than the one identified by the function
ICCID
caller.
Profile Not Allowed Indicates that the function caller is not allowed to perform this function
8.2.1 1.2
ICCID (Authorisation) on the target Profile.
8.2.2 POL1 3.8 Refused The POL1 of the impacted Profiles doesn’t allow this operation.
8.4 ISD-R 4.2 Execution error Error during execution of the enabling command on the eUICC.
whose address cannot be resolved by the function provider.
Table 130: Enable Profile Specific Status Codes
V3.0 Page 152 of 297

5.3.6 Profile Disabling

Related Procedures: Profile Disabling via SM-DP
Description: This function allows the MNO to request a Profile Disabling to the SM-DP in
charge of the management of the targeted eUICC; eUICC being identified by its EID. The
target Profile is owned by the requesting MNO.
The SM-DP receiving this request shall process it according to Profile Disabling via SM-DP
procedure described in section ‎3.5 of this specification.
been disabled on the eUICC.
section ‎5.1.6.4
section ‎5.1.6.4 or a specific status code as defined in the table here after

eid EID 1 M

Identification of the Profile to disable.
iccid ICCID 1 M
Table 131: Disable Profile Additional Input Data
None
Subject Reason
code code
Indicates that the target Profile can’t be disabled. (for example the
8.1 eUICC 3.8 Refused
Profile is the only Profile in the eUICC)
SR.
V3.0 Page 153 of 297

Profile Indicates that the Profile identified by this ICCID is unknown to the SM-
8.2.1 3.9 Unknown
ICCID SR.
Indicates that the Profile identified by this ICCID is known to the SM-SR
Profile
8.2.1 3.4 Invalid destination but installed on another eUICC than the one identified by the function
ICCID
caller.
Profile Not Allowed Indicates that the function caller is not allowed to perform this function
8.2.1 1.2
ICCID (Authorisation) on the target Profile.
8.2.2 POL1 3.8 Refused The POL1 of the target Profile doesn’t allow this operation.
8.4 ISD-R 4.2 Execution error Error during execution of the disabling command on the eUICC.

whose address cannot be solved by the SM-SR
Table 132: Disable Profile Specific Status Codes
5.3.7 Delete a Profile

Related Procedures: Profile and ISD-P Deletion
Description: This function allows the MNO to request deletion of the target ISD-P with the
Profile to the SM-DP; eUICC being identified by its EID. The SM-DP shall forward the
function request to the SM-SR “ES3.DeleteISDP” as defined in section ‎5.4.10.

eid EID 1 M

iccid ICCID 1 M
smsr-id Identification of the SM-SR currently in charge of eUICC management.

OID 1 M
Table 133: Delete Profile Additional Input Data
None
V3.0 Page 154 of 297

In addition to those returned by ES3.DeleteISDP, this function may return:
Subject Reason
code code
cannot be resolved by the SM-DP
Table 134: Delete Profile Specific Status Codes
5.3.8 Notify a Profile is Disabled

Function name: HandleProfileDisabledNotification
Related Procedures: Profile Download and Installation, Profile Enabling via SM-DP, Profile
Enabling, Fall-back Activation Procedure
Notification handler/recipient: MNO
Description:
This function shall be called to notify that the Profile identified by its ICCID has been
disabled on the eUICC identified by its EID. It is assumed that the ICCID is enough for the
SM-DP to retrieve the MNO to notify. This notification also conveys the date and time
specifying when the operation has done.
What is performed by the MNO receiving this notification is out of scope of this specification.

eid EID 1 M
Identification of the Profile that has been disabled.

iccid ICCID 1 M
Indication of the date/time when the operation has been performed.

completionTimestamp DATETIME 1 M
Table 135: Handle Profile Disabled Notification Additional Input Data
5.3.9 Notify a Profile Enabling

Function name: HandleProfileEnabledNotification
V3.0 Page 155 of 297

Related Procedures: Profile Disabling and Profile Disabling via SM-DP, Fall-back Activation
Procedure
Description:
This function shall be called to notify that the Profile identified by its ICCID has been enabled
on the eUICC identified by its EID. It is assumed that the ICCID is sufficient for the SM-DP to
retrieve the MNO to notify.
This notification also conveys the date and time specifying when the operation has been
done. What is performed by the MNO receiving this notification is out of scope of this
specification.

eid EID 1 M
Identification of the Profile that has been enabled.

iccid ICCID 1 M

Table 136: Handle Profile Enabled Notification Additional Input Data
5.3.10 Notify a SM-SR Change

Function name: HandleSMSRChangeNotification
Description: This function shall be called for notifying each MNO owning a Profile hosted in
the eUICC, identified by its EID, that the SM-SR has changed. The notification is sent by the
new SM-SR to the SM-DP, which route this notification to the MNO.
done.
This notification is not related to a particular Profile. It is up to the notification recipient to

perform any action related to each Profile that is deployed on this eUICC.
V3.0 Page 156 of 297

The relevant part of the eUICC Information Set linked with the MNO owning
the Profile hosted in the eUICC.
eis EIS 1 M
The list of EIS data fields that shall be included is defined in Annex E.

Table 137: Handle SM-SR Change Notification Additional Input Data
No output data is expected in response to this notification.
5.3.11 Notify a Profile Deletion

Function name: HandleProfileDeletedNotification
Related Procedures: Profile Enabling, Profile Enabling via SM-DP
Description: This function shall be called to notify that the Profile identified by its ICCID has
been deleted on the eUICC identified by its EID.
done. What is performed by the MNO receiving this notification is out of scope of this
specification.

eid EID 1 M
Identification of the Profile that has been deleted.

iccid ICCID 1 M

Table 138: Handle Profile Deleted Notification Additional Input Data
V3.0 Page 157 of 297

5.4 ES3 (SM-DP – SM-SR) Interface Description

Description: This function allows retrieving the eUICC Information Set (EIS) of a particular
eUICC from the SM-SR information database based on the EID. The retrieved EIS contains
only the data that is applicable for that particular SM-DP. The SM-DP utilises the retrieved
EIS, for instance, to verify the eligibility of the eUICC (for example type, certificate and
memory).
 A ‘Function execution status’ with ‘Executed-success’ indicating that the download

caller.
section ‎5.1.6.4

eid EID 1 M
Output data
name
The relevant eUICC Information Set of the eUICC. See section 5.1.1.1 for type
eis description. EIS 1 C
V3.0 Page 158 of 297

Subject Reason
code code
8.1.1 EID 1.1 Unknown Indicates that the EID is unknown to the function provider
Not Allowed Function requester is not allowed to manage this EIS, identified by
8.6 EIS 1.2
(Authorisation) this EID.
Table 141: Get EIS Specific Status Codes
5.4.2 Auditing eUICC Information

Function name: AuditEIS
Function provider: SM-SR
Description: This function allows the SM-DP to retrieve up to date the EIS information. The
SM-SR shall use the relevant functions of the ES5 interface to retrieve the information from
the eUICC. At the end of the successful execution of this function, the SM-SR shall update
its EIS database upon the basis of this information.

eid EID 1 M
Table 142: Audit EIS Additional Input Data

eis See section ‎5.1.1.1 for type description. EIS 1 M
Table 143: Audit EIS Additional Output Data
V3.0 Page 159 of 297

Subject Reason
Code code
Indicates that the eUICC, identified by this EID, is unknown to the

function provider
8.6 EIS 1.2
Delivered With No The function execution request has been delivered to remote entity
1.6 Function 5.4
Response but no response is received.
Table 144: Audit EIS Specific Status Codes
5.4.3 Create a New ISD-P in an eUICC

Function name: CreateISDP
Description: This function allows the SM-DP to request the creation of an ISD-P to the SM-
SR in charge of the management of the targeted eUICC; eUICC being identified by its EID.
Function flow
Upon reception of the function request, the SM-SR shall perform the following minimum set
of verifications:

The SM-SR is responsible for the management of the targeted eUICC

The Profile identified by its ICCID is not already present within its EIS database
(meaning allocated to another ISD-P)
 The requested amount of memory can be satisfied
SM-SR may provide additional verifications.
In case one of these conditions is not satisfied, the SM-SR shall refuse the function request
table below).
The SM-SR receiving this request shall process it according to the “Profile Download and
Installation” procedure described in the section ‎3.1 of this specification.
When the SM-SR ends successfully this function it shall update the eUICC EIS by adding a
new Profile entry in the EIS with following values:
 The iccid value received as parameter

 The isd-p-aid value as allocated by the SM-SR
V3.0 Page 160 of 297

 The mno-id value received as parameter

 The state value as ‘Created’
 The smdp-id retrieved from the authentication context of the caller
 The allocated memory value received as parameter
NOTE: The initial Subscription Address and the initial POL2 can be set after the
Profile is completely downloaded using the
“ES3.ProfileDownloadCompleted” function.
 A ‘Function execution status’ with ‘Executed-success’ indicating that the ISD-P has
been successfully created on the eUICC as requested by the function caller.
section ‎5.1.6.4

Eid EID 1 M
Identification of the Profile to download and install.

Iccid ICCID 1 M
mno-id The identification of the MNO owning the Profile OID 1 M

Indicates the amount of memory allocated to the ISD-P to contain the Profile. The
RequiredMemory Integer 1 M
value is expected in Bytes.
Indicates to the function provider that the function caller has something else to do
with the targeted eUICC right after this function execution. This indication may be
used by the function provider to decide if it has to keep the remote communication
channel with the eUICC open (this may be relevant or not, depending on the remote
communication channel. This is the case for instance for Remote Administration over
moreToDo HTTPS as defined in section 2.4.4. Boolean 1 O
The only purpose is to optimise resource management and save execution time of
the overall procedure. It is up to the function provider to support this feature or not.
This input data is optional; if missing the function provider shall consider that the
function caller has nothing else to do.
Table 145: Create ISD-P Additional Input Data
NOTE: In ES5.CreateISDP function, if the "RequiredMemory" parameter is equal to

‘00’, no "Cumulative Granted Non Volatile Memory" parameter shall be used
in INSTALL command.
V3.0 Page 161 of 297

The AID, allocated by the SM-SR, of the ISD-P containing the Profile. The
isd-p-aid Tar value is included in the AID. See Annex G “Coding of the PIX for AID 1 M
‘Embedded UICC Remote Provisioning and Management’ (Normative)”.
Contains the detailed error returned by the eUICC in case the function
Hexadecimal
euiccResponseData execution failed on eUICC. The response data is defined in ES8 depending 1 O
string
of the requested function.
Table 146: Create ISD-P Additional Output Data
Subject Reason
code code
Indicates that the eUICC, identified by this EID, is unknown to the function
8.1.1 EID 3.9 Unknown provider
Indicates that the ICCID is already allocated to another Profile managed by

Profile Already in the function provider.
8.2.1 3.3
ICCID use
Error during execution of the creation command on the eUICC. In that case,
the output data “euiccResponseData contains the exact response coming
Execution
8.4 ISD-R 4.2 from the eUICC.
error
The eUICC has not enough free memory to execute the creation of the new
Insufficient ISD-P with this required amount of memory.
8.1 eUICC 4.8
memory
Table 147: Create ISD-P Specific Status Codes
5.4.4 Download a New Profile

Function name: SendData
Description: This function allows the SM-DP to send securely commands defined in ES8
interface (i.e.: Profile download or establish a key set) to an ISD-P or the ISD-R through the
SM-SR in charge of the management of the targeted eUICC; eUICC being identified by its
EID.
Function flow
Upon reception of the function request, the SM-SR shall perform the following minimum set
of verifications:
 The SM-SR is responsible for the management of the targeted eUICC.

 The targeted ISD-P is created on the eUICC.
SM-SR may provide additional verifications.
V3.0 Page 162 of 297

table below).
This function allows sending commands defined in the ES8 interface in several steps. This
may be necessary in case of the data is too big compared to eUICC capabilities. It is up to
the function caller to determine if it has to handle this situation based on the eUICC
capabilities described in EIS.
The SM-SR is free to select the most relevant OTA protocol to communicate up to the
eUICC. As a consequence, the data format provided by the function caller shall not depend
of the selected OTA protocol capabilities (for example SM-DP can consider there is no limit
on data length). The data provided by the SM-DP shall be a list of C-APDU as defined in
ETSI TS 102 226 ‎[5] section 5.2.1. The SM-SR has the responsibility to build the final
Command script, depending on eUICC capabilities and selected protocol:

by adding the Command scripting template for definite or indefinite length,

and, if necessary, by segmenting the provided command script into several pieces
and adding the relevant Script chaining TLVs.
caller.
section ‎5.1.6.4
Input data
name

eid EID 1 M
Identification of the SD which shall process the APDUs contained in the data
sd-aid AID 1 M
argument. sd-aid could identificatify the ISD-P or the ISD-R.
The data to send into the targeted ISD-P and eUICC.
The data shall contain a list a C-APDU as defined in ETSI TS 102 226 [5], section Hexadecimal
data 1 M
5.2.1. C-APDU can contain any of the commands defined in ES8 interface. The string
commands shall be secured according to section ‎2.5.
moreToDo See section 5.4.3 for description of this input data Boolean 1 O
Table 148: Send Data Additional Input Data
V3.0 Page 163 of 297

Contains the Random Challenge (RC) in case of the key establishment

procedure or the detailed error returned by the eUICC in case of one Hexadecimal
euiccResponseData 1 C
command execution failed on eUICC. The response data is defined in ES8 string
depending of the requested function.
Table 149: Send Data Additional Output Data
Subject Reason
code code
provider
Indicates that the ISD-P or the ISD-R identified by this SD-AID is unknown to the
8.3.1 SD-AID 3.9 Unknown
function provider.
Indicates that the ISD-P or the ISD-R identified by this SD-AID is known to the
Invalid
8.3.1 SD-AID 3.4 function provider but installed on another eUICC than the one identified by the
destination
function caller.
Execution
8.3 ISD-P 4.2 Error during execution of one command, when error occurs at ISD-P level.
error
Table 150: Send Data Specific Status Codes
5.4.5 Indicating the Profile Download is Completed

Function name: ProfileDownloadCompleted
Description: This function allows the SM-DP to indicate to the SM-SR that the Profile
download (identified by its ICCID) has been completed on the eUICC; eUICC being identified
by its EID.
This function allows optionally to set a first Subscription Address, typically the MSISDN, and
saves it in the EIS, and optionally a first POL2 associated to the newly download Profile. In
case no POL2 is provided at that time, it means that the Profile won’t be protected by any
POL2 at SM-SR side. But the POL2 may be set or updated at any time later using the
“UpdatePolicyRules” function defined in section ‎5.4.6.
The Subscription Address is the identifier, such as MSISDN and/or IMSI, through which the
eUICC is accessible from the SM-SR via the mobile network when the Profile is in Enabled
state. The Subscription Address may be set or updated at any time later using the
“UpdateSubscriptionAddress” function defined in section ‎5.4.7.
V3.0 Page 164 of 297

On reception of this function request the SM-SR shall immediately update the EIS to set the
identified Profile:
 (Optional) the provided ProfileType as defined in section 5.1.1.3.4
 (Conditional) the new Subscription Address. If the Profile is to be enabled after it is

loaded then the Subscription Address becomes mandatory.
 (Optional) the provided POL2
At the end of this function call, the Profile state is “Disabled”. The SM-DP may call the
function “ES3.EnableProfile” (see section ‎5.4.8) to enable the Profile if required by the
MNO.
been correctly executed.

eid EID 1 M

iccid ICCID 1 M
Indicates, through an SM-DP reference, the type of Profile

ProfileType String 1 O
generated by the SM-DP (for example 3G_16K)
SUBSCRIPTION-
subscriptionAddress The Subscription Address related to the identified Profile 1 O
ADDRESS
pol2 The POL2 to associate with the identified Profile. POL2 1 O
Table 151: Profile Download Completed Additional Input Data
No additional data
Subject Subject Reason Reason Description
code code
8.1.1 EID 3.9 Unknown Indicates that the eUICC, identified by this EID, is unknown to the function
provider
V3.0 Page 165 of 297

8.2.1 Profile 3.9 Unknown Indicates that the Profile identified by this ICCID is unknown to the function
ICCID provider.
8.2.1 Profile 3.4 Invalid Indicates that the Profile identified by this ICCID is known to the function
ICCID destination provider but installed on another eUICC than the one identified by the
function caller.
8.2.3 POL2 2.1 Invalid Indicates that the POL2 is invalid
Table 152: Profile Download Completed Specific Status Codes

Description: This function allows the SM-DP authorised by the MNO to update POL2 of a
Profile, identified by its ICCID, and installed on an eUICC identified by its EID.
The function can update a Profile in “Disabled” or “Enabled” state and shall return an error
for any other Profile state.
The function completely replaces the definition of existing POL2. It means that it is the
responsibility of the caller to provide the complete definition of POL2.
 A ‘Function execution status’ with ‘Executed-success’ indicating that the update

Policy Rules function has been successfully executed by the SM-SR as requested by
the function caller.
section ‎5.1.6.4

eid EID 1 M

iccid ICCID 1 M
V3.0 Page 166 of 297

The POL2 to associate with the identified Profile.

pol2 POL2 1 M
Table 153: Update Policy Rules Additional Input Data
Table 154: Void
Subject Reason
code code
provider
Profile Indicates that the Profile identified by this ICCID is unknown to the function
8.2.1 3.9 Unknown
ICCID provider.
Indicates that the Profile identified by this ICCID is known to the function
Profile Invalid
8.2.1 3.4 provider but installed on another eUICC than the one identified by the
ICCID destination
function caller.
8.2.3 POL2 2.1 Invalid Indicates that the POL2 is invalid.
Table 155: Update Policy Rules Specific Status Codes

Related Procedures: Profile Download and Installation, Profile Enabling, Profile Enabling
via SM-DP
Description: This function enables the caller to update the Subscription Address for a
Profile in the eUICC Information Set (EIS) of a particular eUICC identified by the EID and
ICCID. The Subscription Address is the identifier, such as MSISDN and/or IMSI, through
which the eUICC is accessible from the SM-SR via the mobile network when the Profile is in
Enabled state. The function replaces the content of the Subscription Address. For
consistency within the system, it is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that all data is
provided. This function may return:
 A ‘Function execution status’ with ‘Executed-success’ indicating that the

UpdateSubscriptionAddress function has been successfully executed by the SM-SR
as requested by the function caller.
V3.0 Page 167 of 297


eid EID 1 M

iccid ICCID 1 M
newSubscriptionAddress The new Subscription Address Subscription Address 1 M
This function has no additional output data:
Subject Reason
code code
Indicates that the EIS identified by this EID, is unknown to

Indicates that the Profile identified by the ICCID, is unknown

8.2.1 ICCID 1.1 Unknown
to the function provider
Subscription Not Allowed Function requester is not allowed to manage the

8.2.6 1.2
Address (Authorisation) Subscription Address.
Table 157: Update Subscription Address Specific Status Codes

Related Procedures: Profile Enabling via SM-DP
Description: This function allows the SM-DP to request a Profile Enabling to the SM-SR in
target Profile is managed by the SM-DP authorised by the MNO owner of the Profile.
The SM-SR receiving this request shall process it according to “Profile Enabling via SM-DP”
procedure described in the section ‎3.3 of this specification.
V3.0 Page 168 of 297


section ‎5.1.6.4
section ‎5.1.6.4 of a specific status code as defined in the table here after.
eid Identification of the targeted eUICC. EID 1 M


iccid ICCID 1 M
Contains the detailed error returned by the eUICC in case the function
Hexadecimal
euiccResponseData execution failed on eUICC. The response data is defined in ES8 1 O
String
depending of the requested function.
Table 159: Enable Profile Additional Output Data
Subject Reason
code code

function provider.
Profile Indicates that the Profile identified by this ICCID is unknown to the
8.2.1 3.9 Unknown
ICCID function provider.
Profile
8.2.1 3.4 Invalid destination provider but installed on another eUICC than the one identified by the
ICCID
function caller.
8.2.1 1.2
Error during execution of the enabling command on the eUICC. In that
8.4 ISD-R 4.2 Execution error case, the output data “euiccResponseData” contains the exact response
coming from the eUICC.

Related Procedures: Profile Disabling via SM-DP
V3.0 Page 169 of 297

Description: This function allows the SM-DP authorised by the MNO to request a Profile
Disabling to the SM-SR in charge of the management of the targeted eUICC, eUICC being
identified by its EID. The target Profile shall be owned by the requesting MNO.
The SM-SR receiving this request shall process it according to Profile Disabling procedure
described in section ‎3.5 of this specification.
section ‎5.1.6.4
section ‎5.1.6.4 or a specific status code as defined in the table here after

eid EID 1 M

iccid ICCID 1 M
Contains the detailed error returned by the eUICC in case of the Hexadecimal
euiccResponseData 1 O
function execution failed at the eUICC. String
Table 162: Disable Profile Additional Output Data
Subject Reason
code code
Indicates that the target Profile can’t be disabled. (for example the Profile
8.1 eUICC 3.8 Refused
is the only Profile in the eUICC)
SR.
Profile
8.2.1 3.9 Unknown Indicates that the Profile identified by this ICCID is unknown to SM-SR.
ICCID
Profile Indicates that the Profile identified by this ICCID is known to the SM-SR
8.2.1 3.4 Invalid destination
ICCID but installed on another eUICC than the one identified by the function
V3.0 Page 170 of 297

caller.
8.2.1 1.2
Error during execution of the disabling command on the eUICC. In that

8.4 ISD-R 4.2 Execution error case, the output data “euiccResponseData contains the exact response
5.4.10 Delete an ISD-P

Function name: DeleteISDP
Related Procedures: Profile and ISD-P Deletion via SM-DP
Description: This function allows the SM-DP to request deletion of the target ISD-P with the
Profile to the SM-SR in charge of the management of the targeted eUICC; eUICC being
identified by its EID. The target Profile can only be a Profile that can be managed by the SM-
DP authorised by the MNO.
On reception of the function request, the SM-SR shall perform the following minimum set of
verifications:
 The SM-SR is responsible for the management of the targeted eUICC

 The ISD-P identified by its AID exists on the targeted eUICC
 The SM-DP is authorised to delete the target Profile by the MNO owning the target
Profile.
 The POL2 of the target Profile allows the deletion
 The target Profile is not the Profile having the Fall-back Attribute
The SM-SR may provide additional verifications.
table below).
The SM-SR receiving this request shall process it according to “Profile and ISD-P deletion
via SM-DP” procedure described in section ‎3.7 of this specification.
In case the target Profile is “Enabled”, the SM-SR shall automatically disable it before
executing the deletion. This function is described in section ‎4.1.1.3 of this specification.
been deleted on the eUICC.
V3.0 Page 171 of 297


section ‎5.1.6.4

eid EID 1 M
iccid Identification of the Profile to delete. ICCID 1 M
Table 164: Delete ISD-P Additional Input Data
Contains the detailed error returned by the eUICC in case the function execution
failed on eUICC. The response data is defined in ES8 depending of the requested
euiccResponseData function. Byte[] 1 O
Table 165: Delete ISD-P Additional Output Data
V3.0 Page 172 of 297

Subject Reason
code code
provider.
Profile Indicates that the Profile identified by this ICCID is unknown to the
8.2.1 3.9 Unknown
ICCID function provider.
Profile
ICCID
function caller.
8.2.1 1.2
Profile Indicates that the Profile cannot be deleted because it is the last Profile of
8.2.1 3.8 Refused
ICCID the eUICC or the Fall-back Profile.
8.2.2 POL1 3.8 Refused The POL1 of the Profile doesn’t allow this operation.
Error during execution of the deletion (or disabling) command on the

8.4 ISD-R 4.2 Execution error eUICC. In that case, the output data “euiccResponseData contains the
exact response coming from the eUICC.
Table 166: Delete ISD-P Specific Status Codes
NOTE: Stating that in case of disable function is performed as automatic operation

before deletion, this function may raises any status code coming of the
execution of the function defined in section ‎5.1.6.4.
5.4.11 Update Connectivity Parameters

Function name: UpdateConnectivityParameters
Description: This function allows the MNO, or the SM-DP authorised by the MNO to update
the Connectivity Parameters store in the ISD-P, identified by its ICCID, and installed on an
eUICC identified by its EID.
The function can update a Profile in “Disabled” or “Enabled” state and shall return an error
for any other Profile state.
The function updates the definition of existing Connectivity Parameters.
V3.0 Page 173 of 297

 A ‘Function execution status’ with ‘Executed-success’ indicating that the update of the
Connectivity Parameters function has been successfully executed by the SM-SR as
requested by the function caller.
section ‎5.1.6.4

eid EID 1 M

iccid ICCID 1 M
The connectivityParameters to associate with the identified Profile as

Hexadecimal
connectivityParameters describe in section 4.1.3.4 “Connectivity Parameters Update using 1 M
String
SCP03”.
Table 167: Update Connectivity Parameters Additional Input Data
Contains the detailed error returned by the eUICC in case of update of the Hexadecimal
Connectivity Parameters in the ISD-P on the targeted eUICC. String
Table 168: Update Connectivity Parameters Additional Output Data
Subject Reason
code code
provider
8.2.1 3.9 Unknown
ICCID provider.
Profile Invalid
8.2.1 3.4 provider but installed on another eUICC than the one identified by the function
ICCID destination
caller.
Error during execution of Connectivity Parameters update. In that case, the

Execution
8.3 ISD-P 4.2 output data “euiccResponseData” contains the exact response coming from
error
the eUICC.
V3.0 Page 174 of 297

Table 169: Update Connectivity Parameters Specific Status Codes

Related Procedures: Profile Download and Installation, Profile Enabling via SM-DP, Fall-
back Activation Procedure
Notification handler/recipient: SM-DP
been disabled on the eUICC identified by its EID. ICCID may be not enough to identify right
address of recipient, SM-SR should map it internally to MNO notification endpoint.
This notification also conveys the date and time specifying when the operation has done.
In case of multiply handlers are served SM-SR should ensure completionTimestamp to be

equal for every message.

eid EID 1 M

Iccid ICCID 1 M
Identification of the MNO owner of the Profile that has been disabled.
mno-id OID 1 M


Related Procedures: Profile Disabling, Fall-back Activation Procedure
V3.0 Page 175 of 297

been enabled on the eUICC identified by its EID. ICCID may be not enough to identify right
done. In case of multiply handlers are served SM-SR should ensure completionTimestamp
to be equal for every message.

eid EID 1 M

iccid ICCID 1 M
Identification of the MNO owner of the Profile that has been enabled.
mno-id OID 1 M

5.4.14 Notify an SM-SR Change

Description: This function shall be called for notifying each SM-DP authorised by the MNO
owning a Profile hosted in the eUICC, identified by its EID, that the SM-SR has changed.
The notification is sent by the new SM-SR to the SM-DP, which shall route this notification to
the MNO..
done.

perform any action related to each Profile that is deployed on this eUICC
V3.0 Page 176 of 297

eis EIS 1 M
Identification of the MNO concerned by the SM-SR change.

mno-id OID 1 M
See 5.1.1.1 for type description.

Related Procedures: Profile Enabling, Profile Enabling via SM-DP
been deleted on the eUICC identified by its EID. ICCID may be not enough to identify right
address of recipient; SM-SR should map it internally to SM-DP notification endpoint.
done. In case of multiply handlers are served, SM-SR should ensure ‘completionTimestamp’

eid EID 1 M

iccid ICCID 1 M
mno-id Identification of the MNO owner of the Profile that has been deleted. OID 1 M
V3.0 Page 177 of 297


5.5 ES4 (MNO – SM-SR) Interface Description

Description: This function allows retrieving the eUICC Information Set (EIS) of a particular
eUICC from the SM-SR information database based on the EID. The retrieved EIS contains
only the data that is applicable for that particular MNO. The MNO utilises the retrieved EIS,
for instance, to verify the eligibility of the eUICC (for example type, certificate and memory).
 A ‘Function execution status’ with ‘Executed-success’ indicating that the download

caller.
section ‎5.1.6.4 a ‘Function execution status’ indicating ‘Failed’ with a status code as
defined in section ‎5.1.6.4 of a specific status code as defined in the table below.

eid EID 1 M

eis See section 5.1.1.1 for type description. EIS 1 C
V3.0 Page 178 of 297

V3.0 Page 179 of 297

Subject Reason
code code
8.1.1 EID 1.1 Unknown Indicates that the EID, is unknown to the function provider
8.6 EIS 1.2
Table 176: Get EIS Specific Status Code

Description: This function allows the MNO to update POL2 of a Profile, identified by its
ICCID, and installed on an eUICC identified by its EID.
The general description of this function is detailed in section ‎5.4.6 of this specification.

Description: This function enables the caller to update the Subscription Address for a
Profile in the eUICC Information Set (EIS) of a particular eUICC identified by the EID and
ICCID. The function replaces the content of the Subscription Address. For consistency within
the system, it is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that all data is provided. This
function may return:

UpdateSubscriptionAddress function has been successfully executed by the SM-SR
as requested by the function caller.
V3.0 Page 180 of 297


eid EID 1 M

iccid ICCID 1 M
newSubscriptionAddress The new Subscription Address Subscription Address 1 M
This function has no additional output data.
Subject Reason
code code
Indicates that the EIS identified by this EID, is unknown to

Indicates that the Profile identified by the ICCID, is unknown

8.2.1 ICCID 1.1 Unknown
to the function provider
Subscription Not Allowed Function caller is not allowed to manage the Subscription
8.2.6 1.2
Address (Authorisation) Address.
Table 178: Update Subscription Address Status Codes
5.5.4 Auditing eUICC Information

Function name: AuditEIS
Function provider: SM-SR
Description: This function allows the MNO to retrieve the up to date information for the
MNO’s Profiles. The SM-SR shall only provide information for the Profiles owned by the
requesting MNO. The SM-SR shall use the relevant functions of the ES5 interface to retrieve
the information from the eUICC. The SM-SR shall update its EIS database upon the basis of
this information.
V3.0 Page 181 of 297

Identification of the targeted eUICC.to be audited

eid EID 1 M
iccid-list List of “iccid” identifying Profiles to be audited ICCID 1..N C
Table 179: AuditEIS Additional Input Data
If no list of ICCIDs is provided, it is implied that all the EIS data for the Profiles owned by the
requesting MNO is required.
Output
data Description Type No. MOC
name
For the relevant eUICC Information Set see section 5.1.1.1 for type description. The list of
EIS data fields that shall be included is defined in Annex E.Only data for the requested
Eis EIS 1 M
Profiles is returned within EIS. The Profiles that do not belong to the requestor are not included
in the response. This access control function is realised within the SM-SR, there is no need to
limit the data on the eUICC side.
Table 180: AuditEIS Additional Output Data
Subject Reason
code code

function provider
Not Allowed One or more Profiles identified by ICCIDs in the list do not belong to
8.2 Profile 1.2
(Authorisation) function requester
8.6 EIS 1.2
Delivered With No The function execution request has been delivered to the remote
1.6 Function 5.4
Response entity but no response is received.
Table 181: AuditEIS Additional Specific Status Codes

V3.0 Page 182 of 297

Description: This function allows the MNO to request a Profile Enabling to the SM-SR in
target Profile is managed by the MNO.
verifications:

 The Profile identified by its ICCID is loaded on the targeted eUICC.
 The target Profile is owned by the requesting MNO.
 The target Profile is in Disabled state
 The POL2 of the target Profile and the POL2 of the currently Enabled Profile allow the
enabling.
table below).
The SM-SR receiving this request shall process it according to “Profile Enabling” procedure
described in the section ‎3.2 of this specification.

section ‎5.1.6.4
 A ‘Function execution status’ indicating ‘Failed’
with a status code indicating a Unknown eUICC
with a status code indicating a Unknown ICCID
 With a status code as defined in section ‎5.1.6.4 or a specific status code as defined in
the table below.

Eid EID 1 M

Iccid ICCID 1 M
Contains the detailed error returned by the eUICC in case the function execution Hex
failed on eUICC. The response data is defined in ES5 depending of the requested binary
V3.0 Page 183 of 297

function.
Table 183: Enable Profile Additional Output Data
Subject Reason
code code
provider.
8.2.1 3.9 Unknown
ICCID provider.
Profile
ICCID
function caller.
8.2.1 1.2
8.2.2 POL1 3.8 Refused The POL1 of one the impacted Profiles don’t allow this operation.
8.2.3 POL2 3.8 Refused The POL2 of one the impacted Profiles don’t allow this operation.
Error during execution of the enabling command on the eUICC. In that
8.4 ISD-R 4.2 Execution error case, the output data “euiccResponseData contains the exact response

Related Procedures: Profile Disabling
Description: This function allows the MNO to request a Profile Disabling to the SM-SR in
targeted is owned by the requesting MNO.
The SM-SR receiving this request shall process it according to “Profile disabling” procedure
described in section ‎3.4 of this specification.
section ‎5.1.6.4
 A ‘Function execution status’ indicating ‘Failed’
 with a status code as defined in section ‎5.1.6.4 or a specific status code as defined in
the table below
V3.0 Page 184 of 297


eid EID 1 M

iccid ICCID 1 M
No. MOC
Output data name Description Type
Contains the detailed error returned by the eUICC in case the function execution 1 O
Hex
euiccResponseData failed on eUICC. The response data is defined in ES5 depending of the requested binary
function.
Table 186: Disable Profile Additional Output Data
Subject Reason
code code
Indicates that the target Profile can’t be disabled. (for example the Profile is
8.1 UICC 3.8 Refused
the only Profile in the eUICC)
provider.
8.2.1 3.9 Unknown
ICCID provider.
Profile
ICCID
function caller.
8.2.1 1.2
Error during execution of the disabling command on the eUICC. In that

8.4 ISD-R 4.2 Execution error case, the output data “euiccResponseData” contains the exact response
V3.0 Page 185 of 297

5.5.7 Delete a Profile

Related Procedures: Profile and ISD-P Deletion
Description: This function allows the MNO to request deletion of the target ISD-P with the
Profile to the SM-SR in charge of the management of the targeted eUICC; eUICC being
identified by its EID. The target Profile can only be a Profile owned by the requesting MNO.
verifications:

 The ISD-P identified by its AID exists on the targeted eUICC.
 The POL2 of the target Profile allows the deletion.
 The target Profile is not the Profile having the Fall-back Attribute.
 The target Profile is owned by the requesting MNO and the function request is
authorised by the MNO owning the target Profile.
table below).
The SM-SR receiving this request shall process it according to “ISD-P Deletion” procedure
described in the section ‎3.6 of this specification.
In case the target Profile is “Enabled”, the SM-SR shall automatically disable it before
executing the deletion. This function is described in section ‎4.1.1.3.
been deleted on the eUICC.
section ‎5.1.6.4

eid EID 1 M
V3.0 Page 186 of 297

Identification of the Profile to delete.

iccid ICCID 1 M
Table 188: Delete Profile Additional InputDdata
Contains the detailed error returned by the eUICC in case the function execution
euiccResponseData Byte[] 1 O
failed on eUICC
Table 189: Delete Profile Additional Output Data
Subject Reason
code code
provider.
8.2.1 3.9 Unknown
ICCID provider.
Profile
ICCID
function caller.
8.2.1 1.2
Profile Indicates that the Profile cannot be deleted because it is the last Profile of
8.2.1 3.8 Refused
ICCID the eUICC or the Fall-back Profile.
Error during execution of the deletion (or disabling) command on the

8.4 ISD-R 4.2 Execution error eUICC. In that case, the output data “euiccResponseData” contains the
Table 190: Delete Profile Specific Status Codes
NOTE: Stating that in case of disable function is performed as automatic operation

before deletion, this function may raises any status code coming of the
execution of the function section ‎5.1.6.4.
5.5.8 Prepare SM-SR Change

Function name: PrepareSMSRChange
V3.0 Page 187 of 297

Description: This function allows the Initiator to request to a new SM-SR to prepare for a
change for an eUICC identified by its EID.
The check is used to give the opportunity to the new SM-SR to ensure that any necessary
business agreement is in place.

PrepareSMSRChange function has been successfully executed on the SM-SR as
section ‎5.1.6.4 (Note: This Status is under validation by WI4 to be definitively
included)
provide the EID of the eUICC

eid EID 1 M
Identification of the current SM-SR.

currentSMSRid OID 1 M
Table 191: Prepare SM-SR Change Additional Input Data
Table 192: Void
Table 193: Void
Subject Reason
Code code
Function
Condition Of Use Not Indicates that function provider is not capable of managing the
1.2 Provide 3
satisfied eUICC identified by this EID,
r
Table 194: Prepare SM-SR Change Specific Status Codes
V3.0 Page 188 of 297

5.5.9 SM-SR Change

Function name: SMSRChange
Description: This function allows the initiator to request to the current SM-SR to change for
a specific eUICC identified by its EID.
The SM-SR receiving this request shall process it according to the “SM-SR Change”
procedure described in GSMA Remote Provisioning Architecture for Embedded UICC ‎[1].
caller.
 A ‘Function execution status’ indicating ‘Expired’ with the status code as defined in
section ‎5.1.6.4. A ‘Function execution status’ indicating ‘Failed’ with a status code as
defined in section ‎5.1.6.4 of a specific status code as defined in the Specific status
code table below.

eid EID 1 M
Identification of the new SM-SR.

targetSMSRid OID 1 M
Table 195: SM-SR Change Additional Input Data
Subject Reason
Code code
Indicates that the EID , is unknown to the

function provider
Not Allowed Function requester is not allowed to manage

8.1 eUICC 1.2
(Authorisation) the eUICC
Error during the creation of a new key set at
8.4 ISD-R 4.2 Execution error
the ISD-R level
eUICC Certificate Authority
8.5.2 6.3 Certificate Expired ECASD Certificate Expired
Certification
Table 196: SM-SR Change Specific Status Codes
V3.0 Page 189 of 297


Related Procedures: Profile Download and Installation, Profile Enabling, Fall-back

Activation Procedure
been disabled on the eUICC identified by its EID. ICCID may be not enough to identify right
This notification also conveys the date and time specifying when the operation has done.
In case of multiply handlers are served SM-SR should ensure completionTimestamp to be

equal for every message.

eid EID 1 M

iccid ICCID 1 M


Related Procedures: Profile Disabling, Fall-back Activation Procedure
been enabled on the eUICC identified by its EID. ICCID may be not enough to identify right
V3.0 Page 190 of 297

done. In case of multiply handlers are served SM-SR should ensure completionTimestamp

eid EID 1 M

iccid ICCID 1 M

5.5.12 Notify a SM-SR Change

Description: This function shall be called for notifying each MNO owning a Profile hosted in
the eUICC, identified by its EID, that the SM-SR has changed. The notification is sent by the
new SM-SR.
done.

perform any action related to each Profile that is deployed on this eUICC.
eis EIS 1 M

V3.0 Page 191 of 297


Related Procedures: Profile enabling, Profile Enabling via SM-DP
been deleted on the eUICC identified by its EID. ICCID may be not enough to identify right
address of recipient; SM-SR should map it internally to MNO notification endpoint.
done. In case of multiply handlers are served SM-SR should ensure ‘completionTimestamp’

eid EID 1 M

iccid ICCID 1 M

5.6 ES7 (SM-SR – SM-SR) Interface Description
5.6.1 Create Additional Key Set

Function name: CreateAdditionalKeySet
Function Provider: current SM-SR
V3.0 Page 192 of 297

Description: This function enables a new SM-SR to request for a new key set to be created
in the ISD-R for the eUICC identified by the EID. The new key set belongs the new SM-SR
and is unknown to the current SM-SR.
The current SM-SR shall map this function onto the second STORE DATA command in the
ES5.establishISDRKeySet, see section ‎4.1.1.8. The following parameters used within this
command as defined in ‎Table 42 are not provided by the new SM-SR and it is the current
SM-SR’s responsibility to set these parameters as defined below.
 Key Usage Qualifier shall be set to '10' (3 secure channel keys)

 Key Access shall be set to ‘00’ (The key may be used by the Security Domain and
any associated Application)
 Key Type shall be set to ‘88’ (AES)
caller.
section ‎5.1.6.4

eid EID 1 M
See 5.1.1.1 for type description.
keyVersionNumber The Key Version Number of the to-be-created keyset. Integer 1 O
initialSequenceCounter The initial value of the Sequence Counter of the keyset Integer 1 O
Enumeration
{ECC-256,
eccKeyLength The length of the Elliptic Curve Cryptography keys. ECC-354, 1 M

ECC-512,
ECC-521 }
Scenario parameter as defined in Table 4-17 of the

Hexadecimal String
scenarioParameter 1 M
Amendment E of GlobalPlatform 2.2 Card representation of 1 Byte
Specification [11]
Host ID as defined in Table 4-17 of the

hostId Hexadecimal String 1 C
Amendment E of GlobalPlatform 2.2 Card
Specification [11]
ephemeralPublicKey The ephemeral public key calculated by new SM-SR Byte[] 1 M
The signature associated to the authenticate SM-SR

function.
signature Hexadecimal String 1 M
The signature is computed off-card by the new SM-SR
SK.SR. ECDSA. See section 4.1.1.8
V3.0 Page 193 of 297

Table 201: Create Additional Key Set Additional Input Data
A random number generated in the SE for additional

derivationRandom Hexadecimal String 1 C
entropy in the key derivation process
A Message Authentication Code (MAC) Hexadecimal String 1 M

receipt
Table 202: Create Additional Key Set Additional Output Data
Subject Reason
code code
Error during the creation of the key set at the ISD-R level. In
Execution
8.4  ISD-R 4.2
error
that case, the output data “euiccResponseData contains the
Table 203: Create Additional Key Set Specific Status Codes
5.6.2 Handover eUICC Information

Function name: HandoverEUICC
Description: This function enables to request for the handover management of an eUICC
represented by its eUICC Information Set (EIS).
The EIS contains the complete set of data including information about Profiles, audit trail,
which is applicable for the SM-SR to manage the lifecycle of this eUICC
The function provider shall execute the function accordingly to the procedure detailed in
section ‎3.8. The handover is only committed at the end of the successfully procedure
execution.
 A ‘Function execution status’ with ‘Executed-success’ indicating that the register

eUICC function has been successfully executed on the SM-SR as requested by the
function caller.
section ‎5.1.6.4
V3.0 Page 194 of 297


Input data
name
The eUICC Information Set of the eUICC
EIS 1 M
eis See section 5.1.1.1 for type description. The list of EIS data fields that shall be
included is defined in Annex E.
Table 204: Handover EUICC Additional Input Data
Subject Reason
code code
Condition Of
Indicates that function provider is not capable of managing the
1.2 Function Provider 3 Use Not
eUICC identified by this EID.
satisfied
Indicates that the preparation step hasn’t been performed for the
eUICC
Error during the creation of the key set at the ISD-R level. In that
8.4 ISD-R 4.2 Execution error case, the output data “euiccResponseData contains the exact
response coming from the eUICC.
eUICC Certificate
Certificate
8.5.2 Authority 6.3 ECASD Certificate expired
Expired
Certificate
Table 205: Handover eUICC Specific Status Codes
5.6.3 Authenticate SM-SR

Function name: AuthenticateSMSR
Description: This function is used to authenticate the new SM-SR to the eUICC identified by
the EID. The function will return the random challenge generated by the eUICC to be used to
create the signature for the second step in the SM-SR key establishment procedure.
V3.0 Page 195 of 297


AuthenticateSMSR function has been successfully executed by the SM-SR as
section ‎5.1.6.4

eid EID 1 M
SM-SR Certificate.
The format of this field is a byte array which

smsrCertificate content corresponds to the full content of tag Byte[] 1 M
'7F21' (including the two '7F21' bytes)
defined in Table 39
Table 206: Authenticate SM-SR Additional Input Data
The random
randomChallenge Byte[] 1 M
challenge
Table 207: Authenticate SM-SR Additional Output Data
Subject Reason
code code
Error during the creation of the Random Challenge at the ISD-R

8.4 ISD-R 4.2 Execution error
level
SM-SR Certificate
8.5.3 6.3 SM-SR certificate expired
Certificate Expired
Table 208: Authenticate SM-SR Specific Status Codes
Table 209: Void
V3.0 Page 196 of 297

Annex A Mapping of Functions into Messages (Normative)

This Annex provides the mapping of the functions defined in section ‎0 into messages to be
exchanged between the Roles.
Any technology can be used to transport those messages (mail, file, Web Services…) as
soon as it is agreed between the sender and the receiver.
However, for interoperability purpose, ‎Annex B of this specification specifies the particular
binding to the Web Service technology, following the OASIS and W3C WS-* standard.
All along this Annex we can indifferently use either “function caller” or “sender entity” wording
to designate the entity that has issued the function execution request. It is also the case
regarding “function provider” and “receiver entity” to designate the entity that executes the
function.
A.1 Namespaces and Schema References

In the context of this specification, a specific namespace is used:
 rps: http://namespaces.gsma.org/esim-messaging/1
The “1” at the end of the URI indicates the major version (for example 1) of this specification.
The XML schema defined in this specification refers to the following namespaces:
 xs: Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0, W3C Recommendation as defined

in ‎[47].
 ds: XML Signature Syntax and Processing (Second Edition), W3C Recommendation
as defined in ‎[48].
A.2 Message: <rps:RPSMessage>

A message in the context of GSMA Embedded UICC Remote Provisioning and Management
is composed of a mandatory header and a mandatory body.
Figure 37: RPSMessage
V3.0 Page 197 of 297

The <rps:RPSMessage> is the root element defining a message.
The <rps:RPSMessage> can convey either a function execution request or a function

execution response.
The attribute @MessageVersion in the instance document indicates the version of the
schema used to generate the message. This attribute makes reference to the
<xs:schema>@version attribute that indicates the version of the schema. This information
may be used by the receiving entity to determine the schema to use for validation of the
incoming message.
V3.0 Page 198 of 297

A.2.1 Message Header: <rps:RPSHeader>
Figure 38: <rps:RPSHeader>
V3.0 Page 199 of 297

The <rps:RPSHeader> is composed of the following elements and attributes:
Attribute/Element Mapping/Description
The <rps:SenderEntity>/<rps:EntityId> element is mapped to the Function Requester Identifier data

<rps:SenderEntity> of the function input header (See section 5.1.4).
Provides identification about the sending entity.
This element has no particular mapping with any function input data specified in section ‎0.
<rps:SenderName> Provides the name of the sender. It represents the human user behind the system of the
<rps:SenderEntity>.
This specification doesn’t mandate anything regarding its usage by the receiver entity.
<rps:ReceiverEntity> Provides identification of the receiver entity.
Only the <rps:ReceiverEntity>/<rps:EntityID> shall be set. The
<rps:ReceiverEntity>/<rps:EntityName> shall not be set.
<rps:ResponseEndpoint> Allow the message sender to provide an URI where the response to this message, if any, shall be
returned. This is optional; if missing the receiver entity shall consider the originating point of the
message as the response endpoint.
This identifier may be used to provide end-to-end logging management between the different web
<rps:ContextId> services.
This is optional. If present, this parameter shall be included if the function provider entity generates
a new request to another function provider entity.
This information allows the sender entity to correlate several messages within a single transaction.
<rps:TransactionId> It is the sender entity responsibility to ensure uniqueness of this information.
This is optional. If present, the receiver entity shall provide the same information in the transactionId
of the function execution response message, if any.
This element (of type xs:anyURI) conveys the value of the message identifier. The value is
generated by the sender entity and must be UNIQUE. To make the MessageID unique between
<rps:MessageId> different senders it must be prefixed with the domain portion of the sender. Then the suffix part of
the message id is freely chosen by the sender, it could a simple integer value, a date; nothing is
mandated except the uniqueness.
For example: “http://MySenderEntityId/1234”
Indicates the type the message, meaning the identification of the function execution request or
function execution response.
The Message type for a function execution request shall include the ‘Request’ qualifier at the end;
<rps:MessageType> example: “ES3-GetEISRequest”
The Message type for a function execution response shall include the ‘Response’ qualifier at the
end; example: “ES3-GetEISResponse”.
The Message type for a notification function shall include the ‘Notification’ qualifier at the end;
example: “ES3-HandleProfileDisabledNotification”
<rps: MessageDate>
Timestamp of the message.
This element (of type xs:anyURI) conveys the value of the message identifier of the initial message
<rps:RelatesTo>
request. This element shall be present only in case of response.
Table 210: <rps:RPSHeader> Attributes
V3.0 Page 200 of 297

Figure 39: <rps:Entity>
The <rps:EntityType> type is for representing a message entity; it is used for example to
represent a sending entity and a receiver entity in the <rps:RPSHeader> element.
<rps:EntityId> The OID of the entity.
<rps:EntityName> The explicit name of the entity. This is optional and provided for information.
Table 211: <rps:EntityType> Attributes
A.2.2 Message Body: <rps:RPSBody>

The <rps:RPSBody> is the element that contains the core of the message. In the context of
this specification, it shall be composed of one single element defined within one of the
interfaces ES1, ES2, ES3, ES4 and ES7.
Figure 40: <rps:RPSBody>
V3.0 Page 201 of 297

Each element under the <rps:RPSBody> matches either a function execution request, a
function execution response or a notification.
A.3 Common Types
A.3.1 Request Base Type

The function input header defined in section ‎5.1.4 shall be mapped to the
<rps:BaseRequestType> type described in the following figure:
Figure 41: <rps:BaseRequestType>
The <rps:BasicRequestType> acts as a base type that each Request shall extend.
As the Function Requester Identifier is already mapped to the

<rps:RPSHeader>.<rps:SenderEntity>.<rps:EntityId> element, it is not put in the
<rps:BasicRequestType>.
The <rps:BasicRequestType> is composed of the following elements and attributes:
This element is mapped to the “Function Call Identifier” data of the function input header.
<rps:FunctionCallIdentifier>
Refer section 5.1.4 for description of this data.
This element is mapped to the “Validity period” data of the function input header. Refer
<rps:ValidityPeriod>
section 5.1.4 for description of this data.
Table 212: <rps:BasicRequestType> Attributes
A.3.2 Void
A.3.3 Response Base Type

The function output header defined in section ‎5.1.5 shall be mapped to the
<rps:BaseResponseType> type described in the following figure:
V3.0 Page 202 of 297

Figure 42: <rps:BaseResponseType>
The <rps:BaseResponseType> acts as a base type that each Response shall extend.
The <rps:BaseResponseType> is composed of the following elements and attributes:
This element is mapped to the “Processing start” data of the function output header. Refer
<rps:ProcessingStart>
This element is mapped to the “Processing end” data of the function output header. Refer
<rps:ProcessingEnd>
This element is mapped to the “Acceptable validity Period” data of the function output
<rps:AcceptableValidityPeriod>
header. Refer section 5.1.5 for description of this data.
This element is mapped to the “Function Execution Status” data of the function output
<rps:FunctionExecutionStatus>
header. Refer section 5.1.5 for description of this data.
Table 213: <rps:BaseResponseType> Attributes
The <rps:FunctionExecutionStatus> is of type <rps:FunctionExecutionStatusType>

described below:
V3.0 Page 203 of 297

Figure 43: <rps:FunctionExecutionStatusType>
The <rps:FunctionExecutionStatusType> is composed of the following elements and

attributes:
<rps:Status> This element is mapped to the “Status” data of the function output header. Refer section 5.1.5
for description of this data.
This element is mapped to the “Status code data” data of the function output header. Refer
<rps:StatusCodeData>
Table 214: <rps:FunctionExecutionStatusType> Attributes
The <rps:StatusCodeData> is of type <rps:StatusCodeDataType> described below:
V3.0 Page 204 of 297

Figure 44: <rps:StatusCodeDataType>
The <rps:StatusCodeDataType> is composed of the following elements and attributes:
<rps:Subject> This element is mapped to the “Subject” data of the function output header. Refer section 5.1.5
<rps:Reason> This element is mapped to the “Reason” data of the function output header. Refer section 5.1.5
This element is mapped to the “Subject identifier” data of the function output header. Refer
<rps:SubjectIdentifier>
V3.0 Page 205 of 297

<rps:Message> This element is mapped to the “Message” data of the function output header. Refer section 5.1.5
Table 215: <rps:StatusCodeDataType> Attributes
A.3.4 Simple Types Mapping
A.3.4.1 AID
The AID (Application IDentifier) type defined in section ‎5.1.1.1 shall be mapped to the
<rps:AIDType>. The type is defined as a hexadecimal string representation of 5 to 16 bytes.
Figure 45: <rps:AIDType>
A.3.4.2 Datetime
The Datetime type defined in section ‎5.1.1.1 shall be mapped to the simple built-in XML time
<xs:datetime>.
A.3.4.3 EID
The EID (eUICC IDentifier) type defined in section ‎5.1.1.1 shall be mapped to the
<rps:EIDType>.
The type is defined as a hexadecimal string representation of 16 bytes.
Figure 46: <rps:EIDType>
A.3.4.4 ICCID
The ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card IDentifier) type defined in section ‎5.1.1.1 shall be
mapped to the <rps:ICCIDType>. The type is defined as a string representation (up to 20
digits), non-swapped as per ITU E.118 representation. Example: 893301000000000011
V3.0 Page 206 of 297

Figure 47: <rps:ICCIDType>
A.3.4.5 MSISDN
The MSIDN (Mobile Station ISDN Number) type defined in section ‎5.1.1.1 shall be mapped
to the <rps:MSISDNType>. The type is defined as a string representation of up to 15
decimal digits as defined in ITU E.164, including Country code, National Destination Code
(optional) and Subscriber Number. Example: 380561234567
Figure 48: <rps:MSISDNType>
A.3.4.6 IMSI
The IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) type defined in section ‎5.1.1.1 shall be
mapped to the <rps:IMSIType>. The type is defined as a string representation of up to 15
decimal digits including MCC (3 digits) and MNC (2 or 3 digits), as defined in ITU E.212.
Example: 242011234567890
Figure 49: <rps:IMSIType>
A.3.4.7 OID
The OID (Object Identifier) type defined in section ‎5.1.1.1 shall be mapped to the
<rps:ObjectIdentifierType>. The type is defined as a string representation of an OID, i.e. of
integers separated with dots (for example: '1.2', '3.4.5').
V3.0 Page 207 of 297

Figure 50: <rps:ObjectIdentifierType>
A.3.4.8 TAR
The TAR (Toolkit Application reference) type defined in section ‎5.1.1.1 shall be mapped to
the <rps:TARType>. The type is defined as a hexadecimal string representation of exactly 3
bytes. Example: 363443.
Figure 51: <rps:TARType>
A.3.4.9 Version
The Version type defined in section ‎5.1.1.1 shall be mapped to the <rps: ThreeDigitVersion>.
The type is defined as a string representation of exactly 3 integers separated by a '.'.
Example: 1.15.9
Figure 52: <rps: ThreeDigitVersion >
A.3.5 Complex Type Mapping
A.3.5.1 EIS
The EIS type defined in section ‎5.1.1.3.13 shall be mapped to the <rps: EISType>. This type
contains the whole information defined for EIS, but depending on the function where it is
used, it may be filled with only a partial content.
V3.0 Page 208 of 297

All information requiring to be signed by the EUM at registration time is regrouped under the
element <rps:EumSignedInfo>. The signature is provided within the <ds:Signature> element
(see section ‎A.3.5.2 of this Annex).
The <rps:EumSignedInfo> shall contain the definition of the ECASD security domain
including the certificate value.
The other elements <rps: remainingMemory>, <rps:AvailableMemoryForProfiles>,

<rps:LastAuditDate >, <rps:Smsr-id>, <rps:ProfileInfo>, <rps:Isd-r>, <rps:AuditTrail>,
<rps:AdditionalProperties> are not included in the signature.
Figure 53: <rps: EISType >
V3.0 Page 209 of 297

The <rps:EISType> is composed of the following elements and attributes:
<rps:EumSignedInfo> This element regroups the information signed by the EUM. See section A.3.5.2 of this
Annex for description of this element.
This element contains the signature of the EUM. It maps the “eumCertificateId”,
<rps:EumSignature> “signatureAlgorithm” and “signature” data of the EIS described in section 5.1.1.3.13.
See section A.3.5.3 of this Annex for description of the <rps:EumSignature>.
This element maps the “remainingMemory” data of the EIS type. Refer
<rps:RemainingMemory>
section 5.1.1.3.13 for description of this data type.
This element maps the “availableMemoryforProfiles” data of the EIS type. Refer
<rps:AvailableMemoryForProfiles>
<rps:LastAuditDate> This element maps the “lastAuditDate” data of the EIS type. Refer section 5.1.1.3.13
for description of this data type.
<rps:SmSr-Id> This element maps the “smsr-id” data of the EIS type. Refer section 5.1.1.3.13 for
description of this data type.
This element maps the “profiles” data of the EIS type. The <rps:EISType> may contains
several <rps:Profile> elements. Refer section 5.1.1.3.13 for description of this data
<rps:ProfileInfo> type.
See section A.3.5.4 of this Annex for description of the <rps:ProfileInfo> element.
This element maps the “ISD-R” data of the EIS type. Refer section 5.1.1.3.13 for
<rps:Isd-r>
The <rps:Isd-r> is of type <rps:SecurityDomainType>. Refer section A.3.5.5 of this
Annex for description of this type.
This element maps the “audit trail” data of the EIS type. Refer section 5.1.1.3.13 for
description of this data type. This element can be missing, when <rps:EIS> is used in the
<rps:AuditTrail> context of the ES1.registerEIS function. After this step, the EIS shall content at least one
record.
Refer section A.3.5.6 of this Annex for description of the <rps:AuditTrail> element.
This element is not mapped to any data of the EIS type. It provides a simple extensibility
mechanism that can be used to provide additional information about the eUICC without
<rps:AdditionalProperties> breaking the XML validation process. See hereunder for definition of the
<rps:AdditionalProperties>.
This element is optional.
Table 216: <rps:EISType> Attributes
The <rps:AdditionalProperties> allows a neutral represent of any data based on a

"Key:Value pair" representation. Such representation can be used without breaking the XML
validation process.
V3.0 Page 210 of 297

Figure 54: <rps: EISType >
The <rps: AdditionalProperties> is composed of a list of <rps:Property> with the following

elements and attributes:
The key of the property. The key shall be unique within the property list. The key shall not be empty, max
<rps:key>
key length is not fixed to match any type of application.
<rps:value> Contains a simple string value. No constraint is set on the value, could either be empty.
Table 217: <rps: AdditionalProperties> Attributes
A.3.5.2 EUM Signed Info

The <rps:EumSignedInfo> element contains all data included in the signature performed by
the EUM.
Figure 55: <rps:EumSignedInfo>
The <rps:EumSignedInfo> is composed of the following elements and attributes:
This element maps the “eid” data of the EIS type. Refer section 5.1.1.3.13 for description of this
<rps:Eid> data type.
The <rps:EIDType> is described in section A.3.4.3 of this Annex.
This element maps the “eum-id” data of the EIS type. Refer section 5.1.1.3.13 for description of
<rps:Eum-Id> this data type.
The <rps:ObjectIdentifierType> is described in section A.3.4.7 of this Annex.
<rps:ProductionDate> This element maps the “productionDate” data of the EIS type. Refer section 5.1.1.3.13 for
<rps:PlatformType> This element maps the “platformType” data of the EIS. Refer section 5.1.1.3.13 for description of
this data.
V3.0 Page 211 of 297

This element maps the “platformVersion” data of the EIS type. Refer section 5.1.1.3.13 for
<rps:PlatformVersion> description of this data type.
The <rps:ThreeDigitversion> is described in section A.3.4.9 of this Annex.
This element maps the “isd-p-loadfile-aid” data of the EIS type. Refer section 5.1.1.3.13 for
<rps:Isd-p-loadfile-aid> description of this data type.
The <rps:AID> is described in section A.3.4.1 of this Annex.
This element maps the “isd-p-module-aid” data of the EIS type. Refer section 5.1.1.3.13 for
<rps:Isd-p-module-aid> description of this data type.
The <rps:AID> is described in section A.3.4.1 of this Annex.
This element maps the “ECASD” data of the EIS type. Refer section 5.1.1.3.13 for description of
<rps:Ecasd> this data type.
This element maps the “eUICC-Capabilities” data of the EIS type. Refer section 5.1.1.3.13 for
<rps:EuiccCapabilities>
Refer section Error! Reference source not found. of this Annex for description of the
<rps: EuiccCapabilities>.
Table 218: <rps:EumSignedInfo> Attributes
A.3.5.3 EUM Signature

The EUM signature over some information of the EIS is provided within the
<rps:EumSignature> element of type <ds:SignatureType> as defined in XML Signature
Syntax and Processing (Second Edition) ‎[26].
The <rps:EumSignature> shall include:
 A <ds:SignedInfo> element specifying:

 a canonicalization method,
This specification mandates the support of at least the following method
‘http://www.w3.org/2001/10/xml-exc-c14n#’
Others canonicalization methods may be optionally supported
 a signature method; this specification mandates usage of one of the following
signature method to have a compliant level of security (RSA and EC key length
following recommendation given in section ‎2.3.3)
http://www.w3.org/2001/04/xmldsig-more#rsa-sha256
http://www.w3.org/2001/04/xmldsig-more#ecdsa-sha256
 a unique reference element, with no URI attribute as the signed info applies
always only on the whole <rps:EumSignedInfo> element (so no need to specify it
in the instance document); and with a digesting method as one of:
http://www.w3.org/2001/04/xmlenc#sha256
http://www.w3.org/2001/04/xmldsig-more#sha384
http://www.w3.org/2001/04/xmlenc#sha512
V3.0 Page 212 of 297

 A <ds:KeyInfo> containing a reference to the certificate used to generate the

signature. This is achieved by including a <ds:X509Data> element containing either:
 a <ds:X509SubjectName>, providing the subject value of a certificate that the
receiving entity is supposed to have.
 Or a <ds:X509Certificate>, containing the full certificate definition (including the
public key)
 <ds:SignatureValue> element providing the signature value applied on whole
<ds:SignedInfo> element, as specified by the W3C, after application of the specified
canonicalization, transform and digesting methods as specified within the
<ds:SignedInfo> element.
Example of <ds:Signature>:
<EumSignature xmlns:ds="http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#">
<ds:SignedInfo>
<ds:CanonicalizationMethod Algorithm=http://www.w3.org/2001/10/xml-exc-c14n#/>
<ds:SignatureMethod Algorithm=http://www.w3.org/2001/04/xmldsig-more#rsa-sha256/>
<ds:Reference>
<ds:DigestMethod Algorithm=http://www.w3.org/2001/04/xmlenc#sha256/>
<ds:DigestValue>dHLkPm5pcyBub3QgYSBzaWduYXR1cmGB</ds:DigestValue>
</ds:Reference>
</ds:SignedInfo>
<ds:SignatureValue>dHLkPm5pcyBub3QgYSBzaWduYXR1cmGB</ds:SignatureValue>
<ds:KeyInfo>
<ds:X509Data>
<ds:X509SubjectName>CN=gsma, O=GSMA, C=UK</ds:X509SubjectName>
</ds:X509Data>
</ds:KeyInfo>
</ds:Signature>
A.3.5.4 Profile Info

The <rps:ProfileInfo> element contains the description of one Profile loaded on the eUICC
(the <rps:Eis> may contain several Profile <rps:ProfileInfo>). The <rps:ProfileInfo> maps the
PROFILE INFO type defined in section ‎5.1.1.3.4.
V3.0 Page 213 of 297

Figure 56: <rps:ProfileInfo>
The <rps:ProfileInfo> is composed of the following elements and attributes:
This element maps the “iccid” data of the PROFILE INFO type. Refer section 5.1.1.3.4 for
<rps:Iccid> description of this data type.
The <rps:ICCICType> is described in section A.3.4.4 of this Annex.
This element maps the “isd-p-aid” data of the PROFILE INFO type. See section 5.1.1.3.4 for
<rps:Isd-p-aid> description of this data type.
The <rps:AIDType> is described in section A.3.4.1 of this Annex.
V3.0 Page 214 of 297

This element maps the “mno-id” data of the PROFILE INFO type. See section 5.1.1.3.4 for
<rps:Mno-id> description of this data type.
This element maps the “fallbackAttribute” data of the PROFILE INFO type. See
<rps:FallbackAttribute>
This element maps the “SubscriptionAddress” data of PROFILE INFO type. See
<rps:SubscriptionAddress> section 5.1.1.3.4 for description of this data type.
The <rps:SubscriptionAddressType> is described in section A.3.5.8 of this Annex.
This element maps the “state” data of the PROFILE INFO type. See section 5.1.1.3.4 for
<rps:State>
The <rps:ProfileStateType> is an enumeration with possible values “Created”, “Disabled” or
“Enabled”.
This element maps the “smdp-id” data of the PROFILE INFO type. See section 5.1.1.3.4 for
<rps:Smdp-id> description of this data type.
<rps:ProfileType> This element maps the “profileType” data of the PROFILE INFO type. See section 5.1.1.3.4 for
This element maps the “allocatedMemory” data of the PROFILE INFO type. See
<rps:AllocatedMemory>
<rps:FreeMemory> This element maps the “FreeMemory” data of the PROFILE INFO type. See section 5.1.1.3.4
for description of this data type.
This element maps the “pol2” data of the PROFILE INFO type. See section 5.1.1.3.4 for
<rps:Pol2> description of this data type.
The <rps:Pol2Type> is described in section 0 of this Annex.
Table 219: <rps:ProfileInfo> Attributes
A.3.5.5 Security Domain

The <rps:SecurityDomainType> provides description of a Security Domain and maps the
SECURITY-DOMAIN type defined in section ‎5.1.1.3.9. It is used to contain the information of
the ISD-R and ECASD.
Figure 57: <rps:SecurityDomainType>
The <rps:SecurityDomainType> is composed of the following elements and attributes:
This element maps the “aid” data of the SECURITY-DOMAIN type. See section 5.1.1.3.9 for
<rps:Aid> description of this data type.
This element maps the “tars” data of the SECURITY-DOMAIN type. See section 5.1.1.3.9 for
<rps:Tar> description of this data type. A Security Domain may have several tars.
The <rps:TARType> is described in section A.3.4.8 of this Annex.
V3.0 Page 215 of 297

<rps:Sin> This element maps the “sin” data of the SECURITY-DOMAIN type. See section 5.1.1.3.9 for
<rps:Sdin> This element maps the “sidn” data of the SECURITY-DOMAIN type. See section 5.1.1.3.9 for
This element maps the “role” data of the SECURITY-DOMAIN type. See section 5.1.1.3.9 for
<rps:Role> description of this data type.
The <rps:SDRoleType> is an enumeration with possible values “ISD-R” or “ECASD”.
This element maps the “key sets” data of the SECURITY-DOMAIN type. See section 5.1.1.3.9 for
<rps:Keyset> description of this data type. A Security Domain may have up to 127 key sets.
The <rps:Keyset> element is described hereunder.
Table 220: <rps:SecurityDomainType> Attributes
The <rps:Keyset> element contains the description of a key set and maps the KEYSET type
defined in section ‎5.1.1.3.8.
Figure 58: <rps:Keyset>
The <rps:Keyset> element is composed of the following elements and attributes:
<rps:Version> This element maps the “version” data of KEYSET type. See section 5.1.1.3.8 for description of this
data type.
V3.0 Page 216 of 297

This element maps the “type” data of KEYSET type. See section 5.1.1.3.8 for description of this
data type.
<rps:Type>
The <rps:KesetUsageType> is an enumeration with possible values “SCP03”, “SCP80”, “SCP81”,
“TokenGeneration”, “ReceiptVerification”, “CA”.
This element maps the “cntr” data of KEYSET type. See section 5.1.1.3.8 for description of this
<rps:Cntr> data type.
This element maps the “keys” data of KEY type. See section 5.1.1.3.8 for description of this data
<rps:Key> type. A key set may have up to 128 keys or certificates.
The <rps:KeyType> element is described hereunder in this section.
This element maps the “certificates” data of CERTIFICATE type. See section 5.1.1.3.8 for
<rps:Certificate> description of this data type. A key set may have up to 128 keys or certificates.
The <rps:GPCertificateType> is described hereunder in this section.
Table 221: <rps:Keyset> Attributes
The <rps:KeyType> contains the description of a key and maps the KEY type defined in
section ‎5.1.1.3.6.
Figure 59: <rps:KeyType>
The <rps:KeyType> is composed of the following elements and attributes:
@kcv This attribute maps the “kcv” data of KEY type. See section 5.1.1.3.6 for description of this data
type.
<rps:Index> This element maps the “index” data of KEY type. See section 5.1.1.3.6 for description of this data
type.
This element maps the “keyComponents” data of KEY type. See section 5.1.1.3.6 for description of
<rps:keyComponents> this data type. A key may have several components.
The <rps:KeyComponent> element is described hereunder in this section.
Table 222: <rps:KeyType> Attributes
The <rps:KeyComponent> element contains the description of a key component and maps
the KEY-COMPONENT type defined in section ‎5.1.1.3.5.
V3.0 Page 217 of 297

Figure 60: <rps:KeyComponent>
The <rps:KeyComponent> element is composed of the following elements and attributes:
@type This attribute maps the “type” data of KEY-COMPONENT type. See section 5.1.1.3.5 for
@value This element maps the “value” data of KEY- COMPONENT type. See section 5.1.1.3.5 for
Table 223: <rps:KeyComponent> Attributes
The <rps:GPCertificateType> contains the description of a key and maps the CERTIFICATE
type. defined in section ‎5.1.1.3.7.
Figure 61: <rps:GPCertificateType>
The <rps:GPCertificateType> is composed of the following elements and attributes:
<rps:Index> This element maps the “index” data of CERTIFICATE type. See section 5.1.1.3.7 for description of
this data type.
<rps:CaId> This element maps the “ca-id” data of CERTIFICATE type. See section 5.1.1.3.7 for description of
this data type.
<rps:Value> This element maps the “value” data of CERTIFICATE type. See section 5.1.1.3.7 for description of
this data type.
Table 224: <rps:GPCertificateType> Attributes
A.3.5.6 Audit Trail
V3.0 Page 218 of 297

The <rps:AuditTrail> contains a list of <rps:Record> of type <rps:AuditTrailRecordType>.
V3.0 Page 219 of 297

Figure 62: <rps:AuditTrail> Element
The <rps:AuditTrailRecordType> is composed of the following elements and attributes:
This element maps the “eid” data of the AUDIT-TRAIL-RECORD type. See
<rps:Eid> section 5.1.1.3.11 for description of this data type.
This element maps the “SMSRId” data of the AUDIT-TRAIL-RECORD type. See
<rps:Smsr-id> section 5.1.1.3.11 for description of this data type.
This element maps the “operationDate” data of the AUDIT-TRAIL-RECORD type. See
<rps:OperationDate>
This element maps the “operationType” data of the AUDIT-TRAIL-RECORD type. See
section 5.1.1.3.11 for description of this data type. The operation type is coded on two
bytes represented as a hexadecimal string, with possible following values:
‘0001’: Notification: eUICC declaration – First network attachment
‘0002’: Notification: Profile change succeeded
‘0003’: Notification: Profile change failed and Roll-back
‘0004’: to ‘00FF’: RFU for other Notification type
‘0005’ Notification: Profile change after Fall-back
‘0100’: CreateISDP
<rps:OperationType> ‘0200’: EnableProfile
‘0300’: DisableProfile
‘0400’: DeleteProfile
‘0500’: eUICCCapabilityAudit
‘0600’: MasterDelete
‘0700’: SetFallbackAttribute
‘0800’: EstablishISDRkeyset
‘0900’:FinaliseISDRhandover
‘0A00’ to ‘FF00’ RFU for other commands type
This element maps the “requesterId” data of the AUDIT-TRAIL-RECORD type. See
<rps:RequesterId> section 5.1.1.3.11 for description of this data type.
This element maps the “status” data of the AUDIT-TRAIL-RECORD type. See
<rps:OperationExecutionStatus> section 5.1.1.3.11 for description of this data type.
The <rps:ExecutionStatusType> is described in section A.3.3 of this Annex.
This element maps the “isd-p-aid” data of the AUDIT-TRAIL-RECORD type. See
<rps:Isd-p-aid> section 5.1.1.3.11 for description of this data type.
This element maps the “iccid” data of the AUDIT-TRAIL-RECORD type. See
<rps:Iccid > section 5.1.1.3.11 for description of this data type.
The <rps:ICCIDType> is described in section A.3.4.4 of this Annex.
This element maps the “IMEI” data of the AUDIT-TRAIL-RECORD type. See
<rps:Imei> section 5.1.1.3.11 for description of this data type.
The value is the hexadecimal value as received from the eUICC.
V3.0 Page 220 of 297

This element maps the “MEID” data of the AUDIT-TRAIL-RECORD type. See
<rps:Meid> section 5.1.1.3.11 for description of this data type.
The value is the hexadecimal value as received from the eUICC.
eUICC CapabilitiesThe <rps:EuiccCapabilities> element maps the EUICC-CAPABILITIES

data type defined in section ‎5.1.1.3.10.
Figure 63: <rps:EuiccCapabilities>
The <rps:EuiccCapabilities> is composed of the following elements and attributes:
This element maps the “CAT_TP-Support” data of EUICC-CAPABILITIES type. See

<rps:CattpSupport>
This element maps the “CAT_TP-Version” data of EUICC-CAPABILITIES type. See

<rps:CattpVersion>
This element maps the “HTTP-Support” data of EUICC-CAPABILITIES type. See

<rps:HttpSupport>
This element maps the “HTTP-Version” data of EUICC-CAPABILITIES type. See

<rps:HttpVersion>
This element maps the “secure-packet-version” data of EUICC-CAPABILITIES type. See

<rps:SecurePacketVersion>
This element maps the “remote-provisioning-version” data of EUICC-CAPABILITIES type.

<rps:RemoteProvisioningVersion>
See section 5.1.1.3.10 for description of this data type.
A.3.5.7 POL2 and POL2 rules

The <rps:POL2Type> maps the POL2 data type defined in section ‎5.1.1.3.3.
V3.0 Page 221 of 297

Figure 64: <rps:POL2Type>
The <rps:POL2Type> is composed of the following elements and attributes:
This element maps the “Rules” data of POL2 type. See section 5.1.1.3.3 for description of this data
<rps:Rule> type. A POL2 may have several <rps:Rule>.
The <rps:POL2RuleType> is defined hereunder in this section.
The <rps:POL2RuleType> is composed of the following elements and attributes:
This element maps the “subject” data of POL2-RULE type. See section 5.1.1.3.2 for description of
<rps:Subject> this data type.
The <rps:POL2RuleSubjectType> is defined as an enumeration with possible value “PROFILE”.
This element maps the “action” data of POL2-RULE type. See section 5.1.1.3.2 for description of
this data type.
<rps:Action>
The <rps:POL2RuleActionType> is defined as an enumeration with possible values “ENABLE”,
“DISABLE” or “DELETE”.
This element maps the “qualification” data of POL2-RULE type. See section 5.1.1.3.2 for
<rps:Qualification>
The <rps:POL2RuleQualificationType> is defined as an enumeration with possible values “Not-
Allowed”, “Auto-Delete”.
A.3.5.8 Subscription Address

The <rps:SubscriptionAddressType> maps the SUBSCRIPTION-ADDRESS data type
defined in section ‎5.1.1.3.1.
Figure 65: <rps:SubscriptionAddressType>
V3.0 Page 222 of 297

The <rps:SubscriptionAddressType> is composed of the following elements and attributes:
This element maps the “imsi” data of SUBSCRIPTION-ADDRESS type. See section 5.1.1.3.1 for
<rps:Imsi> description of this data type.
The <rps:IMSIType> is described in section A.3.4.6 of this Annex.
This element maps the “msisdn” data of SUBSCRIPTION-ADDRESS type. See section 5.1.1.3.1
<rps:Msisdn> for description of this data type.
The <rps:MSISDNType> is described in section A.3.4.5 of this Annex.
A.4 The ES1 Interface Functions
A.4.1 The “ES1.RegisterEIS” Function

The input data of the “ES1.RegisterEIS” function defined in section ‎5.2.1 shall be mapped to
the <rps:ES1-RegisterEISRequest> element described in the following figure:
Figure 66: <rps:RegisterEISRequest>
The value of the <rps:RPSHeader>.<rps:MessageType> associated to this element shall be

set to "ES1-RegisterEISRequest".
The output data of the “ES1.RegisterEIS” function defined in section ‎5.2.1 shall be mapped
to the <rps:ES1-RegisterEISResponse> element described in the following figure:
Figure 67: <rps:RegisterEISResponse>
This response doesn’t carry any additional output data.

set to "RegisterEISResponse".
V3.0 Page 223 of 297

A.5.1 The “ES2.GetEIS” Function

The input data of the “ES2.GetEIS” function defined in section ‎5.3.1 shall be mapped to the
<rps:ES2-GetEISRequest> element described in the following figure:
Figure 68: <rps:ES2-GetEISRequest>

set to "ES2-GetEISRequest".
The output data of the “ES2.GetEIS” function defined in section ‎5.3.1 shall be mapped to the
<rps:ES2-GetEISResponse> element described in the following figure:
Figure 69: <rps:ES2-GetEISResponse>

set to “ES2-GetEISResponse".
In case of function execution success or success with warning, the returned <rps:Eis> shall
be filled with EIS as described in ‎Annex E.
In case of function execution failure or expiration, no EIS shall be returned.
V3.0 Page 224 of 297

A.5.2 The “ES2.DownloadProfile” Function

The input data of the “ES2.DownloadProfile” function defined in section 5.3.2 shall be
mapped to the <rps:ES2-DownloadProfileRequest> element described in the following
figure:
Figure 70: <rps:ES2-DownloadProfileRequest>

set to "ES2-DownloadProfileRequest".
The output data of the “ES2.DownloadProfile” function defined in section 5.3.2 shall be
mapped to the <rps:DownloadProfileResponse> element described in the following figure:
Figure 71: <rps:ES2-DownloadProfileResponse>

set to “ES2-DownloadProfileResponse".
V3.0 Page 225 of 297

The response data may not be guaranteed to be provided, irrespective of the result of the
function execution.
A.5.3 The “ES2.UpdatePolicyRules” Function

The input data of the “ES2.UpdatePolicyRules” function defined in section ‎5.3.3 shall be
mapped to the <rps:ES2-UpdatePolicyRulesRequest> element described in the following
figure:
Figure 72: <rps:ES2-UpdatePolicyRulesRequest >

set to "ES2-UpdatePolicyRules".
The output data of the “ES2.UpdatePolicyRules” function defined in section ‎5.3.3 shall be
mapped to the <rps:ES2.UpdatePolicyRulesResponse> element described in the following
figure:
Figure 73: <rps:ES2-UpdatePolicyRulesResponse >
V3.0 Page 226 of 297


set to “ES2-UpdatePolicyRulesResponse".
In case of function execution success or success with warning, the returned function may not
return any eUICC response in the <rps:EuiccResponseData> element.
In case of function execution failure or expiration the eUICC response may be provided.
A.5.4 The “ES2.UpdateSubscriptionAddress” Function

The input data of the “ES2.UpdateSubscriptionAddress” function defined in section ‎5.3.4
shall be mapped to the <rps:ES2-UpdateSubscriptionAddressRequest> element described
in the following figure:
Figure 74: <rps:ES2-UpdateSubscriptionAddressRequest>

set to "ES2-UpdateSubscriptionAddressRequest".
The output data of the “ES2.UpdateSubscriptionAddress” function defined in section ‎5.3.4

shall be mapped to the <rps:ES2-UpdateSubscriptionAddressResponse> element described
V3.0 Page 227 of 297

Figure 75: <rps:ES2-UpdateSubscriptionAddressResponse>
This response doesn’t carry any additional data

set to “ES2-UpdateSubscriptionAddressResponse".
A.5.5 The “ES2. EnableProfile” Function

The input data of the “ES2.EnableProfile” function defined in section ‎5.3.5 shall be mapped
to the <rps:ES2-EnableProfileRequest> element described in the following figure:
Figure 76: <rps:ES2-EnableProfile Request>

set to "ES2-EnableProfileRequest".
The output data of the “ES2.EnableProfile” function defined in section ‎5.3.5 shall be
mapped to the <rps:EnableProfileResponse> element described in the following figure:
Figure 77: <rps:ES2-EnableProfileResponse>

set to “ES2-EnableProfileResponse".
V3.0 Page 228 of 297

A.5.6 The “ES2.DisableProfile” Function

The input data of the “ES2.DisableProfile” function defined in section ‎5.3.6 shall be mapped
to the <rps:ES2-DisableProfileRequest> element described in the following figure:
Figure 78: <rps:ES2-DisableProfile Request>

set to "ES2-DisableProfileRequest".
The output data of the “ES2.DisableProfile” function defined in section ‎5.3.6 shall be
mapped to the <rps:DisableProfileResponse> element described in the following figure:
Figure 79: <rps:ES2-DisableProfileResponse>

set to “ES2-DisableProfileResponse".
A.5.7 The “ES2.DeleteProfile” Function

The input data of the “ES2.DeleteProfile” function defined in section ‎5.3.7 shall be mapped
to the <rps:ES2-DeleteProfileRequest> element described in the following figure:
V3.0 Page 229 of 297

Figure 80: <rps:ES2-DeleteProfile Request>

set to "ES2-DeleteProfileRequest".
The output data of the “ES2.DeleteProfile” function defined in section ‎5.3.7 shall be mapped
to the <rps:DeleteProfileResponse> element described in the following figure:
Figure 81: <rps:ES2-DeleteProfile Response>
This response doesn’t carry any additional output data

set to “ES2-DeleteProfileResponse".
A.5.8 The “ES2.HandleProfileDisabledNotification” Function

The input data of the “ES2.HandleProfileDisabledNotification” function defined in
section ‎5.3.8 shall be mapped to the <rps:ES2-HandleProfileDisabledNotification> element
described in the following figure:
V3.0 Page 230 of 297

Figure 82: <rps:ES2- HandleProfileDisabledNotification >

set to “ES2-HandleProfileDisabledNotification".
A.5.9 The “ES2.HandleProfileEnabledNotification” Function

The input data of the “ES2.HandleProfileEnabledNotification” function defined in
section ‎5.3.9 shall be mapped to the <rps:ES2-HandleProfileEnabledNotification> element
Figure 83: <rps:ES2-HandleProfileEnabledNotification >

set to “ES2-HandleProfileEnabledNotification".
V3.0 Page 231 of 297

A.5.10 The “ES2.HandleSMSRChangedNotification” Function

The input data of the “ES2.HandleSMSRChangeNotification” function defined in
section ‎5.3.10 shall be mapped to the <rps:ES2-HandleSMSRChangeNotificationRequest>
element described in the following figure:
Figure 84: <rps:ES2-HandleSMSRChangeNotification>

set to "ES2-HandleSMSRChangeNotification".
A.5.11 The “ES2.HandleProfileDeletedNotification” Function

The input data of the “ES2.HandleProfileDeletedNotification” function defined in section
5.3.11 shall be mapped to the <rps:ES2-HandleProfileDeletedNotification> element
Figure 85: <rps:ES2-HandleProfileDeletedNotification >

set to “ES2-HandleProfileDeletedNotification".
V3.0 Page 232 of 297


Figure 86: <rps:GetEISRequest>

Figure 87: <rps:GetEISResponse>

be filled with only:
 <rps:EumSignedInfo> (full content, including the information related to ECASD)

 <rps:EumSignature>
 <rps: RemainingMemory>
 <rps:AvailableMemoryForProfiles>
 <rps:LastAuditDate>; This element can be missing if no audit has been performed
 <rps:SmSr-id>, filled with the current SM-SR identification value
(No <rps:Profile> element, no <rps:AuditTrail> element).
V3.0 Page 233 of 297

In case of function execution failure orexpiration, no EIS shall be returned.
A.6.2 The “ES3.AuditEIS” Function

The input data of the “ES3.AuditEIS” function defined in section ‎5.4.2 shall be mapped to
the <rps:ES3-AuditEISRequest> element described in the following figure:
Figure 88: <rps:ES3-AuditEIS Request>

set to "ES3-AuditEISRequest".
The output data of the “ES3.AuditEIS” function defined in section ‎5.4.2 shall be mapped to
the <rps:AuditEISResponse> element described in the following figure:
Figure 89: <rps:AuditEISResponse>

set to “ES3-AuditEISResponse".
be filled accordingly to what is described in section ‎A.3.5.1 of this Annex.
A.6.3 The “ES3.CreateISDP” Function

The input data of the “ES3.CreateISDP” function defined in section ‎5.4.3 shall be mapped to
the <rps: ES3-CreateISDPRequest> described in the following figure:
V3.0 Page 234 of 297

Figure 90: <rps:ES3-CreateISDPRequest>

set to "ES3-CreateISDPRequest".
The output data of the “ES3.CreateISDP” function defined in section ‎5.4.3 shall be mapped
to the <rps:ES3-CreateISDPResponse> element described in the following figure:
Figure 91: <rps:ES3-CreateISDPResponse>

set to "ES3-CreateISDPResponse".
In case of function execution success or success with warning, the returned function shall
return the ISD-P-AID value in the <rps:Isd-p-aid> element and the eUICC response in the
<rps:EuiccResponseData> element.
V3.0 Page 235 of 297

In case of function execution failure of expiration, no ISP-P-AID shall be returned. The

eUICC response may be provided.
A.6.4 The “ES3.SendData” Function

The input data of the “ES3.SendData” function defined in section ‎5.4.4 shall be mapped to
the <rps:ES3-SendDataRequest> described in the following figure:
Figure 92: <rps:ES3-SendDataRequest>

set to "ES3-SendDataRequest".
The output data of the “ES3.SendData” function defined in section ‎5.4.4 shall be mapped to
the <rps:ES3-SendDataResponse> element described in the following figure:
Figure 93: <rps:SendDataResponse>

set to "SendDataResponse".
V3.0 Page 236 of 297

A.6.5 The “ES3.ProfileDownloadCompleted” Function

The input data of the “ES3.ProfileDownloadCompleted” function defined in section ‎5.4.5
shall be mapped to the <rps:ES3-ProfileDownloadCompletedRequest > element described
Figure 94: <rps:ES3-ProfileDownloadCompleted Request>

set to "ES3-ProfileDownloadCompletedRequest".
The output data of the “ES3.ProfileDownloadCompleted” function defined in section ‎5.4.5

shall be mapped to the <rps:ProfileDownloadCompletedResponse> element described in the
following figure:
Figure 95: <rps:ES3-ProfileDownloadCompleted Response>
V3.0 Page 237 of 297


set to “ES3-ProfileDownloadCompletedResponse".

figure:
Figure 96: <rps:ES3-UpdatePolicyRulesRequest>

figure:
Figure 97: <rps:ES3-UpdatePolicyRulesResponse >

A.6.7 The “ES3.UpdateSubscriptionAddress” Function

V3.0 Page 238 of 297



Figure 99: Void

A.6.8 The “ES3.EnableProfile” Function

V3.0 Page 239 of 297


mapped to the <rps:EnableProfileResponse> element described in the following figure:

function execution. If provided, the response data is in the <rps:euiccResponseData>
element.

The input data of the “ES3.DisableProfile” function defined in section 5.4.9 shall be mapped
V3.0 Page 240 of 297


The output data of the “ES3.DisableProfile” function defined in section 5.4.9 shall be

element.
A.6.10 The “ES3.DeleteISDP” Function

The input data of the “ES3.DeleteISDP” function defined in section ‎5.4.10 shall be mapped
to the <rps:ES3-DeleteISDPRequest> element described in the following figure:
Figure 104: <rps:ES3-DeleteISDP Request>

set to "ES3-DeleteISDPRequest".
The output data of the “ES3.DeleteISDP” function defined in section ‎5.4.10 shall be mapped
to the <rps:DeleteISDPResponse> element described in the following figure:
V3.0 Page 241 of 297

Figure 105: <rps:ES3-DeleteISDP Response>

set to “ES3-DeleteISDPResponse".
A.6.11 The “ES3. UpdateConnectivityParameters” Function

The input data of the “ES3.UpdateConnectivityParameters” function defined in
section ‎5.4.11 shall be mapped to the <rps:ES3- UpdateConnectivityParametersRequest>
Figure 106: <rps:ES3- UpdateConnectivityParametersRequest>

set to "ES3- UpdateConnectivityParameters".
The output data of the “ES3.UpdateConnectivityParameters” function defined in

section ‎5.4.11 shall be mapped to the <rps:ES3.UpdateConnectivityParametersResponse>
V3.0 Page 242 of 297

Figure 107: <rps:ES3- UpdateConnectivityParametersResponse >

set to “ES3- UpdateConnectivityParameter Response".
element.

Figure 108: <rps:ES3-HandleProfileDisabledNotification>

V3.0 Page 243 of 297


Figure 109: <rps:ES3-HandleProfileEnabledNotification>

A.6.14 The “ES3.HandleSMSRChangeNotification ” Function

V3.0 Page 244 of 297


A.6.15 The “ES3. HandleProfileDeletedNotification” Function

Figure 111: <rps:ES3-HandleProfileDeletedNotification>


Figure 112: <rps:ES4-GetEISRequest>
V3.0 Page 245 of 297


Figure 113: <rps:ES4-GetEISResponse>

be filled with EIS as described in ‎Annex E.
For <rps:Profile> element, only Profiles relevant to requesting MNO should be listed.
In case of function execution failure, no EIS shall be returned.

figure:
Figure 114: <rps:ES4-UpdatePolicyRulesRequest >
V3.0 Page 246 of 297


figure:
Figure 115: <rps:ES4-UpdatePolicyRulesResponse>

A.7.3 The “ES4. UpdateSubscriptionAddress” Function



V3.0 Page 247 of 297

Figure 117: <rps:ES4-UpdateSubscriptionAddressResponse>

A.7.4 The “ES4.AuditEIS” Function

The input data of the “ES4.AuditEIS” function defined in section ‎5.5.4 shall be mapped to
the <rps:ES4-AuditEISRequest> element described in the following figure:
Figure 118: <rps:AuditEISRequest>

set to "ES4-AuditEISRequest".
The output data of the “ES4.AuditEIS” function defined in section ‎5.5.4 shall be mapped to
the <rps:ES4-AuditEISResponse> element described in the following figure:
Figure 119: <rps:AuditEISResponse>
V3.0 Page 248 of 297


set to “ES4-AuditEISResponse".
be filled accordingly to what is described in ‎Annex E.
A.7.5 The “ES4.EnableProfile” Function


mapped to the <rps:ES4.EnableProfileResponse> element described in the following figure:

element.
V3.0 Page 249 of 297


The input data of the “ES4.DisableProfile” function defined in section ‎5.5.6 shall be mapped

The output data of the “ES4.DisableProfile” function defined in section ‎5.5.6 shall be

element.
A.7.7 The “ES4.DeleteProfile” Function

The input data of the “ES4.DeleteProfile” function defined in section ‎5.5.7 shall be mapped
to the <rps:ES4-DeleteProfileRequest> element described in the following figure:
V3.0 Page 250 of 297

Figure 124: <rps:ES4-DeleteProfile Request>

set to "ES4-DeleteProfileRequest".
The output data of the “ES4.DeleteProfile” function defined in section ‎5.5.7 shall be mapped
to the <rps:DeleteProfileResponse> element described in the following figure:
Figure 125: <rps:ES4-DeleteProfile Response>

set to “ES4-DeleteProfileResponse".
element.
A.7.8 The “ES4.PrepareSMSRChange ” Function

The input data of the “ES4.PrepareSMSRChange” function defined in section ‎5.5.8 shall be
mapped to the <rps:ES4-PrepareSMSRChangeRequest> element described in the following
figure:
V3.0 Page 251 of 297

Figure 126: <rps:ES4-PrepareSMSRChangeRequest>

set to "ES4-PrepareSMSRChangeRequest".
The output data of the “ES4.PrepareSMSRChange” function defined in section ‎5.5.8 shall
be mapped to the <rps:ES4-PrepareSMSRResponse> element described in the following
figure:
Figure 127: <rps:ES4-PrepareSMSRChangeResponse>

set to “ES4-PrepareSMSRChangeResponse".
A.7.9 The “ES4.SMSRChange” Function

The input data of the “ES4.SMSRChange” function defined in section ‎5.5.9 shall be mapped
to the <rps:ES4-SMSRChangeRequest> element described in the following figure:
V3.0 Page 252 of 297

Figure 128: <rps:ES4-SMSRChangeRequest>

set to "ES4-SMSRChangeRequest".
The output data of the “ES4.SMSRChange” function defined in section ‎5.5.9 shall be
mapped to the <rps:ES4-SMSRResponse> element described in the following figure:
Figure 129: <rps:ES4-SMSRChangeResponse>

set to “ES4-SMSRChangeResponse".

V3.0 Page 253 of 297

Figure 130: <rps:ES4-HandleProfileDisabledNotification>


Figure 131: <rps:ES4-HandleProfileEnabledNotification>

V3.0 Page 254 of 297

A.7.12 The “ES4.HandleSMSRChangedNotification” Function


A.7.13 The “ES4. HandleProfileDeletedNotification” Function

Figure 133: <rps:ES4-HandleProfileDeletedNotification>

V3.0 Page 255 of 297

A.8.1 The “ES7.CreateAdditionalKeySet” Function

The input data of the “ES7.CreateAdditionalKeySet” function defined in section ‎5.6.1 shall
be mapped to the <rps:ES7-CreateAdditionalKeySet> element described in the following
figure:
Figure 134: <rps:ES7-CreateAdditionalKeySetRequest>
V3.0 Page 256 of 297


set to "ES7-CreateAdditionalKeySetRequest".
The output data of the “ES7.CreateAdditionalKeySet” function defined in section ‎5.6.1 shall
be mapped to the <rps:ES7-CreateAdditionalKeySetEUICCResponse> element described in
the following figure:
Figure 135: <rps:ES7-CreateAdditionalKeySetResponse>

set to“ES7-CreateAdditionalKeySetResponse"
A.8.2 The “ES7.HandoverEUICC” Function

The input data of the “ES7.HandoverEUICC” function defined in section ‎5.6.2 shall be
mapped to the <rps:ES7-HandoverEUICCRequest> element described in the following
figure:
Figure 136: <rps:ES7-HandoverEUICCRequest>

set to "ES7-HandoverEUICCRequest".
The output data of the “ES7.HandoverEUICC” function defined in section ‎5.6.2 shall be
mapped to the <rps:ES7-HandoverEUICCResponse> element described in the following
figure:
V3.0 Page 257 of 297

Figure 137: <rps:ES7-HandoverEUICCResponse>

set to “ES7-HandoverEUICCResponse".
A.8.3 The “ES7.AuthenticateSMSR” Function
The input data of the “ES7.AuthenticateSMSR” function defined in section ‎5.6.3 shall be
mapped to the <rps:ES7-AuthenticateSMSRRequest> element described in the following
figure:
Figure 138: <rps:ES7-AuthenticateSMSRRequest>

set to "ES7-AuthenticateSMSRRequest".
The output data of the “ES7.AuthenticateSMSR” function defined in section ‎5.6.3 shall be
mapped to the <rps:ES7-AuthenticateSMSRResponse> element described in the following
figure:
Figure 139: <rps:ES7-AuthenticateSMSRResponse>

set to “ES7-AuthenticateSMSRResponse".
V3.0 Page 258 of 297

Annex B Binding to SOA Environment (Normative)

This section provides the binding of the messages defined in ‎Annex A into a SOA
infrastructure.
Web Services technology, following the OASIS and W3C WS-* standard, is the SOA
environment recommended for the deployment of the off-card entities interfaces specified in
this document. This technology provides interoperability and loose coupling between the
interface provider and the interface consumer, also named respectively as "message
receiver" and "message sender", “or “function provider” and “function requester”.
However this specification does not prevent from using another type of technology if it is
suitable for a specific deployment. For sure, it implies that both message sender and
message receiver uses the same technology and security around matches the level of
expectation expressed in this document.
Nevertheless, in case Web Services is used, this section is normative and implementation
shall comply with the requirements provided in this section.
B.1 General Recommendations

Systems are now highly multi-threaded. It is consequently possible for a function caller to
perform massive parallel processing, and thus to call several Web Services in parallel.
However, to avoid implementation and integration issues, this specification mandates that
Function requester shall not perform parallel Web Services calls when they are targeting the
same eUICC.
Web Services related to the same eUICC shall be serialised by the Function requester. For
example to avoid key establishment to happen before ISD-P is created. Procedures
described in section ‎3 shall be strictly followed regarding the sequence call.
If several Web Service calls are received by the Function provider for the same eUICC, then
the Function provider could either:
 Return the following exception: 'Function for the same eUICC is already in process'.
 Or accept the new function execution request, and queue it to be executed after the
already accepted function execution requests for this eUICC. This can only be
applicable to asynchronous request (see ‎B.2.3.3).
B.2 SOAP Binding

This section provides normative rules defining how to map the GSMA Embedded UICC
Remote Provisioning messages (called RPS messages in the rest of section) defined
in ‎Annex A to a Web Services implementation, the rules being conditioned by Message
Exchange Patterns (MEP), see ‎B.2.3).
V3.0 Page 259 of 297

This specification mandates usage of SOAP v1.2 as the minimal version and specified
in ‎[40].
This section makes use of the following namespaces:
 wsa: the namespace for WS-Addressing message elements as defined in ‎[41]

 wsmc: the namespace for WS-MakeConnection elements as defined in ‎[43]
B.2.1 Message Binding

A RPS message consists of a body and a header (see ‎A.2). This concept maps very well to
the concept of SOAP messages that also contains a header and a body.
The binding of the messages defined in ‎Annex A to SOAP shall follow the rules defined in
this section.
 SOAP Header
 The information contained in the RPSHeader of the message shall be transferred
into the SOAP header. See also ‎B.2.2.1
 SOAP Body
 Only the element contained in the RPSBody structure shall be sent into the SOAP
Body. It means that:
The RPSMessage envelope shall not be sent.
The full RPSHeader structure shall not be sent.
The RPSBody envelope shall not be sent
 The SOAP body shall contain the rps:MessageVersion attribute filled with the
value of the <rps:RPSMessage>/<rps:MessageVersion> attribute.
As a consequence one RPS message corresponds to one SOAP message, and it is
impossible to send several RPS messages in a single SOAP message.
Note that all information of the RPS message is bind to the SOAP message, so no
information is lost during the binding.
<rps:RPSMessage> <soap:Envelop>
<rps:RPSHeader> <soap:Header >
<rps:…/>
… …
<rps:…/>
</rps:RPSHeader> </soap:Header>
<rps:RPSBody> <soap:Body>
<rps:…> <rps:…>
</rps:…> </rps:…>
</rps:RPSBody> </soap:Body>
</rps:RPSMessage> </soap:Envelop>
Figure 140: RPS Message Binding
V3.0 Page 260 of 297

B.2.1.1 RPS Header Binding to WS-Addressing Elements

This section describes the binding of RPS header into WS-Addressing properties. WS-
Addressing properties are described in further detail in ‎[41] and ‎[42]. Only the elements that
are used throughout this section are detailed here.
 /wsa:From
This OPTIONAL element (of type wsa:EndpointReferenceType) provides the value for
the [source endpoint] property.
In the context of this specification this element is MANDATORY except in the synchronous
response and defines the function requester. It shall be filled with:
 The sender URI. This value is not mapped from any value of the RPS Header, but
it should be representative of the sender entity.
 A mandatory query parameter “EntityId” containing the
<rps.SenderEntity>/<rps:EntityId> value
 An optional query parameter “EntityName” containing the
<rps.SenderEntity>/<rps:EntityName> value
 An optional query parameter “UserName” containing the <rps.SenderName>
Example:
The following content:
<rsp:SenderEntity>
< rsp:EntityId>1.3.6.1.4.1.11111</rsp:EntityId>
<rsp:EntityName>ACompany</rsp:EntityName>
</rsp:SenderEntity>
<rsp:SenderName>aSenderAccountId</rsp:SenderName>
Would be mapped into:
<wsa:From">
<wsa:Address>http://ACompany.com/RPS?EntityId=1.3.6.1.4.1.11111?Entit
yName = ACompany? UserName= aSenderAccountId</wsa:Address>
</wsa:From>
 /wsa:To
This REQUIRED element (of type xs:anyURI) provides the value for the [destination]
property.
In the context of this specification this element is MANDATORY and defines the function
provider. It shall be filled with:
 The URL of the web service endpoint to which the message is sent. This value is
not mapped from any value of the RPS Header, but it should be representative of
the receiving entity.
V3.0 Page 261 of 297

 An optional query parameter “EntityId” containing the

<rps.ReceiverEntity>/<rps:EntityId> value
Example:
<rps:ReceiverEntity>
<rps:EntityId>1.3.6.1.4.1.22222</rps:EntityId>
</rps:ReceiverEntity>
<wsa:To>http://ACompany.com/SMDP/ES2Services?EntityId=1.3.6.1.4.1.222
22</wsa:To>
 /wsa:ReplyTo
This OPTIONAL element (of type wsa:EndpointReferenceType) provides the value for
the [reply endpoint] property. If this element is NOT present, then the value of the [address]
property of the [reply endpoint] EPR is "http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing/anonymous".
In the context of this specification this element is OPTIONAL. This element shall be present
only when:
 MEP follows Asynchronous Request-Response with callback and

 When Message sender wants the response to be sent to a specific endpoint
 If missing, the response shall be sent to (in the preferred order):
 a well-known endpoint mutually agreed between message sender and message
receiver
 or to the message originating endpoint.
If present, the /wsa:ReplyTo shall be filled with:
 The value set in <rps:ResponseEndpoint>
 An optional query parameter “EntityId” containing the

<rps.ReceiverEntity>/<rps:EntityId> value
Example:
<rps:ResponseEndpoint>http://ACompagny.com/SMDP/ES3Services</rps:Resp
onseEndpoint>
<rps:ReceiverEntity>
<rps:EntityId>1.3.6.1.4.1.33333</rps:EntityId>
</rps:ReceiverEntity>
<wsa:ReplyTo>
V3.0 Page 262 of 297

<wsa:Address>http://ACompany.com/SMDP/ES3Services?EntityId=1.3.6.1.4.1.3333
3</wsa:Address> </wsa:ReplyTo>
 /wsa:MessageID
This OPTIONAL element (whose content is of type xs:anyURI) conveys the [message id]
property.
In the context of this specification this element is MANDATORY whatever the MEP. This
element shall be filled with:
 The value set in <rps:MessageId>.

 An optional query parameter “TransactionID” containing the
<rps:TransactionId> value. This query parameter shall be present only if
<rps:TransactionId> is present.
 An optional query parameter “ContextID” containing the <rps:ContextId>
value. If this optional query parameter is present, it shall be included in any new
request generated by the function provider entity for another functional provider
entity. This identifier may be used to provide end-to-end logging management
between the different web services.
 A mandatory query parameter “MessageDate” containing the
<rps:MessageDate> value
Example:
<rps:MessageId>//MySenderDomain/123</rps:MessageId><rps:TransactionId
>MyTansactionID1</rps:TransactionId>
<rps:ContextId>MyContextID1</rps:ContextId><rps:MessageDate>2013-04-
18T09:45:00Z</rps:MessageDate>
<wsa:MessageID>//MySenderDomain/123?TransactionId=MyTansactionID1?Con
textId=MyContextID1?MessageDate=2013-04-18T09:45:00Z</wsa:MessageID>
 /wsa:Action
This REQUIRED element (whose content is of type xs:anyURI) conveys the value of the
[action] property.
In the context of this specification this element is MANDATORY, and the format of this
element shall be:
[target namespace] [delimiter][interface name] [delimiter][function

group][delimiter][operation name][direction token]
Where:
 [target namespace]: ‘http://gsma.com’

 [interface name]: One of the following label ‘ES1’, ‘ES2’ ‘ES3’, ‘ES4’ ‘ES7’,
 [function group]:
V3.0 Page 263 of 297

 For Synchronous Request-Response MEP, for Notification MEP, and for

Asynchronous with Polling MEP, the [function group] value shall be filled with the
name of the functions group (see ‎Table 95 and ‎Table 96). Possible values are:
eUICCManagement
ProfileManagement
PlatformManagement
 For Asynchronous with callback MEP, the [function group] value SHALL be filled
with the name of the functions group appended with the "CallBack" string.
Possible values are:
ProfileManagementCallBack
PlatformManagementCallBack
eUICCManagementCallBack
 [Operation name]: the name of the function as contained in the
/rps:RPSHeader/rps:MessageType element
 [direction token] = Follows OASIS WS-* specifications, i.e.:
 For Synchronous Request-Response MEP: the [direction token] is already part of
the [Operation Name] as the "Request" string for the request, and as the
"Response" string for the response. So no additional qualifier shall be added.
 For Notification (One-Way MEP): no direction Token (empty string) needs to be
added after the [Operation name]
 For Asynchronous with callback MEP or Asynchronous with Polling: as these
MEP are indeed mapped to two one-way service calls, then there is no need to
have a direction token, neither for the request, nor for the asynchronous response
(empty strings). The ‘Resquest’ and ‘Response’ qualifier shall be removed from
the [Operation name].
 [delimiter]: “/”
Examples:
 For the ES2 ‘GetEIS’ part of the ‘Profile Management’ function group, the relevant
/wsa:Action shall be (assumed to be called as a Synchronous Request-Response
MEP):
 For the request:
<wsa:Action>http://gsma.com/ES2/ProfileManagement/ES2-
GetEISRequest</wsa:Action>
 For the response:
GetEISResponse</wsa:Action>
 For the ES3 ‘HandleProfileDisabledNotification’ part of the ‘Platform Management’

function group, the relevant /wsa:Action shall be for the request (no response
expected):
<wsa:Action>http://gsma.com/ES3/PlatformManagement/ES3-
HandleProfileDisabledNotification</wsa:Action>
 For the ES3 ‘EnableProfile’ part of the ‘Platform Management’ function group, the
relevant /wsa:Action shall be (assumed to be called as a Asynchronous Request-
Response with callback MEP):
V3.0 Page 264 of 297


EnableProfile</wsa:Action>
<wsa:Action>http://gsma.com/ES3/PlatformManagementCallBack/ES3-
 For the ES3 ‘EnableProfile’ part of the ‘Platform Management’ function group, the
relevant /wsa:Action shall be (assumed to be called as a Asynchronous with Polling
MEP):
 /wsa:FaultTo
This OPTIONAL element (of type wsa:EndpointReferenceType) provides the value for the
[fault endpoint] property.
In the context of this specification this element SHALL NOT be used. Any fault shall be sent
to (in the preferred order):
 The endpoint specified in the /wsa:ReplyTo, if present,

 Else, to a well know endpoint mutually agreed between message sender and
message receiver
 Or to the message originating endpoint.
 /wsa:RelatesTo
This OPTIONAL (repeating) element information item contributes one abstract [relationship]
property value, in the form of an (IRI, IRI) pair. The content of this element (of type
xs:anyURI) conveys the [message id] of the related message.
In the context of this specification this element is MANDATORY if the message is a

response. This element shall be filled with the value of the <rps:RelatesTo>
Example:
<rps:RelatesTo>//MySenderDomain/123</rps:Relates>
<wsa:RelatesTo>//MySenderDomain/123</wsa:RelatesTo>
V3.0 Page 265 of 297

B.2.1.2 Use of WS-MakeConnection

WS-MakeConnection shall be used in asynchronous scenarios when the receiving party of a
request cannot initiate a connection to the sending party (due to network security constraints
for example). In this scenario, the sending party shall poll for a processed request using WS-
MakeConnection ‎[43]. This scenario is described in the Message Exchange Pattern:
Asynchronous with Polling (‎Annex B-Section 2.3.3).
All the following elements are described in further detail in WS-MakeConnection ‎[43], only
the elements that are used throughout this document are detailed here.
To indicate to the Function provider that the Function requester is not addressable and will
use Asynchronous with polling MEP (see ‎B.2.3.3), the /wsa:ReplyTo header element shall
indicate one of the two anonymous URL:
 The WS-Addressing anonymous URL

‘http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing/anonymous’. This shall allow the function
requester to poll for the first response message available for the function requester
 The WS-MakeConnection anonymous URL ‘http://docs.oasis-open.org/ws-
rx/wsmc/200702/anonymous?id=<value of <wsa:MessageId>’. This shall allow the
Function requester to poll for the response for this specific message.
By using one of the two above anonymous /wsa:ReplyTo URL constructs, the Function
provider knows that ‘Asynchronous with Polling’ mode is requested and shall answer with
HTTP 202 (ACCEPT), see ‎B.2.3.3.
To get a Function execution response, The Function provider shall send a new SOAP
message with the /wsmc:MakeConnection element in the body; this new message
establishes a contextualised back-channel for the transmission of the message response
according to matching criteria (defined below).
In the context of this specification, the SOAP message allowing getting a function execution
response message shall contain:
In the Header:
 /wsa:Action element with the specific value ‘http://docs.oasis-open.org/ws-

rx/wsmc/200702/MakeConnection’
In the body:
 /wmc:MakeConnection element with a sub element /wsmc:Address containing

one of the anonymous URI defined here above and identifying the initiating endpoint
contained in the /wsa:ReplyTo element of the original function execution request.
Function provider shall not return message response in the HTTP response unless
they have been addressed to this URI.
 If the Function provider has not any response ready for the Function requester it
shall answer with an empty response and HTTP 202 (ACCEPT)
 If the Function provider has a response ready it shall return the response and use
HTTP response code 200 (OK)
V3.0 Page 266 of 297

B.2.2 Security
To secure the messages being sent between Function requester and Function provider, one
of the two following mechanisms shall be used:
11. Relying on mutual authenticated transport level security (Transport Layer Security,
TLS)
2. Relying on transport level security (TLS) with only server side authentication and WS-
Security standards
This specification mandates usage of TLS v 1.2 defined in RFC 5246 ‎[15] to allow
appropriate algorithm and key length as defined in section ‎2.4.1.
B.2.2.1 Secure Channel Set-Up

The process of setting up secure channel is out of scope of this document. This process
includes the exchange of the following information:
 Function requester and Function provider OIDs shall be registered and respective
values have been communicated to each party
 Function requester and Function provider URL shall have been communicated to
each party
 Function requester and Function provider shall agree on the MEP for response
handling of asynchronous function: Asynchronous Request-Response with callback
or Asynchronous with polling.
 Function requester and Function provider shall agree on the type of security
mechanism used and respective credential:
 WS-Security
If UsernameToken Profile is used, the Username and Password shall be setup at
receiving entities.
If X509 Certificate Token Profile is used, the receiving entity shall trust the
sending entity issued certificate.
 Transport Level Security
Function requester and Function provider party trust must have been established
on a X509 certificate chain basis.
NOTE: Receiving entity and sending entity could either be the Function requester of
the Function provider.
B.2.2.2 Identification/Authentication/Authorisation
Authentication of the sending party of a SOAP message shall rely on either the Transport
layer security (using TLS certificate of the sending party) or the WS-Security ‎[44]. In this
case the SOAP message shall include specific WS-Security elements containing a security
token, UserNameToken or X509Token as agreed during secure channel set-up (see ‎2.3.1).
Message receiver shall be able to process Web Service Security tokens as specified in the
OASIS specification ‎[44], specifically:
 UsernameToken Profile 1.1. as defined in ‎[45]:
V3.0 Page 267 of 297

<S11:Envelope xmlns:S11="..." xmlns:wsse="...">

<S11:Header>
…
<wsse:Security>
<wsse:UsernameToken>
<wsse:Username>ACompany</wsse:Username>
<wsse:Password>MyPassword</wsse:Password>
</wsse:UsernameToken>
</wsse:Security>
….
 X509 Certificate Token Profile 1.1. as defined in ‎[46], with ‘#X509v3’ token type. The
X509 certificate of the sender shall be included as a BinarySecurityToken.
<S11:Envelope xmlns:S11="...">
<S11:Header>
…
<wsse:Security xmlns:wsse="..." >
<wsse:BinarySecurityToken ValueType="…#X509v3"
EncodingType="…#Base64Binary">
MIIEZzCCA9CgAwIBAgIQEmtJZc0…
</wsse:BinarySecurityToken>
…
</wsse:Security>
…
B.2.2.3 Integrity
The integrity of the message shall exclusively rely on the transport level security (TLS).
B.2.2.4 Confidentiality
The confidentiality of the message shall exclusively rely on the transport level security (TLS).
B.2.3 Message Exchange Pattern (MEPs) – HTTPS Binding
B.2.3.1 MEP: Synchronous Request-Response
(1) HTTP POST + request

Function Function
requester Provider
(2) HTTP 200 (OK) + Response
V3.0 Page 268 of 297

Figure 141: MEP: Synchronous Request-Response
(1) The SOAP header of the message sent in a HTTP POST from Function requester to
Function provider shall contain:
/wsa:From (REQUIRED)
/wsa:To (REQUIRED)
/wsa:MessageID (REQUIRED)
/wsa:Action (REQUIRED)
(2) The response to the message is on the HTTP(s) return channel with code 200 (OK) and
the SOAP header shall contain:
/wsa:From (OPTIONAL)
/wsa:To (REQUIRED)
/wsa:RelatesTo (Value of MessageId:value of the original message to which this is the

response) (REQUIRED)
B.2.3.2 MEP: Asynchronous Request-Response With Callback
(2) HTTP 202 (ACCEPT)

Function Function
requester Provider
(3) HTTP POST + response
Figure 142: MEP: Asynchronous Request-Response With Callback
/wsa:To (REQUIRED)
/wsa:ReplyTo (OPTIONAL)
V3.0 Page 269 of 297

(2) The Function requester shall be able to handle 202 (ACCEPT) HTTP response
codes.
NOTE: In case the response is 200 (OK) steps (3) and (4) will be skipped if it is not
a new session.
(3) The response to the message is sent in a HTTP POST from Function provider to
Function requester, and the SOAP header shall contain:
/wsa:To (REQUIRED)
/wsa:RelatesTo (value of MessageId:value of the original message to which this is the

(4) Function requester shall reply with a HTTP 202 (ACCEPT).
B.2.3.3 MEP: Asynchronous With Polling

With /wsa:ReplyTo Anonymous
(3) HTTP POST

With /wsmc:MakeConnection
Function Function
requester (4) HTTP 202 (ACCEPT) Provider
For empty response
(5) HTTP POST

With /wsmc:MakeConnection
(6) HTTP 202 + response
Figure 143: MEP: Asynchronous With Polling
/wsa:To (REQUIRED)
V3.0 Page 270 of 297

/wsa:ReplyTo (REQUIRED) containing one of the two possible anonymous URL

(see ‎Annex B-Section 2.1.2)
(2) Function provider shall reply with a HTTP 202 (ACCEPT). (3 or 5) Function provider
makes a WS-MakeConnection call as defined in ‎Annex B-Section 2.1.2 with a header
containing:
<wsa:Action>http://docs.oasis-open.org/ws-
rx/wsmc/200702/MakeConnection<wsa:Action>
And a body containing:
<wsmc:MakeConnection ...>
<wsmc:Address>AnonymousURL (same value as /wsa:ReplyTo
above)</wsmc:Address>
</wsmc:MakeConnection>
(4 or 6) The response to the message is sent in a HTTP response from Function provider to
Function requester, and the SOAP header shall contain:
/wsa:To (REQUIRED)
/wsa:RelatesTo (Value of MessageId:value of the original message to which this is the

B.2.3.4 MEP: Notification (One-Way)
(1) HTTP POST + notification

Function Function
requester Provider
Figure 144: MEP: Synchronous Request-Response
/wsa:To (REQUIRED)
V3.0 Page 271 of 297

(2) The response to the message is on the HTTP return channel with code 202 (ACCEPT)
and with an empty body.
B.2.4 Binding Examples
B.2.4.1 Binding of a Message for ES4.EnableProfile Function Request

The xml hereunder illustrates an RPS message for requesting the execution of the
ES4.EnableProfile function:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<RPSMessage xmlns="http://namespaces.gsma.org/esim-messaging/1"
xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
MessageVersion="1.0.0">
<RPSHeader>
<SenderEntity>
<EntityId>1.3.6.1.4.1.111111</EntityId>
<EntityName>ACompany</EntityName>
</SenderEntity>
<SenderName>aSenderAccountId</SenderName>
<ReceiverEntity>
</ReceiverEntity>
<ResponseEndpoint>http://ACompany.com/RPS/MyEndPoint</ResponseEndpoint>
<TransactionId>MyTransID1</TransactionId>
<MessageId>//MySenderDomain/123</MessageId>
<MessageType>ES4-EnableProfileRequest</MessageType>
<MessageDate>2013-04-18T09:30:47Z</MessageDate>
</RPSHeader>
<RPSBody>
<ES4-EnableProfileRequest>
<FunctionCallIdentifier>callId:1</FunctionCallIdentifier>
<ValidityPeriod>3600</ValidityPeriod>
<Eid>89001012012341234012345678901224</Eid>
<ICCID>8933010000000000001</ICCID>
</ES4-EnableProfileRequest>
</RPSBody>
</RPSMessage>
In the case where:
V3.0 Page 272 of 297

 security is set with TLS, with mutual authentication based on certificate

 the MEP is : Asynchronous Request-Response with callback
This function execution request is bound to the following SOAP message:

<s:Envelope xmlns:s="http://www.w3.org/2003/05/soap-envelope"
xmlns:wsa="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2004/08/addressing"
xmlns:rps="http://namespaces.gsma.org/esim-messaging/1">
<s:Header>
<wsa:From>
<wsa:Address>http://ACompany.com/RPS?EntityId=1.3.6.1.4.1.111111?EntityName
=ACompany?UserName=aSenderAccountID</wsa:Address>
</wsa:From>
<wsa:To>http://AnotherCompany.com?EntityId=1.3.6.1.4.1.222222</wsa:To>
<wsa:MessageID>//MySenderDomain/123?TransactionId=MyTransID1?MessageDate=20
13-04-18T09:30:47Z</wsa:MessageID>
<wsa:ReplyTo>
<wsa:Address>http://ACompany.com/RPS/MyEndPoint</wsa:Address>
</wsa:ReplyTo>
</s:Header>
<s:Body rps:MessageVersion="1.0.0">
<rps:ES4-EnableProfileRequest>
<rps:FunctionCallIdentifier>callID:1</rps:FunctionCallIdentifier>
<rps:ValidityPeriod>3600</rps:ValidityPeriod>
<rps:Eid>89001012012341234012345678901224</rps:Eid>
<rps:ICCID>8933010000000000001</rps:ICCID>
</rps:ES4-EnableProfileRequest>
</s:Body>
</s:Envelope>
B.2.4.2 Binding of a Message for ES4.EnableProfile Function Response

The xml hereunder illustrates a possible message response for the ES4.EnableProfile
function execution request illustrated in the example of the previous section 2.2.1:

<RPSMessage xmlns="http://namespaces.gsma.org/esim-messaging/1"
V3.0 Page 273 of 297

MessageVersion="1.0.0">
<RPSHeader>
<SenderEntity>
</SenderEntity>
<SenderName>AnotherSenderAccountId</SenderName>
<ReceiverEntity>
</ReceiverEntity>
<TransactionId>MyTransID1</TransactionId>
<MessageId>//MyProviderDomain/99</MessageId>
<MessageType>ES4-EnableProfileResponse</MessageType>
<RelatesTo>//MySenderDomain/123</RelatesTo>
<MessageDate>2013-04-18T09:45:00Z</MessageDate>
</RPSHeader>
<RPSBody>
<ES4-EnableProfileResponse>
<FunctionExecutionStatus>
<Status>EXECUTED_SUCCESS</Status>
</FunctionExecutionStatus>
</ES4-EnableProfileResponse>
</RPSBody>
</RPSMessage>
In the context described in the example of the previous section 2.2.1, the function execution
response is bound to the following SOAP message:

<s:Envelope xmlns:s="http://www.w3.org/2003/05/soap-envelope"
xmlns:wsa="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2004/08/addressing"
xmlns:rps="http://namespaces.gsma.org/esim-messaging/1">
<s:Header> <wsa:From>
<wsa:Address>http://AnotherCompany.com/RPS?EntityId=1.3.6.1.4.1.222222?User
Name=AnotherSenderAccountId</wsa:Address>
</wsa:From>
<wsa:To>http://AnotherCompany.com?EntityId=1.3.6.1.4.1.111111</wsa:To>
<wsa:MessageID>//MyProviderDomain/99?TransactionId=MyTransID1?MessageDate=2
013-04-18T09:45:00Z</wsa:MessageID>
<wsa:RelatesTo>//MySenderDomain/123</wsa:RelatesTo>
</s:Header>
<s:Body rps:MessageVersion="1.0.0">
V3.0 Page 274 of 297

<rps:ES4-EnableProfileResponse>
<rps:FunctionExecutionStatus>
<rps:Status>EXECUTED_SUCCESS</rps:Status>
</rps:FunctionExecutionStatus>
</rps:ES4-EnableProfileResponse>
</s:Body>
</s:Envelope>
B.3 Function Binding

NOTE: In the tables below the Asynchronous Request-Response with Callback MEP can
be replaced by an Asynchronous Request-Response with Polling MEP. In
this case the /wsa:Action value has to be updated accordingly.
B.3.1 ES1
Function name Binding Information
MEP Synchronous Request-Response
http://gsma.com/ES1/eUICCManagement/ES1-RegisterEISRequest
RegisterEIS /wsa:Action Request
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES1/eUICCManagement/ES1-RegisterEISResponse
Response
Table 225: ES1 Function Binding
B.3.2 ES2
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES2/DataPreparation/ES2-GetEISRequest
GetEIS
Request
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES2/DataPreparation/ES2-GetEISResponse
Response
MEP Asynchronous Request-Response with CallBack
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES2/ProfileManagement/ES2-DownloadProfile
DownloadProfile
Request
http://gsma.com/ES2/ProfileManagementCallback/ES2-
/wsa:Action
DownloadProfile
Response
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES2/ProfileManagement/ES2-UpdatePolicyRules
UpdatePolicyRules
Request
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES2/ProfileManagement/ES2-UpdatePolicyRules
Response
UpdateSubscriptionAddress MEP Synchronous Request-Response
V3.0 Page 275 of 297

http://gsma.com/ES2/ProfileManagement/ES2-
/wsa:Action
UpdateSubscriptionAddressRequest
Request
http://gsma.com/ES2/ProfileManagement/ES2-
/wsa:Action
UpdateSubscriptionAddressResponse
Response
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES2/PlatformManagement/ES2-EnableProfile
EnableProfile
Request
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES2/PlatformManagementCallback/ES2-EnableProfile
Response
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES2/PlatformManagement/ES2-DisableProfile
DisableProfile
Request
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES2/PlatformManagementCallback/ES2-DisableProfile
Response
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES2/PlatformManagement/ES2-DeleteProfile
DeleteProfile
Request
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES2/PlatformManagementCallback/ES2-DeleteProfile
Response
MEP Notification (One-Way)
http://gsma.com/ES2/PlatformManagement/ES2-
/wsa:Action
HandleProfileDisabledNotification HandleProfileDisabledNotification
Request
/wsa:Action (none)
Response
/wsa:Action
HandleProfileEnabledNotification HandleProfileEnabledNotification
Request
/wsa:Action (none)
Response
HandleSMSRChangeNotification http://gsma.com/ES2/PlatformManagement/ES2-
/wsa:Action
HandleSMSRChangeNotification
Request
/wsa:Action (none)
Response
/wsa:Action
HandleProfileDeletedNotification HandleProfileDeletedNotification
Request
/wsa:Action (none)
Response
V3.0 Page 276 of 297

B.3.3 ES3
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES3/ProfileManagement/ES3-GetEISRequest
GetEIS Request
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES3/ProfileManagement/ES3-GetEISResponse
Response
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES3/ProfileManagement/ES3-AuditEIS
AuditEIS Request
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES3/ProfileManagementCallBack/ES3-AuditEIS
Response
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES3/ProfileManagement/ES3-CreateISDP
CreateISDP Request
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES3/ProfileManagemenCallBack/ES3-CreateISDP
Response
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES3/ProfileManagement/ES3-SendData
SendData Request
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES3/ProfileManagementCallBack/ES3-SendData
Response
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES3/ProfileManagement/ES3-
ProfileDownloadCompleted Request ProfileDownloadedCompletedRequest
Response ProfileDownloadedCompletedResponse
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES3/ProfileManagement/ES3-UpdatePolicyRules
UpdatePolicyRules Request
/wsa:Action
Response
Request UpdateSubscriptionAddressRequest
V3.0 Page 277 of 297

Response UpdateSubscriptionAddressResponse
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES3/PlatformManagement/ES3-EnableProfile
EnableProfile Request
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES3/PlatformManagementCallBack/ES3-EnableProfile
Response
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES3/PlatformManagement/ES3-DisableProfile
DisableProfile Request
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES3/PlatformManagementCallBack/ES3-DisableProfile
Response
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES3/PlatformManagement/ES3-DeleteISDP
DeleteISDP Request
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES3/PlatformManagementCallBack/ES3-DeleteISDP
Response
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES3/PlatformManagement/ES3-
UpdateConnictivitParameters Request UpdateConnectivityParameters
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES3/PlatformManagementCallBack/ES3-
Response UpdateConnectivityParameters
HandleProfileDisabledNotification Request HandleProfileDisabledNotification
/wsa:Action
(none)
Response
HandleProfileEnabledNotification Request HandleProfileEnabledNotification
/wsa:Action
(none)
Response
HandleSMSRChangeNotification Request HandleSMSRChangeNotification
/wsa:Action
(none)
Response
HandleProfileDeletedNotification MEP Notification (One-Way)
V3.0 Page 278 of 297

Request HandleProfileDeletedNotification
/wsa:Action
(none)
Response
B.3.4 ES4
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES4/ProfileManagement/ES4-GetEISRequest
GetEIS Request
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES4/ProfileManagement/ES4-GetEISResponse
Response
/wsa:Action
UpdatePolicyRules Request
/wsa:Action
Response
UpdateSubscriptionAddress Request UpdateSubscriptionAddressRequest
Response UpdateSubscriptionAddressResponse
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES4/ProfileManagement/ES4-AuditEIS
AuditEIS Request
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES4/ProfileManagementCallBack/ES4-AuditEIS
Response
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES4/PlatformManagement/ES4-EnableProfile
EnableProfile Request
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES4/PlatformManagementCallBack/ES4-EnableProfile
Response
DisableProfile /wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES4/PlatformManagement/ES4-DisableProfile
Request
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES4/PlatformManagementCallBack/ES4-
V3.0 Page 279 of 297

Response DisableProfile
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES4/PlatformManagement/ES4-DeleteProfile
DeleteProfile Request
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES4/PlatformManagementCallBack/ES4-DeleteProfile
Response
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES4/eUICCManagement/ES4-PrepareSMSRChange
PrepareSMSRChange Request
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES4/eUICCManagementCallBack/ES4-
Response PrepareSMSRChange
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES4/eUICCManagement/ES4-SMSRChange
SMSRChange Request
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES4/eUICCManagementCallBack/ES4-SMSRChange
Response
HandleProfileDisabledNotification Request HandleProfileDisabledNotification
/wsa:Action
(none)
Response
HandleProfileEnabledNotification Request HandleProfileEnabledNotification
/wsa:Action
(none)
Response
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES4/eUICCManagement/ES4-
HandleSMSRChangeNotification Request HandleSMSRChangeNotification
/wsa:Action
(none)
Response
Request HandleProfileDeletedNotification
/wsa:Action
(none)
Response
Table 228: ES4 Functions Binding
V3.0 Page 280 of 297

B.3.5 ES7
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES7/eUICCManagement/ES7-CreateAdditionalKeySet
CreateAdditionalKeySet Request
/wsa:Action http://gsma.com/ES7/eUICCManagementCallBack/ES7-
Response CreateAdditionalKeySet
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES7/eUICCManagement/ES7-HandoverEUICC
HandoverEUICC Request
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES7/eUICCManagementCallBack/ES7-HandoverEUICC
Response
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES7/eUICCManagement/ES7-AuthenticateSMSR
AuthenticateSMSR Request
/wsa:Action
http://gsma.com/ES7/eUICCManagementCallBack/ES7-AuthenticateSMSR
Response
B.4 Web Service Definition Language (WSDL)

The Web Services Description Language (WSDL) is an XML-based interface definition
language that is used for describing the functionality offered by a web service. It provides a
machine-readable description of how the service can be called, what parameters it expects,
and what data structures it returns.
WSDL files are provided within the SGP.02 Remote Provisioning Architecture for Embedded
UICC Technical Specification v3.1 WSDL ZIP package.
This package is composed of the following WSDL files:
 ES1_SMSR.wsdl
 ES2_MNO.wsdl
 ES2_SMDP.wsdl
 ES3_SMDP.wsdl
 ES3_SMSR.wsdl
 ES4_MNO.wsdl
 ES4_SMSR.wsdl
V3.0 Page 281 of 297

 ES7_SMSR_Provider.wsdl
 ES7_SMSR_Requester.wsdl
 These WDSL files reference XML schemafiles (.xsd), which are also provided within
the SGP.02 Remote Provisioning Architecture for Embedded UICC Technical
Specification v3.1 WSDL ZIP package
Annex C Use of GlobalPlatform Privileges

GlobalPlatform defines the following privileges:
Privilege Privilege Description

Number
0 Security Domain Application is a Security Domain.
1 DAP Verification Application is capable of verifying a DAP; Security Domain privilege shall also be set.
2 Delegated Application is capable of Delegated Card Content Management: Security Domain

Management privilege shall also be set.
3 Card Lock Application has the privilege to lock the card.
4 Card Terminate Application has the privilege to terminate the card.
5 Card Reset Application has the privilege to modify historical bytes on one or more card interfaces.
This privilege was previously labelled "Default Selected".
6 CVM Management Application has the privilege to manage a shared CVM of a CVM Application.
7 Mandated DAP Application is capable of and requires the verification of a DAP for all load operations:
Verification Security Domain privilege and DAP Verification privilege shall also be set.
8 Trusted Path Application is a Trusted Path for inter-application communication.
9 Authorized Application is capable of Card Content Management; Security Domain privilege shall
Management also be set.
10 Token Verification Application is capable of verifying a token for Delegated Card Content Management.
11 Global Delete Application may delete any Card Content.
12 Global Lock Application may lock or unlock any Application.
13 Global Registry Application may access any entry in the GlobalPlatform Registry.
14 Final Application The only Application accessible in card Life Cycle State CARD_LOCKED and
TERMINATED.
15 Global Service Application provides services to other Applications on the card.
16 Receipt Generation Application is capable of generating a receipt for Delegated Card Content
Management.
17 Ciphered Load File The Security Domain requires that the Load File being associated to it is to be loaded
V3.0 Page 282 of 297

Data Block ciphered.
18 Contactless Application is capable of activating and deactivating other Applications on the

Activation contactless interface.
19 Contactless Self- Application is capable of activating itself on the contactless interface without a prior
Activation request to the Application with the Contactless Activation privilege.
Table 230: GlobalPlatform Privileges
Privileges description in an eUICC:
The following rules apply for an eUICC with at least one Profile installed.
Security Domain Privilege:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “This privilege distinguishes a Security Domain
from a 'normal' Application.”
DAP Verification Privilege:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “An application provider may require that their
Application code to be loaded on the card shall be checked for integrity and authenticity. The
DAP Verification privilege provides this service on behalf of an Application provider.”
Delegated Management:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “The privilege allows an Application Provider to
manage Card Content with authorisation.” A “Security Domain having the Token Verification
privilege controls such authorisation.”
Card Lock:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “This privilege allows an Application to set the
card life cycle state to CARD_LOCKED.”
On the eUICC, the Card Lock privilege is not applicable and shall not be assigned to any
security domain/Application. The equivalent mechanism of disabling a Profile shall be used.
Card Terminate:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “This privilege allows an Application to set the
card life cycle state to TERMINATED.”
On the eUICC, the Card Terminate privilege is not applicable and shall not be assigned to
any security domain/Application. The equivalent mechanism of deleting a Profile shall be
used.
V3.0 Page 283 of 297

Card Reset:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “An Application installed or made selectable
with the Card Reset privilege and no Implicit Selection parameter is registered in the
GlobalPlatform Registry as the implicitly selectable Application on the Basic Logical Channel
for all card I/O interfaces supported by the card if no other Application (other than the Issuer
Security Domain) is already registered as implicitly selectable on the Basic Logical Channel
of any card I/O interface”.
This privilege is relevant only when the Profile is enabled. Therefore, several Applications
may have this privilege on the eUICC, but this privilege shall be unique within a Profile.
If the Application inside a Profile with the Card Reset privilege is deleted the privilege is
reassigned to the corresponding MNO-SD.
CVM Management:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “The CVM Application, if present on a card,
provides a mechanism for a Cardholder Verification Method (CVM), including velocity
checking, that may be used by all Applications on the card”.
If an Application in a Profile has this privilege, it shall be relevant only when the Profile is
enabled. In that case, several Applications may have this privilege on the card, but this
privilege shall be unique within a Profile.
Mandated DAP Verification:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “A Controlling Authority may require that all
Application code to be loaded onto the card shall be checked for integrity and authenticity.
The Mandated DAP Verification privilege of the Controlling Authority's Security Domain
detailed in this Specification provides this service on behalf of the Controlling Authority”.
The DAP verification is mandated only when loading an Application inside the Profile.
Trusted Path:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: "The 'Trusted Path' privilege qualifies an
Application as a Receiving Entity. Each Application present on the card playing the Role of a
Receiving Entity shall: Enforce the Issuer's security rules for inter-application
communication; Ensure that incoming messages are properly provided unaltered to the
Trusted Framework; Ensure that any response messages are properly returned unaltered to
the off-card entity”.
Authorised Management:
V3.0 Page 284 of 297

GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “Having a Security Domain with this privilege
allows a Security Domain provider to perform Card Content management without
authorisation (i.e. a token) in the case where the off-card entity is authenticated as the owner
(Security Domain Provider) of the Security Domain”.
Token Verification:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “This privilege allows a Security Domain
Provider, to authorize any Card Content management operation”.
Global Delete:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “This privilege provides the capability to remove
any Executable Load File or Application from the card even if the Executable Load File or
Application does not belong to this Security Domain”.
For MNO-SD and Applications inside a Profile, this privilege shall only allow deletion of
Applications in the corresponding Profile.
Global Lock:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “This privilege provides the right to initiate the
locking and unlocking of any Application on the card, independent of its Security Domain
Association and hierarchy. It also provides the capability to restrict the Card Content
Management functionality of OPEN”.
For MNO-SD and Applications inside a Profile, this privilege shall only allow locking of
Global Registry:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “The search is limited to the Executable Load
Files, Applications and Security Domains that are directly or indirectly associated with the
eUICC entity receiving the command. When the eUICC entity receiving the command has
the Global Registry privilege, the search applies to all Executable Load Files, Applications
and Security Domains registered in the GlobalPlatform Registry”.
For ISD-P and Applications inside a Profile, this privilege shall only allow looking for
Final Application:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “If a Security Domain has the Final Application
privilege only the GET DATA command shall be processed, all other commands defined in
this specification shall be disabled and shall return an error”.
V3.0 Page 285 of 297

On the eUICC, the Final Application privilege is not applicable and shall not be assigned to
any security domain/Application.
Global Service:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “One or more Global Services Applications may
be present on the card to provide services to other Applications on the card.
The MNO-SD or Applications inside a Profile with the Global Service privilege shall offer
service only when the Profile is enabled. Therefore, it is possible to have several
Applications registered on the same service in the same eUICC.
Receipt Generation:
Provider, typically the Card Issuer, to provide a confirmation for the performed card content
management. A Security Domain with Receipt Generation privilege requires the knowledge
of keys and algorithms used for Receipts generation”.
Ciphered Load File Data Block:
Provider to require that the Load File Data Block being associated to it shall be ciphered”.
Contactless Activation:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “The Contactless Activation privilege identifies
the CRS Application. This Privilege allows:
 The Activation/Deactivation of Applications on the Contactless Interface

 The update of the Selection Priority
 Manage the Volatile Priority
 Reorder the GlobalPlatform Registry
 Notification by the OPEN when:
 An Application is INSTALLED, LOCKED, unlocked or deleted
 The availability state of an Application is changed between NON_ACTIVATABLE,
ACTIVATED, or DEACTIVATED.
 One of the Application’s contactless registry parameters is updated”.
Contactless Self-Activation:
GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] states: “The Contactless Self-Activation Privilege

allows an Application to activate itself without a prior request to the CRS Application”.
V3.0 Page 286 of 297

enabled.
Privilege Number Privilege ISD-R ISD-P MNO-SD Applications inside a Profile ECASD
0 Security Domain √ √ √ √
1 DAP Verification
2 Delegated Management
3 Card Lock
4 Card Terminate
5 Card Reset
6 CVM Management √**
7 Mandated DAP Verification
8 Trusted Path √ √ √
9 Authorized Management √* √
10 Token Verification √**
11 Global Delete √**
12 Global Lock √**
13 Global Registry √**
14 Final Application
15 Global Service √
16 Receipt Generation √**
17 Ciphered Load File Data Block
18 Contactless Activation
19 Contactless Self-Activation
Table 231: GlobalPlatform Application Privileges
A tick (√) denotes the presence of the indicated privilege and its assignment to the Security
Domain or Application.
A blank cell denotes that the assignment of the privilege is managed by the owner of the
Application (according to GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6]) of the Security Domain.
A black cell denotes that the privilege cannot be assigned.
* Authorized Management privilege is only set when ISD-P is in CREATED state to allow
Profile Download and Installation.
V3.0 Page 287 of 297

** These privileges are mandatory for cards compliant to GlobalPlatform Card Specification
UICC Configuration ‎[7].
Annex D Data Definitions

 Coding of the IMEI
The value of IMEI shall be directly copied from Terminal Response of the Provide Local
Information command (see ETSI TS 102 223 ‎[3] and ETSI TS 124 008‎[20]).
Annex E EIS Usage in Functions

This table gives additional information on the EIS usage depending on the function:
 Column ‘EUM Signed’: indicates if the data is part of the signature computed by the
EUM at the initial registration time.
 ES1.RegisterEIS:
 A ‘X’ indicates that the data shall to be provided
 An empty cell indicates that the data shall not be provided
 ES3.GetEIS, ES3.AuditEIS, ES4.GetEIS, ES4.AuditEIS, ES2.
HandleSMSRChangeNotification, ES3. HandleSMSRChangeNotification, ES4.
HandleSMSRChangeNotification , ,ES7.HandoverEUICC:
 A ‘X’ indicates that the data may be provided
 An empty cell indicates that the data shall not be provided ES2.HandleSMSRChangeNotification
ES3.HandleSMSRChangeNotification
ES4.HandleSMSRChangeNotification
ES7.HandoverEUICC
ES1.RegisterEIS
ES3.AuditEIS
ES4.AuditEIS
EUM Signed
ES2.GetEIS
ES3.GetEIS
ES4.GetEIS
Data name
eid X X X X X X X
eum-id X X X X X X
productionDate X X X X X X
platformType X X X X X X
platformVersion X X X X X X
remainingMemory X X X X X
V3.0 Page 288 of 297

Availablememoryforprofiles X X X X X
lastAuditDate X X X
smsr-id X X X X X
isd-p-loadfile-aid X X X X X
isd-p-module-aid X X X X X
Profiles X(1) X(3) X X
iccid X X X X
isd-p-aid X X X X
mno-id X X X X
fallbackAttribute X X X
subscriptionAddress X X X
msisdn X X X
imsi X X X
state X X X
smdp-id X X
ProfileType X X X X
allocatedMemory X X X
freeMemory X X X
pol2 X X X
rules X X X
subject X X X
action X X X
qualification X X X
ISD-R X(2) X(4) X(4)
ECASD X X(2) X(2) X X(4)
V3.0 Page 289 of 297

eUICC-Capabilities X X X X X X
CAT-TP-Support X X X X X X
CAT-TP-Version X X X X X X
HTTP-Support X X X X X X
HTTP-Version X X X X X X
secure-packet-version X X X X X X
Remote-provisioning-version X X X X X X
audit trail X
eumCertificateId X X X X X X
signatureAlgorithm X X X X X X
signature X(5) X(5) X(5) X(5) X(5)
Table 232: EIS Usage
NOTE 1: The initial EIS comes with the information of the Profile(s) loaded and
installed by the EUM during the manufacturing.
NOTE 2: The initial EIS comes with the definition of the two Security Domains ISD-R
and ECASD.
NOTE 3: The EIS shall only contain the Profile owned by the requesting MNO
NOTE 4: The EIS shall contain all Security Domains definition except the current Key
set on ISD-R used by the current SM-SR.
NOTE 5: The EIS is signed using the private key of the EUM (see ‎Figure 8).
Annex F Key Check Values

All key check values that have to be computed in the context of this specification shall follow
the recommendation of GlobalPlatform Card Specification ‎[6] section B5 and GlobalPlatform
Card Specification Amendment B ‎[8] section 3.8. Extract:
“For a DES key, the key check value is computed by encrypting 8 bytes, each with value
'00', with the key to be checked and retaining the 3 highest-order bytes of the encrypted
result.”
V3.0 Page 290 of 297

“For a AES key, the key check value is computed by encrypting 16 bytes, each with value
'01', with the key to be checked and retaining the 3 highest-order bytes of the encrypted
result.”
“A key check value shall be computed as the three most significant bytes of the SHA-1
digest of the PSK TLS Key”.
Annex G Device Requirements
Functional
Device
Requirement
Requirements
No.
DEV1 For connectivity the Device shall support:
 At least one of the network access technologies defined by 3GPP in the non-exhaustive following
list:
o GERAN,
o UTRAN
o E-UTRAN.
 UDP over IP [32] (subject to the right support of access network technology)
 TCP over IP [33] (subject to the right support of access network technology)
DEV2 For Network connection control the Device shall support:
 RPLMN details (LAC/TAC, NMR).
 QoS (failures, duration, power, location).
 SMS management.
 New network selection after SIM/USIM update.
DEV3 For reporting to a server the Device shall support:
 SMS-PP MO as defined in [3] and SMS-PP MO as defined [33] or [29] BIP as defined in DEV4
The Device should support:

 USSD
DEV4 For Profile and Platform Management the Device shall support:
 SMS-PP MT as defined in [3], and SMS-PP MT as defined [33] or [29]
 BIP (subject to the support of the right network access technology) as defined in [3] including
support of commands:
o OPEN CHANNEL (UDP and TCP over IP)
o CLOSE CHANNEL
o RECEIVE DATA
o SEND DATA
o GET CHANNEL STATUS
V3.0 Page 291 of 297

o ENVELOPE (EVENT DOWNLOAD - Data available)
o ENVELOPE (EVENT DOWNLOAD – Channel status)
DEV5 The Device shall contain a unique IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) value compliant with the
format defined in ETSI TS 123 003 [31].
The value of IMEI shall be directly copied from TERMINAL RESPONSE of the Provide Local Information
command (see ETSI TS 102 223 [3] and ETSI TS 124 008[20]).
DEV6  The Device shall support, as a minimum, the following set of commands (in addition to BIP
commands) as defined in ETSI TS 102 223 [3] and 3GPP TS 31.111 [27]. Basic SAT commands
(TERMINAL PROFILE, FETCH, TERMINAL RESPONSE)
 PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION (location information, IMEI, NMR, date and time, access
technology, at least)
 SEND SHORT MESSAGE
 POLL INTERVAL, POLLING OFF, TIMER MANAGEMENT [at least one timer], ENVELOPE
(TIMER EXPIRATION)
 SET UP EVENT LIST and ENVELOPE (EVENT DOWNLOAD – location status, call connected, call
disconnected, Access Technology Changed, Network Rejection)
 ENVELOPE (SMS-PP DOWNLOAD)
 REFRESH Command (At least mode 4 - “UICC reset”)
DEV7 The Device shall comply with the GSMA-EICTA document “Security Principles Related to Handset Theft” [30]
DEV8 The Device may retrieve the EID defined in section 2.2.2 of this specification from the eUICC and shall
support the following commands as described in [35]:
 AT+CCHO (Open Logical Channel)
 AT+CCHC (Close Logical Channel)
 AT+CGLA (Generic UICC Logical Channel Access)
DEV9 The Device shall support from the [35] the following commands for all generic purposes:
 AT+CRSM (Restricted SIM access)
Annex H Coding of the PIX for ‘Embedded UICC Remote

Provisioning and Management’ (Normative)
The following coding of the PIX, following ETSI TS 101 220 ‎[2], applies for ISD-R, ISD-P and
ECASD:
 Digits 1 to 4 - Application code for ‘Embedded UICC Remote Provisioning and

Subscription Management’
o Coding: Fixed value '10 10'
V3.0 Page 292 of 297

 Digits 5 to 8 - Not used

o Coding: Fixed value 'FF FF'
 Digits 9 to 14 - Application provider code

9 10 11 12 13 14
Industry code: ‘89’ for Telecom

Not Used: set to ‘FF FF’
 Digits 15 to 22 - Application Provider field 8 hexadecimal digits

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Not used: set to ‘00’

‘00 00 01’ ISD-R Application. Used as the TAR
‘00 00 0D’ ISD-P Executable Load File

‘00 00 0E’ ISD-P Executable Module
‘00 00 10’ to ‘00 FF FF’ ISD-P Application. Used as
TAR. The value is allocated during the ‘Profile
Download and Installation procedure’.
‘00 00 0F’ Reserved value for the Profile’s ISD-P
‘00 00 02’ ECASD Application. Used as the TAR
Annex I List of Identifiers (Normative)

OIDs
The following identifiers for remote provisioning are created under a dedicated OID tree under
ISO branch:
 ASN.1 notation: {iso(1) identified-organization(3) dod(6) internet(1) private(4)
enterprise(1)}
 dot notation: 1.3.6.1.4.1
 IOD-IRI notation: /ISO/Identified-Organization/6/1/4/1
The private enterprise numbers may be found under the Internet Assigned Numbers
Authority: http://www.iana.org/assignments/enterprise-numbers/enterprise-numbers
EUM Identifier
Uniqueness Registration Entity
Identifier
EUM OID within the ecosystem ISO
1.3.6.1.4.1
SIN within the ecosystem ISO 7812
eUICC Identifier
V3.0 Page 293 of 297


Identifier
EID within the ecosystem GSMA ESIM Technical Specification
ECASD AID within the eUICC GSMA ESIM Technical Specification
ISD-R AID within the eUICC GSMA ESIM Technical Specification
ISD-P AID within the eUICC SM-SR within a range Defined in GSMA ESIM Technical Specification
ICCID Global ITU
ISD-R TAR within the eUICC GSMA ESIM Technical Specification
MNO-SD AID Within the Profile ETSI TS 101 220 (ISD AID)
MNO-SD TAR Within the Profile ETSI TS 101 220 (ISD TAR)
SM-SR Identifier
Identifier
SMSR OID within the ecosystem ISO
(called SRID in Stage 2) 1.3.6.1.4.1
SM-DP Identifier
Identifier
SMDP OID within the ecosystem ISO
(called DPID in Stage 2) 1.3.6.1.4.1
MNO Identifier
Identifier Uniqueness Registration Entity
ISO
MNO OID within the ecosystem
1.3.6.1.4.1
MCC+MNC (IMSI) Global ITU-T for MCC and National Regulators for MNC
Annex J Verification of EID

Verification of an EID is performed as follows:
 Using the 32 digits as a decimal integer, compute the remainder of that number on
division by 97.
 If the remainder of the division is 1, the verification is successful; else the EID is
invalid.
V3.0 Page 294 of 297

NOTE: Examples of valid EIDs are:

 8900 1012 0123 4123 4012 3456 7890 1224
 8900 1567 01020304 0506 0708 0910 1152
 8904 4011 1122 3344 1122 3344 1122 3321
Annex K Document Management
K.1 Document History
Version Date Brief Description of Change Approval Editor /

Authority Company
GSMA Embedded
1st Release of Document,
SIM Leadership Ian Smith,
V1.0 19/12/2013 submitted to PSMC#119 for
Team and PSMC GSMA
approval
Revision of the document by

SIMSG ESIM WG4, including the
following CRs:
14ESIMWI401_03r1,
14ESIMWI402_06,
14ESIMWI402_08,
14ESIMWI402_09,
14ESIMWI402_10,
14ESIMWI402_12r1,
14ESIMWI403_06r1,
14ESIMWI403_07r1,
14ESIMWI403_08 r1,
14ESIMWI403_09,
14ESIMWI403_10,
GSMA Embedded
14ESIMWI403_11 r1, Alexis Michel,
SIM Leadership
V2.0 16/09/2014 14ESIMWI403_13 r1, Oberthur
Team and PSMC
14ESIMWI403_14 r1, Technologies
14ESIMWI403_18 r1,
14ESIMWI403_19 r1,
14ESIMWI403_20 r1,
14ESIMWI403_21 r1,
14ESIMWI405_5,
14ESIMWI405_14r1,
14ESIMWI405_15r2,
14ESIMWI405_20r1,
14ESIMWI405_21r1,
14ESIMWI405_22r1,
14ESIMWI405_23r1,
14ESIMWI405_24r1,
14ESIMWI405_25r1,
14ESIMWI405_26r1.
GSMA Embedded Alexis Michel,
14ESIMWI406_02,
V3.0 29/05/2015 SIM Leadership Oberthur
14ESIMWI406_05r1,
Team and PSMC Technologies
V3.0 Page 295 of 297

14ESIMWI406_08r1,
14ESIMWI406_09r3,
14ESIMWI406_10r1,
14ESIMWI406_11r1,
14ESIMWI406_12r1,
14ESIMWI406_13r1,
14ESIMWI406_16r1,
14ESIMWI406_21r1,
14ESIMWI406_22r1,
14ESIMWI406_23r1,
14ESIMWI406_24r1,
14ESIMWI406_25r1,
14ESIMWI406_27r1,
14ESIMWI406_28r1,
14ESIMWI409_02,
14ESIMWI409_03,
14ESIMWI409_04r1,
14ESIMWI409_06,
14ESIMWI409_07r1,
14ESIMWI409_09,
14ESIMWI409_10,
14ESIMWI409_11r1,
14ESIMWI409_12,
14ESIMWI409_14r1,
14ESIMWI409_16r1,
14ESIMWI409_17r1,
14ESIMWI409_18,
14ESIMWI409_19r1,
14ESIMWI409_21r1,
14ESIMWI409_25r1,
14ESIMWI409_26r1,
14ESIMWI409_27,
14ESIMWI409_28,
14ESIMWI409_29,
14ESIMWI409_32,
14ESIMWI409_33r1,
14ESIMWI409_38r1,
14ESIMWI409_39,
14ESIMWI409_40,
14ESIMWI409_44r1,
14ESIMWI409_46,
14ESIMWI410_04r1,
14ESIMWI411_02r1,
14ESIMWI411_03r1,
14ESIMWI411_04r2,
V3.0 Page 296 of 297

14ESIMWI411_05r2,
14ESIMWI411_11r2,
14ESIMWI411_13r6,
14ESIMWI411_14r1,
14ESIMWI411_15,
14ESIMWI411_16,
14ESIMWI411_25,
14ESIMWI411_26r4,
14ESIMWI411_27,
14ESIMWI411_30r1,
14ESIMWI411_31,
14ESIMWI411_32,
14ESIMWI411_34,
14ESIMWI411_37r1.
15ESIMWI412_03r1,
15ESIMWI413_01,
15ESIMWI413_02,
15ESIMWI413_03r1,
15ESIMWI413_04,
15ESIMWI413_05r1,
15ESIMWI413_06,
15ESIMWI413_07,
15ESIMWI414_02r3,
GSMA Embedded
15ESIMWI414_03r2, Alexis Michel,
SIM Leadership
V3.1 12/05/16 15ESIMWI414_04r1, Oberthur
Team and PSMC
15ESIMWI414_05r3, Technologies
15ESIMWI414_06r1,
15ESIMWI414_07r2,
15ESIMWI414_14r1,
15ESIMWI418_001r1,
16ESIMWI415_02r1,
16ESIMWI415_07r1,
16ESIMWI417_01r1,
16ESIMWI417_03r2,
15ESIMWI419_001.
K.2 Other Information

Type Description
Document Owner Embedded SIM
Editor / Company Alexis Michel, Oberthur Technologies
It is our intention to provide a quality product for your use. If you find any errors or omissions,
please contact us with your comments. You may notify us at prd@gsma.com
Your comments or suggestions & questions are always welcome.
V3.0 Page 297 of 297

SGP.02 v3.1 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SGP.02 v3.1 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SGP.02 v3.1 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the scope of the document?

What is the scope of the document?

What are security domains and how are they identified?

What are security domains and how are they identified?

GSM Association Non-confidential

Remote Provisioning Architecture for Embedded UICC

This is a Non-binding Permanent Reference Document of the GSMA

Security Classification: Non-confidential

V3.1 Page 1 of 297

V3.0 Page 2 of 297

3.7 Profile and ISD-P Deletion Via SM-DP 56

V3.0 Page 3 of 297

5.4.5 Indicating the Profile Download is Completed 163

V3.0 Page 4 of 297

A.5 The ES2 Interface Functions 221

V3.0 Page 5 of 297

A.8.3 The “ES7.AuthenticateSMSR” Function 255

V3.0 Page 6 of 297

 The eUICC Architecture

1.3 Document Purpose

1.4 Intended Audience

1.5 Definition of Terms

V3.0 Page 7 of 297

Equipment into which an Embedded UICC and a communication

V3.0 Page 8 of 297

An MNO platform for remote management of UICCs and the

V3.0 Page 9 of 297

Describes the commercial relationship between the Subscriber

V3.0 Page 10 of 297

ICCID Integrated Circuit Card ID

V3.0 Page 11 of 297

TAR Toolkit Application Reference

V3.0 Page 12 of 297

Mobile radio interface Layer 3 specification; Core network

GSMA Security GSMA Doc Reference: Security Principles Related to Handset

V3.0 Page 13 of 297

WSS- Web Services Security: SOAP Message Security 1.1 (WS-

2 General Parts of the Technical Specification

2.1 General Architecture

V3.0 Page 14 of 297

Figure 1: eUICC Remote Provisioning System

NOTE: As defined in GSMA Remote Provisioning Architecture for Embedded

V3.0 Page 15 of 297

2.2 eUICC Architecture

2.2.1 Security Domains

 The ISD-R is the representative of the off-card entity SM-SR

Figure 2: Security Domain Architecture Overview

After eUICC manufacturing, the ISD-R shall be in life-cycle state PERSONALIZED as

The ISD-R privileges shall be granted according to Annex C.

V3.0 Page 16 of 297

After eUICC manufacturing, the ECASD shall be in life-cycle state PERSONALIZED as

The ECASD is involved in the following functions:

 SM-DP key set establishment for Profile Download and Installation

 AIDs and TAR shall be allocated as defined in section ‎2.2.3

Only one ISD-P shall be enabled on an eUICC at any point in time.

V3.0 Page 17 of 297

Transitions triggered by:

Figure 3: ISD-P Life-Cycle State Transitions

V3.0 Page 18 of 297